-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, WoIEMNfIzbqHlJShbNvF+ZqQ99qvxx9Iv8DrCfeZyAq0ZNo/sw459qMkFT1dmnUo eeuWBJl7eYBgRoZ/2tUqRA== 0001047469-05-006686.txt : 20050316 0001047469-05-006686.hdr.sgml : 20050316 20050316130018 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001047469-05-006686 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 11 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20041231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20050316 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20050316 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: NTL INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000906347 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: TELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS (NO RADIO TELEPHONE) [4813] IRS NUMBER: 521822078 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-22616 FILM NUMBER: 05684344 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 909 THIRD AVENUE STREET 2: SUITE 2863 CITY: NEW YORK STATE: NY ZIP: 10022 BUSINESS PHONE: 212-906-8440 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 909 THIRD AVENUE STREET 2: SUITE 2863 CITY: NEW YORK STATE: NY ZIP: 10022 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: NTL COMMUNICATIONS CORP DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19990401 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: NTL INC /DE/ DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19970326 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: INTERNATIONAL CABLETEL INC DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19930601 10-K 1 a2153226z10-k.htm 10-K
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K

(Mark One)  

ý

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004

OR

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                                  to                                 

Commission File No. 000-22616


NTL Incorporated
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
  52-1822078
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

909 Third Avenue, Suite 2863 New York, New York
(Address of Principal Executive Office)

 

10022
(Zip Code)

(212) 906-8440
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

Warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes ý    No o

        Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendments to this Form 10-K. o

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).    Yes ý    No o

        The aggregate market value of the registrant's voting stock held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2004, based on the closing price for the registrant's common stock on the Nasdaq National Market on such date, was $4,363,146,929.

        As of March 11, 2005, there were 87,741,486 shares of the registrant's common stock, par value $0.01 per share, issued and outstanding, excluding shares of the registrant's common stock issuable upon the exercise of Series A Warrants to purchase 10,313,158 shares of the registrant's common stock.

APPLICABLE ONLY TO REGISTRANTS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS
DURING THE PRECEDING FIVE YEARS:

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Section 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.    Yes ý    No o

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

        Portions of the registrant's definitive Proxy Statement for its 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III.





NTL INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  Page
PART I        
Item 1.   Business   8
Item 1a.   Risk Factors   32
Item 2.   Properties   42
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings   43
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   44

PART II

 

 

 

 
Item 5.   Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters   45
Item 6.   Selected Financial Data   47
Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   51
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   79
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   81
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   82
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures   82
Item 9B.   Other Information   83

PART III

 

 

 

 
Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant   84
Item 11.   Executive Compensation   84
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   84
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   84
Item 14.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services   84

PART IV

 

 

 

 
Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules   85

SIGNATURES

 

91

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

 

F-1

2


"Safe Harbor" Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995:

        Various statements contained in this document constitute "forward-looking statements" as that term is defined under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Words like "believe," "anticipate," "should," "intend," "plan," "will," "expects," "estimates," "projects," "positioned," "strategy," and similar expressions identify these forward-looking statements, which involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements or industry results to be materially different from those contemplated, projected, forecasted, estimated or budgeted whether expressed or implied, by these forward-looking statements. These factors include:

    potential adverse developments with respect to our liquidity or results of operations;

    our significant debt payments and other contractual commitments;

    our ability to fund and execute our business plan;

    our ability to generate cash sufficient to service our debt;

    interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations;

    our ability to complete the integration of our billing systems;

    the impact of new business opportunities requiring significant up-front investments;

    our ability to attract and retain customers and increase our overall market penetration;

    our ability to compete against other communications and content distribution businesses;

    our ability to maintain contracts that are critical to our operations;

    our ability to respond adequately to technological developments;

    our ability to develop and maintain back-up for our critical systems;

    our ability to continue to design networks, install facilities, obtain and maintain any required governmental licenses or approvals and finance construction and development, in a timely manner at reasonable costs and on satisfactory terms and conditions; and

    our ability to have an impact upon, or to respond effectively to, new or modified laws or regulations.

        These and other factors are discussed in more detail under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Form 10-K. We assume no obligation to update our forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in factors affecting these statements.

3



NOTE CONCERNING HISTORICAL STRUCTURE
OF THE COMPANY AND FRESH-START REPORTING

Historical Structure

        NTL Incorporated is a Delaware corporation and is publicly traded on the Nasdaq National Market in the United States, or the U.S. Our historical structure is as follows:

        We were incorporated in 1993 as a Delaware corporation and continued as a publicly traded holding company until February 1999. From February 1999 until January 10, 2003, we were a wholly-owned subsidiary of NTL (Delaware), Inc., a Delaware corporation, referred to in this annual report as NTL Delaware which was incorporated in February 1999 in order to effect a reorganization into a holding company structure. The holding company structure was implemented to pursue opportunities outside of the United Kingdom, or the U.K., and Ireland, and was accomplished through a merger. Our stockholders at the time became stockholders of the new holding company, NTL Delaware. The new holding company took the name NTL Incorporated until May 2000, when its name was changed back to NTL (Delaware), Inc.

        In May 2000 another new holding company structure was implemented in connection with the acquisition of the residential assets of Cable & Wireless Communications plc, referred to in this annual report as CWC (the operations acquired from CWC are called ConsumerCo), and was accomplished similarly through a merger. The stockholders of NTL Delaware became stockholders of the new holding company, NTL Delaware became a subsidiary of the new holding company, and we remained a subsidiary of NTL Delaware. The new holding company then took the name NTL Incorporated, which remained its name until January 10, 2003, at which time its name was changed to NTL Europe, Inc., or NTL Europe. On February 21, 2001, NTL Europe contributed the assets of ConsumerCo to us.

        On January 10, 2003, we emerged from reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Pursuant to the plan of reorganization, which we refer to as the Plan, our former parent, NTL Europe, and its subsidiaries and affiliates were split into two separate groups, with us and NTL Europe each emerging as independent public companies. We were renamed "NTL Incorporated" and became the holding company for the former NTL group's principal U.K. and Ireland assets. NTL Europe became the holding company for the former NTL group's continental European and various other assets. All of the outstanding securities of our former parent and some of its subsidiaries, including us, were cancelled. We issued shares of our common stock and Series A warrants, and NTL Europe issued shares of its common stock and preferred stock, to various former creditors and stockholders. As a result, we are no longer affiliated with NTL Europe. NTL Europe has since changed its name to PTV Inc., or PTV.

Fresh-Start Reporting

        We operated our business as a debtor-in possession subject to the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court beginning on May 8, 2002, the date that we, NTL Europe and some of our and NTL Europe's subsidiaries filed the Plan under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, until January 10, 2003. Accordingly, we have prepared our consolidated financial statements in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 90-7, Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code, or SOP 90-7.

        We adopted fresh-start reporting upon our emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization in accordance with SOP 90-7. For financial reporting purposes, the effects of the completion of the Plan as well as adjustments for fresh-start reporting have been recorded as of January 1, 2003. Pursuant to fresh-start reporting, a new entity was deemed created for financial reporting purposes. The carrying values of our assets were adjusted to their reorganization values, which are equivalent to their estimated fair values at January 1, 2003. The carrying values of our liabilities were adjusted to their

4



present values at January 1, 2003. The term "Predecessor Company" refers to our subsidiaries and us for periods prior to and including December 31, 2002. The term "Reorganized Company" refers to our subsidiaries and us for periods subsequent to January 1, 2003. The effects of the completion of the Plan as well as adjustments for fresh-start reporting recorded as of January 1, 2003 are Predecessor Company transactions. All other results of operations on January 1, 2003 are Reorganized Company transactions.

Summary Corporate Structure

        The following chart shows the corporate structure of NTL through which our primary operations are conducted. This is a condensed chart and it does not show all of our operating and other intermediate companies.

GRAPHIC


(1)
NTL Incorporated indirectly owns other non-material subsidiaries, which are not shown here.

(2)
Issuer of our 8.75% Senior Notes due 2014, 9.75% Sterling Senior Notes due 2014, 8.75% Euro Senior Notes due 2014 and Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2012.

(3)
The shares and some assets of NTL Investment Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries secure our senior credit facility. NTL Investment Holdings Limited is the borrower under our senior credit facility.

(4)
NTL Group Limited is our principal operating company in the U.K., although significant portions of our operations are conducted through its subsidiaries.

5


Exchange rates

        The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, the period end, period average, high and low noon buying rate in the City of New York for cable transfers as certified for customs' purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York expressed as U.S. dollars per £1.00 and U.S. dollars per €1.00. The noon buying rate of the pound sterling on March 11, 2005 was $1.9261 per £1.00 and the noon buying rate of the euro on March 11, 2005 was $1.3465 per €1.00.

 
  U.S. Dollars per £1.00
Year Ended December 31,

  Period End
  Average(1)
  High
  Low
2000   1.49   1.51   1.65   1.40
2001   1.45   1.44   1.50   1.37
2002   1.61   1.51   1.61   1.41
2003   1.78   1.64   1.78   1.55
2004   1.92   1.84   1.95   1.75
2005 (through March 11, 2005)   1.93   1.91   1.93   1.86
 
  U.S. Dollars per €1.00
Year Ended December 31,

  Period End
  Average(1)
  High
  Low
2000   0.94   0.92   1.03   0.83
2001   0.89   0.89   0.95   0.84
2002   1.05   0.95   1.05   0.86
2003   1.26   1.14   1.26   1.04
2004   1.35   1.25   1.36   1.18
2005 (through March 11, 2005)   1.35   1.33   1.35   1.28

(1)
The average rate is the average of the noon buying rates on the last day of each month during the relevant period.

        The above rates may differ from the actual rates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements and other financial information appearing in this annual report on Form 10-K. Our inclusion of these exchange rates is not meant to suggest that the pound sterling amounts or euro amounts actually represent these U.S. dollar amounts or that these amounts could have been converted into U.S. dollars at any particular rate, if at all.

        Unless we otherwise indicate, all pound sterling amounts as of December 31, 2004 are translated to U.S. dollars at an exchange rate of $1.9160 to £1.00 and all amounts disclosed for the year ended December 31, 2004 are based on an average exchange rate of $1.8326 to £1.00. All amounts disclosed as of December 31, 2003 are based on an exchange rate of $1.7842 to £1.00 and all amounts disclosed for the year ended December 31, 2003 are based on an average exchange rate of $1.6348 to £1.00. All amounts disclosed as of December 31, 2002 are based on an exchange rate of $1.6095 to £1.00 and all amounts disclosed for the year ended December 31, 2002 are based on an average exchange rate of $1.5025 to £1.00. U.S. dollar amounts for any individual quarter are determined by multiplying the pound sterling financial result for the period from January 1 to the end of the current quarter by the average exchange rate for the same period and subtracting from this total the U.S. dollar converted financial result for the period from January 1 to the end of the previous quarter of that fiscal year as computed above. The variation among the exchange rates for 2004, 2003 and 2002 has impacted the dollar comparisons significantly.

        Unless we otherwise indicate, all euro amounts as of December 31, 2004 are translated to U.S. dollars at an exchange rate of $1.3538 to €1.00 and all amounts disclosed for the year ended December 31, 2004 are based on an average exchange rate of $1.2478 to €1.00. All amounts disclosed as of December 31, 2003 are based on an exchange rate of $1.2597 to €1.00 and all amounts disclosed

6



for the year ended December 31, 2003 are based on an average exchange rate of $1.1411 to €1.00. All amounts disclosed as of December 31, 2002 are based on an exchange rate of $1.0485 to €1.00 and all amounts disclosed for the year ended December 31, 2002 are based on an average exchange rate of $0.9495 to €1.00. U.S. dollar amounts for any individual quarter are determined by multiplying the euro financial result for the period from January 1 to the end of the current quarter by the average exchange rate for the same period and subtracting from this total the U.S. dollar converted financial result for the period from January 1 to the end of the previous quarter of that fiscal year as computed above. The variation among the exchange rates for 2004, 2003 and 2003 has impacted the dollar comparisons significantly.

7



PART I

Item 1.    Business

Introduction

        We are one of the leading communications and content distribution companies in the U.K. and the Republic of Ireland, providing internet access, telephone and television services to over 3 million residential customers as of December 31, 2004, including more than 1.3 million broadband customers. We also provide internet and telephone services to our residential customers who are not connected to our cable network via access to other companies' telecommunications networks and via an internet service provider operated by our subsidiary, Virgin Net Limited. We offer what we refer to as a "triple play" bundle of internet, telephone and television services through competitively-priced bundled packages. We also provide a range of voice services to businesses and public sector organizations, as well as a variety of data communications solutions from high speed internet access to fully managed business communications networks and communication transport services.

        Our services are delivered through our wholly-owned local access communications network passing approximately 7.9 million homes in the U.K. and 464,000 homes in the Republic of Ireland. The design and capability of our network provides us with the ability to offer "triple play" bundled services to residential customers and a broad portfolio of reliable, competitive communications solutions to business customers.

        We provide services to three categories of customers: residential customers, business customers and customers in the Republic of Ireland, as follows:

    Consumer. We provide internet, telephone and cable television services to residential customers in the U.K.;

    Business. We provide internet, data and voice services to large businesses, public sector organizations and small and medium-sized enterprises, or SMEs, communications transport services, and wholesale internet access solutions to internet service providers, or ISPs; and

    Ireland. We provide internet, cable television and multiple microwave distribution system television services, or MMDS, to residential customers in the Republic of Ireland and internet, data and voice services to business customers in the Republic of Ireland.

        Our consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2004 were approximately $3.8 billion. For the year ended December 31, 2004, our consolidated revenues by sales channel were as follows:

Sales Channel

  2004 Revenue
  Percentage of
Consolidated Revenues

 
 
  (In millions)

   
 
Consumer   $ 2,763.6   72.7 %
Business     903.5   23.8  
Ireland     133.0   3.5  
   
 
 
    $ 3,800.1   100.0 %
   
 
 

        We are a corporation incorporated in the State of Delaware. We are publicly-traded in the U.S. on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "NTLI." Our principal executive office is located at 909 Third Avenue, Suite 2863, New York, New York 10022, and our telephone number is (212) 906-8440. Our U.K. headquarters are located outside of London, England in Hook, Hampshire. Our web site is www.ntl.com. All of our periodic reports are available free of charge on our website.

8



Sale of Broadcast Operations

        On December 1, 2004, we reached an agreement to sell our broadcast operations to a consortium led by Macquarie Communications Infrastructure Group. The sale closed on January 31, 2005. The cash proceeds from the sale were approximately £1.27 billion, subject to a post-closing working capital adjustment. Our broadcast operations provided site leasing, broadcast transmission, satellite, media, public safety communications and other network services, utilizing broadcast transmission infrastructure, wireless communications and other facilities.

        From these proceeds, we used £500 million to prepay principal amounts outstanding under our senior credit facility. On January 31, 2005, we announced that we intended to use up to £475 million of the proceeds from the sale to repurchase shares of our common stock. In February 2005, we used approximately $130 million to effect share repurchases in the open market.

Acquisition of Virgin Net Limited

        In November, 2004, we acquired Virgin Media Group's remaining ownership interests in Virgin Net Limited together with the remaining interests held by existing and former management. The acquisition increased our ownership in Virgin Net Limited from 49% to 100%. Virgin Net Limited provides internet services through the virgin.net ISP.

Ireland Business

        We are evaluating strategic alternatives for our business in the Republic of Ireland, which may include a divestiture. Considerable interest has been expressed by prospective purchasers.

Changes in Financial Reporting

        We entered into an agreement for the sale of our broadcast operations in December 2004. The sale closed on January 31, 2005. As a result, we are accounting for the broadcast operations as a discontinued operation. Accordingly, the results of operations for the broadcast operations have been excluded from the components of loss from continuing operations and the assets and liabilities of the broadcast operations have been reported as held for sale for all periods in this report.

        We implemented modifications to the financial reporting of our business during the fourth quarter of 2004 to reflect changes in the way we manage our business. Previously, we managed and accounted for our operations in five operating segments. Additionally, various shared services, including finance, legal, information technology, network services and human resources, were reported in a separate line item. During the course of 2004 we effected a series of internal reorganizations of our operations and we entered into an agreement to sell our broadcast operations. As a result, our business is now operated as a single segment and we will report our results as a single segment under the relevant accounting guidelines. Financial information for all prior periods presented in this report has been restated accordingly.

Our Business

        We provide our services to customers through three sales channels: Consumer, Business and Ireland.

Consumer

        We provide broadband and dial-up internet, telephone and television services to residential customers in the U.K.

9



        Our services to residential customers are distributed principally via our wholly-owned, local access communications network to an addressable market of approximately 7.9 million homes in the U.K. The network covers parts of many major metropolitan areas in the U.K., and includes England, Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland. In addition, we provide services to residential customers not connected to our network via access to other telecommunications networks and via an ISP, virgin.net, operated through our subsidiary Virgin Net Limited.

        Our wholly-owned, local access communications network provides us with several competitive advantages in our industry:

    it provides real two-way interactivity with residential customers who are connected to the network;

    it enables us to provide true "triple play" bundled services of internet, telephone and television services to residential customers in our franchise areas without relying on another service provider or network; and

    the connection of customers to our networks is by means of a twin cable, consisting of both coaxial and twisted copper pair elements enabling us to deliver broadband and high-speed services over each type of cable to customers. Our length of copper pairs is generally much shorter than our principal telephone competitor, allowing potentially higher speed services to be utilized in the future.

        In contrast:

    direct to home satellite service providers do not have the capacity to offer two-way interactivity except by adding a phone line or other cable facility; and

    telephone service providers today have only a limited capacity to provide video over existing digital subscriber lines, or DSL, technology.

        Our packaging and pricing are designed to encourage our residential customers to use multiple bundled services like dual telephone and broadband internet access, dual telephone and dial-up internet access, dual telephone and television, or triple telephone, television and internet access. For example, our Family Pack bundle offers over 100 television channels and a telephone line rental. In addition, we offer subscribers "two-for-one" incentives, like a free digital television, or DTV, subscription for 12 months with the purchase of our 24-hour unlimited U.K. calling package.

        We believe that we are well-positioned in our service areas to use bundling to increase our customer base, reduce our customer churn rate and increase our profitability. As of December 31, 2004, over two-thirds of our residential customers received multiple services from us. We refer to each service we provide as a revenue generating unit, or RGU, and, as of December 31, 2004, each of our customers represented on average approximately two revenue generating units. For example, if we provided one customer with broadband internet and telephone services, this customer would represent two RGUs. Our "triple play" customer base has been increasing as a percentage of our total residential customers. At the end of the fourth quarter of 2003, 19.7% of our customers were triple play customers, and as of December 31, 2004, 22.7% of our customers were triple play.

        In our service areas, we are the only service provider that provides the full range of services that we offer, although competition in each of these services individually is significant and some of the other service providers have substantial resources. See "—Competition."

10



        The table below shows other typical service providers who offer their services in our areas:

 
  NTL
  BT(1)
  BSkyB(1)
  Broadband
Resellers(2)

  Telephone
Resellers(3)

  Freeview(4)
  Home
Choice(5)

  TUTV(6)
Telephone   3   3   5   5   3   5   3   5
Broadband internet   3   3   5   3   3   5   3   5
Dial-up   3   3   5   3   3   5   5   5
Television   3   5   3   5   5   3   3   3
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bundled Services   3   5   5   5   5   5   3   5

3
= service available

5
5     = service not available

(1)
Although BT Group plc, referred to as BT, and British Sky Broadcasting Group plc, referred to as BSkyB, co-market each other's telephone and television services, customer and technical support remains distinct and customers are required to retain and pay for the different services separately.

(2)
For example, Wanadoo and Tiscali.

(3)
For example, Alpha Telecom, One.Tel, Tesco and Carphone Warehouse.

(4)
Freeview refers to a free-to-air digital television service offered by a consortium. Freeview provides digital television services through a set-top box, with no subscription fees for basic service. For a subscription fee, some additional channels are available.

(5)
Home Choice is the brand name for Video Networks Ltd., whose services are available only in parts of the London metropolitan area.

(6)
TUTV refers to Top Up TV, a company offering approximately ten pay TV channels available via a limited number of compatible Freeview boxes.

Internet Services

        We offer several different packages of broadband and dial-up internet services with different features, speeds and pricing. We provide broadband and dial-up internet services to customers within reach of our access network, by direct connection to our network. We also provide broadband and dial-up internet service to customers not within reach of our access network by providing a connection to our network via BT's local access network. We are the largest direct provider of residential broadband services in the U.K. Broadband provides users with a high-speed always-connected internet service. Users connect their home computers to our broadband network via high-speed cable modem. We offer broadband services at varying speeds: 1Mb, 2Mb and 3Mb.

virgin.net

        Through our Virgin Net Limited subsidiary, we provide internet services on the virgin.net ISP to residential customers. U.K. residential customers inside or outside our service areas gain access to broadband and dial-up internet services by selecting virgin.net to be their ISP. These services may be metered or unmetered and there are various price and feature packages available. We have a license from Virgin Entertainment Limited to use the Virgin name and logo in connection with the activities of virgin.net. As of December 31, 2004, we had approximately 590,000 residential customers using virgin.net.

11



Broadband Plus

        Subscribers to our broadband internet services can take advantage of our Broadband Plus packages for an additional monthly fee. Broadband Plus gives residential customers access to premium subscription content, such as on-line gaming, educational, music and other entertainment content.

Growth in Broadband

        Broadband is a dynamic and growing industry. We intend to maintain our market position by increasing access speeds while holding prices down. Speed increases are being rolled out in the beginning of 2005. We are also introducing enhanced anti-spam software to maintain a competitive portfolio.

        We have experienced substantial growth in our broadband customer base since 2002. For example, as of the close of 2002, we had 517,000 broadband customers. At the end of 2003, we had 949,200 broadband customers and at the end of 2004, we had 1,330,300 customers, including 62,000 acquired virgin.net broadband customers. This represents an average growth rate over this period of over 50 percent, including broadband customers already with virgin.net at the time of its acquisition by us in 2004, and over 30 percent excluding those customers.

Telephone

        We provide local, national and international telephone services to our residential customers. We tier our product offering with attractive pricing that includes "Talk Plans" that enable customers to make unlimited local and national calls for a fixed monthly fee in addition to the standard line rental. We provide telephone services to our residential customers who are within reach of our access network by direct connection to our network and also via BT's local access network to customers off our network, a process known as indirect access. We also provide national and international directory inquiry services. As of December 31, 2004, we provided telephone services to approximately 2.6 million residential customers.

Cable Television

        We offer a wide range of digital television services, including access to over 150 channels, advanced interactive features and a range of pay-per-view services. We also offer a number of analog television services packages, which can be supplemented with premium channels and/or pay-per-view services. In addition to offering all of the popular channels available on BSkyB's satellite platform, we also offer to our digital customers, through our joint venture with a subsidiary of Telewest Global, Inc., or Telewest, a cable-only movie, sport and special events pay-per-view television service called "Front Row." Front Row provides customers with an alternative to BSkyB in the provision of films and sports events through pay television.

        Our network technology enables a significant range of digital interactive services to be delivered by making use of the always-connected broadband connection from a customer's home to the network, known as the always-on return path. Examples of interactive services include games, television email and access to news, entertainment and information services from an on-screen menu. Interactive services also include enhanced television functionality utilizing the "red button" for BBC and Channel 4 broadcasts. "Red button" functionality in the U.K. permits television viewers to press a red button on their remote control handset to receive additional interactive services. These services can include multiple broadcasts. For example, during last year's live Wimbledon tennis broadcast on BBC, a viewer could press the red button and receive a choice of multiple live tennis matches to watch, with the ability to switch back and forth between one match and several others.

12



        As of December 31, 2004, we provided cable television services to approximately 2.0 million residential customers, of which approximately 1.4 million received our DTV service and approximately 597,100 received our ATV service.

Video on Demand

        In January 2005, we announced the launch of our Video on Demand, or VOD, DTV service. The new service, called ntl On Demand, is being rolled out regionally to our DTV customers throughout the U.K., starting with our digital customers in Glasgow.

        ntl On Demand is a significant enhancement to the existing ntl DTV service, offering viewers choice over and above scheduled programming. The VOD movie service, provided by FilmFlex, a joint venture company between Sony, Disney and the On Demand Group, will offer hundreds of films, including many of the latest blockbusters and classics. The VOD service will provide access to hundreds of hours of additional programming, including advertising-free children's programs, a "Pick of the Week" option showing a selection of top shows from the previous seven days, and a music video jukebox service.

        As soon as this service goes live in each of our regions, it will be available to all of our DTV customers. No new equipment, installation or additional subscription will be required. ntl On Demand will appear within the existing Electronic Programming Guide and customers will then be able to purchase films and television programs whenever they choose to via the remote control.

        Companies who have already agreed to provide content include the BBC, Nickelodeon, Jetix, Warner Music, Entertainment Rights, VPL, The Walt Disney Company, Hollywood Pictures, Touchstone Pictures, Miramax Film Corporation, Buena Vista International, Inc., Sony Pictures Entertainment, Sony Pictures Classics, Columbia Pictures, TriStar, Pathé, Icon Films and Playboy TV. Additional partners are expected join the service as it develops.

        ntl On Demand will offer DVD-style features including freeze frame, fast-forward and rewind, and programs will be available for 24 hours after purchase. These features provide a customer with full control over the content and timing of their television viewing. There will also be an increasing amount of free content available to view at any time. Current films will appear on television first through VOD, up to nine months before scheduled TV movie channels. To help customers choose which film to watch, full-length film trailers can be viewed before purchasing.

Sales and Marketing

        We use a variety of advertising and marketing channels to sell our services to residential customers, including our dedicated door-to-door sales force and our telephone sales team. These channels are supported by direct marketing initiatives and national and regional press advertising.

        We use our residential customer database to identify the profiles of our customers so that we can design offers of our services to match the needs of our customers. Our offers encourage customers to purchase new services and upgrades to existing services.

Customer Service

        Enhancing our customer service has been a central focus for us during 2004. We now operate our customer service operations from three main custom-built centers based in the U.K. at Glasgow, Swansea and Manchester. These sites are virtualized, which means that calls come in to one access point and are distributed automatically to the first available agent in Glasgow, Swansea or Manchester. This allows real-time call routing between each center, depending on call volumes. A separate service performance team ensures peak call times are resourced properly. We use various tools and processes to ensure that we match our customers' calls to the right service center staff and to meet peak demand.

13



Our employees are graded in terms of their expertise in specific call types, which allows the call routing to be linked to skill types of employees, ensuring customers are serviced by experts within their field of enquiry.

        In addition, we have two specialist teams based in Manchester and Swansea, which deal in high-level fault diagnostics. These teams are staffed by employees trained in on-line diagnosis of faults for our products. We also employ approximately 580 service technicians whose role involves visiting customers who have registered a fault which cannot be rectified remotely. This team is tasked to restore service within 10 hours. During 2004, over 78% of faults were restored within the 10 hour window and a further 16% within 24 hours. We constantly monitor our network to ensure that we detect and repair network outages promptly, and to enable early communication with our customers.

        Our customer service operation has over 1,980 staff handling over 20 million calls per year. The average call is answered within 132 seconds, with 44% of calls answered within 20 seconds. However, disruptions in service or other special situations can result in increases in call volumes and waiting times.

14


Consumer and Ireland Customer Statistics as of December 31, 2004

        The following table illustrates our residential customer statistics as of December 31, 2004:

 
  U.K.
  Ireland(2)
  Total
 
 
  (subscriber totals in 000s)

 
Homes Marketable(1)              
  Telephone   7,739.5   0.0   7,739.5  
  ATV   7,910.4   463.7   8,374.1  
  DTV   7,420.4   421.3   7,841.7  
  Broadband   6,961.9   88.1   7,050.0  
   
 
 
 
Customers(3)              
  Single RGU(4)   1,038.0   321.0   1,359.0  
  Dual RGU(4)   1,386.0   7.5   1,393.5  
  Triple RGU(4)   712.8   0.0   712.8  
   
 
 
 
  Total   3,136.8   328.5   3,465.3  
   
 
 
 
  Telephone(5)   2,638.5   0.0   2,638.5  
 
Television(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  DTV   1,382.5   76.2   1,458.7  
  ATV   597.1   252.3   849.4  
   
 
 
 
  Total   1,979.6   328.5   2,308.1  
   
 
 
 
  Internet              
  Dial-Up (metered)   579.5   0.0   579.5  
  Dial-up (unmetered)   167.6   0.4   168.0  
  DTV Access   7.7   0.0   7.7  
  Broadband   1,328.6   7.5   1,336.1  
  Broadband 60 day free trial offer   1.7   0.0   1.7  
   
 
 
 
  Total   2,085.1   7.9   2,093.0  
   
 
 
 
RGUs(4)              
  Telephone   2,638.5   0.0   2,638.5  
  Television   1,979.6   328.5   2,308.1  
  Broadband Internet   1,330.3   7.5   1,337.8  
   
 
 
 
  Total   5,948.4   336.0   6,284.4  
   
 
 
 
RGUs/Customer   1.90   1.02   1.81  
Fourth Quarter Customer/RGU Movement              
  Opening customers (at September 30, 2004)   3,164.6   325.5   3,490.1  
  Data Cleanse(6)   (20.0 ) 0.0   (20.0 )
  Opening Subs post data cleanse   3,144.6   325.5   3,470.1  
  Gross Adds   185.2   9.3   194.5  
  Disconnects   (151.0 ) (6.3 ) (157.3 )
  Reduction to customer count(7)   (42.0 ) 0.0   (42.0 )
   
 
 
 
  Closing Customers (at December 31, 2004)   3,136.8   328.5   3,465.3  
   
 
 
 
  Quarterly Customer Adds   34.2   3.0   37.2  
  Quarterly RGU Adds   80.5   2.9   83.4  
  % Customer Churn(8)   1.6 % 0.6 % 1.5 %
               

15


Customers off our network              
  Telephone only   7.2   0.6   7.8  
  Internet only   3.2       3.2  
  Telephone and Internet   72.0   0.4   72.4  
   
 
 
 
  Total   82.4   1.0   83.4  
   
 
 
 

(1)
Homes marketable refers to the number of homes within our service area that can potentially be served by our network with minimal connection costs.

(2)
In Ireland, we also offer MMDS to approximately 70,000 marketable homes and had approximately 19,300 digital MMDS customers at December 31, 2004.

(3)
U.K. customer numbers have been updated to include customers off our network and virgin.net customers.

(4)
Each telephone, television and broadband internet subscriber directly connected to our network counts as one RGU. Accordingly, a subscriber who receives both telephone and television service counts as two RGUs. RGUs may include subscribers receiving some services for free or at a reduced rate in connection with incentive offers.

(5)
We disconnected our approximately 2,000 telephone customers in the Republic of Ireland in the fourth quarter following concerns about equipment overheating.

(6)
Data cleanse activity, as part of the harmonization of billing systems, resulted in a reduction in customers of approximately 20,000 in the fourth quarter. We anticipate that there may be similar adjustments to customer and RGU numbers as data cleanse progresses during the course of 2005.

(7)
We have removed approximately 42,000 customers, representing approximately 76,500 RGUs from the customer count in the three months ended December 31, 2004, and approximately 23,800 customers, representing 35,600 RGUs from the customer count, in the three months ended September 30, 2004, following implementation of a new credit policy and the resulting disconnection of inactive backlog customers. Of the 76,500 RGUs removed in the three months ended December 31, 2004, 35,300 are telephone RGUs, 19,900 are DTV RGUs, 3,700 are ATV RGUs, 14,800 are Broadband RGUs and 2,800 are RGUs of customers off our network. In the three months ended June 30, 2004, we disconnected a backlog of 35,500 non-paying telephone customers that were off our network.

(8)
Customer churn is calculated by taking the total disconnects during the month and dividing them by the average number of customers during the month. Average monthly churn during a quarter is the average of the three monthly churn calculations within the quarter.

Business

        We provide voice, data and internet retail and wholesale services to a broad range of commercial and public sector organizations.

        We believe that we benefit from both cost and performance competitive advantages from our network, in terms of its reach, bandwidth and performance, over that of our competitors, who largely depend on the BT local access network for the end connection to customers. Our network infrastructure passes within 200 meters of more than 570,000 business premises in the U.K.

        We derive approximately 50 percent of our business revenue from the public sector, particularly local government and the health and education markets. Where our network overlaps with the communities served by these organizations, we leverage our competitive advantage through cost of

16



delivery or network performance. We also leverage our competitive advantage in the commercial markets around regional businesses.

        We generally divide our business customers by market segment into wholesale and retail. Retail customers are divided further into three categories based on revenues generated or expected from that customer:

    Tier 1—customer generating revenue of more than £100,000 per year;

    Tier 2—customer generating revenue of between £25,000 and £100,000 per year; and

    Tier 3—customer generating revenue of less than £25,000 per year.

        This tiering of existing retail customers has enabled us to develop cost-effective account management, business development and customer service processes appropriate to levels of customer revenues. Revenue from Business retail customers for the year ended December 31, 2004 was £265.3 million, distributed across these Tiers, with 27% in Tier 3, 13% in Tier 2 and 60% in Tier 1.

        Revenue from Business wholesale customers was £227.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.

Services

Voice Services

Business Exchange Lines

        Our business exchange lines provide our business customers with analog telephone services that connect to customer telephone handsets or private automatic branch exchanges, or PABXs. Revenues for this service are derived from service installation, line rental and usage charges.

Business Line ISDN 30

        Our Business Line ISDN 30 service delivers 30 digital exchange lines over a single physical access link. The exchange lines may be used for voice or data applications or a mix of both. The number of digital exchange lines is sized to a customer's needs. Revenues for this service are derived from service installation, line rental and usage charges.

Centrex

        Our single and multi-site Centrex solutions provide customers with the facilities of a PABX without the need to invest in the provision and maintenance of a local PABX. Telephone calls between users within a building or in different buildings are handled through our network but appear to the user to be transferred through a local PABX. Revenues for this service are derived from installation, equipment rental, line rental and call charges.

Non-Geographic Numbers

        We provide a range of freecall, non-geographic and premium rate number services for tele-business, including advice lines, call centers and telemarketing applications. Revenues for these services are derived from service installation, line rental, usage charges and revenue share with the tele-business line operator.

17



Data Services

Leased Lines

        Our leased line services provide high-quality dedicated connections between two customer locations. Customers use leased lines for voice, data and video applications, and for forming the basis of private networks. Service speeds are available at 2Mb/s, 10Mb/s, 34Mb/s, 45Mb/s, 100Mb/s and 155Mb/s. Revenues for this service are derived from service installation and recurring rental charges based on distance.

Ethernet Services

        We provide point-to-point, point to multi-point and virtual private network capability, at 10 Mb/s, 100 Mb/s and 1 Gb/s bandwidth. Increasingly, customers use Ethernet as a means of achieving local area network, or LAN, performance over their Wide Area Networks; we provide users with the benefit of a dedicated private network at a lower cost. Revenues for this service are derived from installation, access circuit rental and virtual connection rental charges.

Structured Cabling/LAN Solutions

        We provide in-building structured cabling services which include design, installation and project management of cable installations and upgrades. Revenues for this service are determined on a project-by-project basis.

Internet

Internet Access—Cable Modem/ADSL

        We provide internet services across the U.K., with access by means of cable modem in areas served by our network or by means of asymmetric digital subscriber line, or ADSL, elsewhere. This allows us to provide services across the SME market and ubiquitous national access for larger enterprises.

High Speed Dedicated Internet Access

        We provide high speed dedicated internet access from 2 Mb/s up to 45 Mb/s to organizations that support web services from their own locations as well as organizations that have heavy demands for access to the internet. Because we own our network, we can provide competitively-priced internet access at higher speeds. Our pricing is based on installation charges and recurring rental charges that vary based on the speed of access.

Wholesale Services

        We provide external network services to national and international telecommunications operations by supplying fiber and transmission capacity to connect carriers to national and local networks in the U.K. and Ireland and wholesale internet access solutions to ISPs in the U.K.

        We provide dial-up and broadband internet access products to some of the largest ISPs in the U.K. We deliver metered and unmetered dial-up internet access both on our network and over BT's network using regulated access products. Broadband access is supplied by both cable modem, using our network, and increasingly over ADSL, delivered through a network platform combining the scale and functionality of our network with the coverage of the BT network. These services are provided on both an "access only" basis and as part of a full "turnkey" solution, with a range of additional services including subscriber billing and support, for a virtual ISP.

        We currently have over 100 wholesale services customers. Customers include fixed line operators, ISPs and mobile telecommunications operators, for example, Tesco and BT Global Services. For the

18



year ended December 31, 2004, revenue from wholesale customers including revenues generated from virgin.net in the period prior to its 100% ownership by us increased by 16.7% to $417.3 million from $357.7 million for 2003, and revenues expressed in U.K. pounds increased by 4.1% to £227.7 million from £218.8 million.

        We supply core inter-switch capacity to U.K. mobile operators. We also supply connectivity between switch sites and local aggregation points from various mobile base stations. We have commercial relationships with all incumbent mobile operators in the U.K. Our contracts with fixed line and mobile telecommunication operators, other than prepaid contracts, generally have a duration of approximately three to five years. Our largest contract is a five-year, £235 million contract with Orange, providing for the placement of circuit orders up to 2006. This contract encompasses the design, construction and maintenance of network infrastructure to provide services to Orange. For the year ended December 31, 2004, revenues from services provided under this contract were approximately £42.3 million. The contract is structured so that revenues are paid after each phase of construction is completed. Each individual phase is contracted for a five-year period.

        We expect to continue serving the retail service provider marketplace through our strategy of providing high quality and competitively priced services, customized to meet the needs of other telecommunications operators that need to expand their networks. We have migrated from building large networks to incrementally developing existing assets and new products. In addition, we are benefiting from our customers' decision to lease additional capacity instead of constructing their own networks.

Ireland

        We provide internet, telephone and both cable and MMDS television services in the Republic of Ireland. Our network service areas are located in Dublin, Galway and Waterford. As of December 31, 2004, we had approximately 328,500 residential cable television customers in Ireland, an increase of approximately 1,300 customers from December 31, 2003. We also had approximately 4,468 business customers at December 31, 2004. For the year ended December 31, 2004, approximately 85% of our revenues were derived from residential customers and approximately 15% of our revenues were derived from business customers. Internet services currently contribute minimally to our residential revenues, but 88,100 homes are now enabled for internet services. We had approximately 7,500 Broadband subscribers at December 31, 2004.

        For the year ended December 31, 2004, revenues increased by 12.2% to $133.0 million from $118.5 million in 2003, revenues expressed in U.K. pounds increased to £72.6 million from £72.5 million, and revenues expressed in euros increased by 2.0% to €106.9 million from €104.8 million.

Cable Television

        In the Republic of Ireland, we primarily offer ATV services within our three network service areas. Our ATV service has a basic package of 16 television channels. It carries Irish and U.K. channels and a selection of other channels.

        We also offer DTV services in all of our network service areas. Our digital service packaging and pricing strategy is to encourage our analog subscribers to upgrade to DTV while retaining the basic analog entry package. We provide a basic DTV package offering a wide selection of digital channels with a low entry price point. If subscribers upgrade to digital, encouraging subscription to additional services like digital premium sports, movie services and special interest channels can generate further revenues. As of December 31, 2004, we had 76,200 cable digital subscribers, an increase of approximately 17,600 subscribers from December 31, 2003.

MMDS

        We launched our digital MMDS television service in April 2003. As of December 31, 2004, we had approximately 19,400 digital MMDS subscribers, an increase of approximately 17,600 subscribers from December 31, 2003.

19


Business Services

        Our service offerings in the Republic of Ireland include business telecommunications and internet services. We provide dedicated lines to business customers in our Dublin network service area for internet access with speeds ranging up to 34Mb/s. We also sell leased lines in Dublin to customers requiring connectivity.

Our Network

        Our business is underpinned by significant investment in our network infrastructure. This consists of a national core backbone network in the U.K. and a high capacity two-way local broadband network. The national network was designed for large scale, high-speed telecommunications traffic from its inception. Our core network infrastructure transports our voice, internet, data and digital television services in the U.K. and the Republic of Ireland.

        Our broadband communications network in the U.K. currently passes approximately 7.9 million homes in our regional franchise areas. Our cables also pass a significant number of businesses in these areas. Our service areas within our franchise areas include parts of many of the major large metropolitan areas in the U.K., including London, Manchester, Leeds, Southampton, Brighton, Derby, Cambridge, Oxford, Reading, Nottingham, Leicester, Coventry, Glasgow, Belfast, Cardiff and Swansea. We have the largest service area of any cable operator in the U.K. in terms of homes passed.

        The core network has a fiber backbone that is approximately 10,800 kilometers long. This includes 8,200 kilometers which are owned and operated by us and approximately 2,600 kilometers which are leased fiber from other network owners. A total of 99 switches direct telephone traffic around the core and local networks. In addition, we have more than 500 hub sites, points of presence, repeater nodes or other types of network site, and facilities at over 150 radio sites.

        Our local access networks deliver internet, telephone and digital and analog television services to our customers' homes and businesses. Our access network is comprised of two networks together. First, to provide television services and high-speed broadband internet access, our local fiber network is connected to a customer's premises via high capacity, two-way, coaxial cables. Second, we use synchronous digital hierarchy, or SDH, technology over the fiber network to provide telephone services. This is then connected to a customer's premises via a relatively short length twisted copper pair. In the future this is capable of hosting digital subscriber line, or DSL, over relatively short lengths of copper. Shorter lengths of copper provide a structural advantage in delivering very high-speed services over copper.

        We have a variety of alternative methods to connect our national telecommunications network over the "last mile" from the communications provider to the premises of those customers which are located outside of our cabled areas. We:

    obtain permits to construct telecommunications networks and build out our network to reach our customers. Although this is often the most costly means of reaching a customer, the expense can be justified in the case of larger customers or where a significant level of traffic is obtained from a customer; and

    lease circuits and DSL connections on the local networks of other service providers to connect to our customers' premises. Although this may reduce the operating margin on a particular account, it requires significantly less capital expenditure than a direct connection and can often be put into place relatively quickly and can be replaced with a direct connection at a later date if traffic volumes justify doing so.

        In 2004, we continued a network upgrade program targeting approximately 500,000 homes in the London area, where there is older, less robust cable networking. We cannot currently provide

20



broadband or interactive telephone services on the older network. This program presently is scheduled to be substantially completed in 2006. Approximately 220,000 homes will have network improvements by the end of 2005, that will enable us to provide our full range of services. Currently, approximately 87% of the homes passed by our network can receive all services and after the upgrade program is completed, we should have approximately 92% availability for all services.

Information Technology

        We outsource the management of the primary elements of our information technology systems to various suppliers. These suppliers include IBM, pursuant to an agreement which terminates in 2013 or, if we pay a termination fee, on May 23, 2006. We retain control of our information technology activities that are fundamental to our competitive advantage and key to the development of our intellectual property. The services IBM provides include:

    management of our mid-range information technology equipment;

    software application development;

    software application maintenance and support;

    end-user help desk services; and

    end-user desk top and laptop computing support.

Competition

Consumer

        We believe that we have a competitive advantage in the U.K. residential market because we offer integrated communications services, including high-speed broadband internet, telephone and television services. We offer our products on a stand-alone basis or as part of bundled packages designed to encourage customers to subscribe to multiple services. There is only one other significant cable service provider in the U.K., Telewest, which has different service areas than us. We offer internet and telephone services nationally. Television services are offered on our network in our service areas only.

Internet

        We provide broadband and dial-up internet services to customers within reach of our access network, by direct connection to our network. We also provide broadband and dial-up internet services to customers not within reach of our access network by providing a connection to our network via BT's local access network. Our internet services compete with BT, which provides broadband and dial-up internet access services over its own network. We also compete with ISPs, including Wanadoo, AOL and Tiscali which do not own an access network infrastructure but offer internet access services by providing access to BT's network. This is a highly competitive market, reflected in increasing downward price pressure. BT uses, and offers to third-party providers, DSL technology which, like our network, permits internet access to be provided over telephone lines at substantially greater speeds than conventional dial-up access. Increased deployment of DSL may subject us to increased competition over time. In addition, third generation, or 3G, mobile technology may subject us to increased competition over time in broadband services.

Telephone

        We provide telephone services to customers who are within reach of our network by direct connection to our network and, like our internet services, to customers off our network via BT's local access network. This process is known as indirect access. We compete primarily with BT in providing telephone services to residential customers in the U.K. BT occupies an established market position and

21



has substantial resources. We also compete with other telecommunications companies that provide indirect access telephone services, including One.Tel, Carphone Warehouse under the brand name Talk Talk, Caudwell Group under the brand name Homecall, and Tesco.

        Previously, when providing indirect access services, calls were routed onto another operator's network by customers dialing additional digits before entering the primary telephone number or via a dialer box that had to be provided to each customer. Calls can now be routed directly within a BT switch, through a method known as carrier pre-selection. Carrier pre-selection dispenses with the need to dial additional digits or use a dialer box, creating a simpler connection process for the customer. Carrier pre-selection is encouraging new companies to provide indirect access telephone services, increasing the pressure on our telephone services.

        We also compete with mobile telephone networks that may threaten the competitive position of our networks by providing a substitute to fixed line telephone services. Mobile telephone services also contribute to the downward price pressure in fixed line telephone services. However, we expect that any decrease in demand for fixed line telephone services as a result of competition from mobile telephone networks may be at least partially offset by increased demand for our wholesale services to mobile telecommunications operators.

Television

        We compete primarily with BSkyB in providing DTV to residential customers in the U.K. BSkyB is the sole distributor of pay-satellite television services and has comparatively high market penetration when compared with the penetration of similar satellite providers in other countries. BSkyB has access to various sports and movie programming content that is used to create some of the most popular pay TV channels in the U.K. While we carry several of those channels on our network, we are dependent upon BSkyB to provide us with this content. While BSkyB is our principal competitor in the pay-television market, it is also a critical supplier of content to us. The Office of Fair Trading, a U.K. regulatory agency which we refer to as the OFT, has determined that BSkyB is dominant in some wholesale premium pay television markets in the U.K., including some channels carrying sports content and premium pay TV film channels. See "—Government Regulation." In principle this should constrain BSkyB in its pricing of these channels, although we believe that the current pricing for this content is not favorable to us and should be improved.

        We have an agreement in principle with BSkyB for pricing arrangements with them, subject to agreeing to a formal contract. However, no assurances can be made that the contract will be finalized or finalized in a timely manner and changes to these pricing arrangements may not be made. BSkyB also provides various products and services over its direct-to-home satellite services that currently are not provided by us, including personal video recorders, commonly known as PVRs or DVRs.

        Residential customers may also receive digital terrestrial television, or DTT. Digital signals are delivered to customer homes through a conventional television aerial and a separately purchased set top box or an integrated digital television set.

        The free-to-air DTT service in the UK is branded Freeview. This service is provided by a consortium of BSkyB, Crown Castle International Corp. and the BBC and offers customers a limited range of television channels, including the traditional analog channels. Customers do not pay a monthly subscription fee for basic Freeview service but must acquire a set top box. For a subscription fee, a limited number of additional channels are available. Presently the channels offered on Freeview do not include several popular channels, such as Sky Sports, Sky Movies and MTV.

        Top Up TV offers a pay service over DTT. Top Up TV controls five channels but offers at staggered times approximately ten pay DTV channels. To receive Top Up TV, the customer requires a

22



set top box or integrated television with conditional access technology. Previously, set top boxes and integrated televisions did not include this technology.

        Currently a limited number of residential customers can receive DTV over BT's ADSL lines. Video Networks Limited, under the brand name Homechoice, supplies this service, including video on demand, to customers in parts of the London metropolitan area, and Kingston Interactive Television supplies to customers in one region in England.

        Of our peers in the U.K., only Telewest is currently able to offer the full range of services we provide. Telewest is the only other cable company in the U.K. and does not offer services in the areas that we cover. Some new competitors are using DSL technology to offer a comparable "triple play." For example, Homechoice, provides bundled services to approximately 1 million homes, according to Homechoice. Easynet also has announced recently that it is proposing to offer triple play services during 2005. However, the offerings of both of these companies are on a significantly smaller scale than ours.

        Pay television and pay-per-view services offered by us compete to varying degrees with other communications and entertainment media, including home video, video games and DVDs. We are introducing video on demand services which may compete in the future with programming provided by video on demand services offered by other parties and may compete against other video formats.

        Telecommunications is a constantly evolving industry and we expect that there will continue to be many advances in communications technology and in content. These advances, together with changes in consumer behavior, and in the regulatory and competitive environments, mean that it will be difficult to predict how our operations and businesses will be affected in the future.

        The U.K. government has stated that it will terminate ATV transmission within the next decade. Consumers wishing to receive television services will have to convert to DTV, currently available via digital satellite, DTT, or cable. However, when ATV transmission is terminated, the terrestrial DTV signal and network may be increased. This will enable terrestrial DTV to be made available to customers' homes that cannot currently receive it. Some customers may wish to subscribe for free DTT, via Freeview, rather than pay for DTV.

Business

        We face a wide range of competitors in the U.K. market. The nature of this competition varies depending on geography, service offerings and size of the marketable area. Only BT and Telewest have both extensive local access networks and a national backbone network. However, as Telewest's local networks do not overlap with our own networks, we do not compete with Telewest to any material extent. BT is a major competitor in almost all of our opportunities. Cable and Wireless plc, or C&W, and Energis own national backbone networks and they tend to focus on the large enterprise and corporate markets. However, these companies do not own local networks to any material extent and rely on wholesale arrangements to supply their customers.

        Colt Telecom Group plc has an extensive network particularly in London and also focuses on large enterprise and corporate accounts. Thus Group plc has its network in Scotland, principally in Edinburgh and Glasgow, and United Utilities plc has its network in Manchester. We face these competitors on a local basis mainly in the medium to large end of the SME market and in the market for larger corporate accounts and public sector organizations. In addition, for voice services we compete with a number of resellers who purchase wholesale minutes from BT and others and compete aggressively in the retail market.

        Although many customers have a dual supplier sourcing policy, competition remains based on price and quality of service. We expect price competition to intensify as existing and other new entrants compete aggressively. Most of these competitors have substantial resources and we cannot assure you

23



that these or other competitors will not expand their businesses in our existing markets or that we will be able to continue to compete successfully with these competitors in the business telecommunications market.

        BT and C&W are our principal competitors in our wholesale services markets. Competition is based on the price, range and quality of services. BT has a local access network across the U.K. that puts BT in a strong competitive position. Competition is most intense on key city-to-city routes where new entrants have increased the number of suppliers and had a significant negative impact on prices. Where opportunities are more closely aligned to the geographic areas we serve, the number of our competitors is reduced.

Ireland

        Since 1998, BSkyB has had a presence in the Irish pay television market. In the past three years, BSkyB has aggressively marketed its digital television service to Irish customers. We estimate that BSkyB is the second largest pay television operator in the Irish market, based on the number of subscribers, after us. BSkyB completed a deal in April 2002 with Radio Telefís Éireann and TV3 Television Network Limited, the Irish free to air broadcasters, to carry the television stations RTE1, Network 2, TV3 and TG4 on its second tier package.

        The other principal competitors to our business operations in the Republic of Ireland are Eircom Limited and ESAT BT, a subsidiary of BT.

Government Regulation

Regulation in the European Union

        The European Parliament and Commission regulate our business through various legislative means.

        In February 2002, the European Commission, or EC, adopted a package of new legislative measures which set out a new framework for the regulation of electronic communications, the intention being to ensure that regulation of electronic communications networks and services was more technology-neutral in the future than it had been previously. The new regulatory framework, or NRF, consists of four Directives, including a Framework Directive and specific Directives on Authorization, Access and Interconnection and Universal Service and Users Rights. The NRF was supplemented by a Communications and Privacy Directive.

        The U.K. and Irish Governments incorporated the NRF into their domestic laws by the enactment of:

    in the U.K., the Communications Act 2003, which came into effect on July 25, 2003, and the Communications Privacy Regulations, which came into effect on December 11, 2003, and

    in Ireland, the Communications Regulations Act 2002.

        See "—Regulation in the U.K." and "—Regulation in the Republic of Ireland."

Regulation in the U.K.

        We are subject to regulation under the Communications Act 2003, the Broadcasting Acts 1990 and 1996 and other U.K. statutes and subordinate legislation.

        The Communications Act 2003 established a new regulatory authority called the Office of Communications, or Ofcom, as the single regulatory authority for the communications sector. Ofcom replaced a number of sectoral regulatory authorities such as the Office of Telecommunications, or Oftel, and the Independent Television Commission, or ITC.

24



The General Conditions of Entitlement

        Under the Communications Act 2003, communications providers such as us are no longer required to hold an individual license in order to provide electronic communications networks and services. Even so, all providers are subject to some basic conditions imposed by Ofcom, which are known as the General Conditions of Entitlement. A breach of any of these conditions by us could lead to the imposition of fines and, ultimately, to the suspension or revocation of our right to provide electronic communications networks and services.

        Some of the requirements of the General Conditions of Entitlement with which we must comply include:

    a requirement to negotiate interconnection arrangements with other network providers

    a requirement to ensure that any end-user can access the emergency services

    a requirement to offer outbound number portability to customers wishing to switch to another network, and to support inbound number portability where we acquire a customer from another network, on reasonable terms, including charges

    a requirement to provide directory enquiry services

    a requirement to publish up-to-date price and tariff information

    a requirement to provide itemized billing on request from each customer at no additional charge

    requirements to provide special services for end-users with disabilities.

        Our entitlement to provide electronic communications networks and services extends throughout the U.K. and is not constrained in time.

        Under current proposals, any operator providing an electronic communications network or service under the General Conditions of Entitlement will be liable to pay annual administrative fees to Ofcom if its turnover in the second calendar year before the charging year in question was £5 million or more. These fees are calculated at a rate set by Ofcom each year and are applied to relevant turnover bands.

        In addition to the General Conditions of Entitlement, Ofcom may impose further conditions on providers with significant market power, or SMP, in a market. SMP equates to the competition law concept of dominance. The NRF obliged Ofcom to carry out a number of initial market reviews to determine which providers held SMP and therefore should be subject to additional conditions and, thereafter, to keep these markets and any other markets identified by Ofcom in which SMP exists under further periodic review. Ofcom has now completed almost all of the initial market reviews and this has led to BT being found to have SMP in a substantial number of markets. As a result, BT has been made subject to a large number of additional regulatory requirements in both wholesale and retail markets.

        All fixed operators, including us, have been found to possess SMP in relation to the termination of voice calls on their own networks but we have not been found to possess SMP in any of the other voice, data and internet markets in which we operate.

The Strategic Review of Telecommunications

        Following the passing of the Communications Act 2003, Ofcom announced that one of its early tasks would be to carry out a strategic review of telecommunications in the U.K. The purpose of the review would be to assess whether the telecommunications sector is delivering benefits to consumers, the future prospects for the sector and the potential impact of different regulatory approaches. Phase 1 of the strategic review was published on April 28, 2004 and Phase 2 was published on November 18,

25



2004. We have been and continue to be actively involved in this process and in seeking to ensure that the outcomes are supportive of our business and do not have any negative impact.

        During Phase 2, Ofcom reaffirmed its commitment to infrastructure competition and to providing an environment which promotes investment in infrastructure. However, in addition, it has stated that it believes a new approach to regulation is required in the U.K. to address a number of economic bottlenecks which persist in the provision of telecommunications networks. According to Ofcom, these bottlenecks are areas where effective infrastructure-based competition is unlikely to emerge in the medium term, which may not necessarily coincide exactly with the parts of the network where BT has SMP. Ofcom has therefore proposed a strategy aimed at promoting competition at the deepest levels of infrastructure where it will be effective and sustainable and at focusing regulation to deliver equality of access to BT's network beyond those levels.

        According to Ofcom, the provision of equality of access will require significant behavioral change by BT and will carry with it the requirement that BT's wholesale customers should have access to:

    the same or a similar set of regulated wholesale products as BT's own retail activities;

    at the same prices as BT's own retail activities; and

    using the same or similar transactional processes as BT's own retail activities.

        Ofcom currently envisages that it will be able to publish the final conclusions of its review in the second quarter of 2005. Ofcom has stated publicly that if BT resists the concept of providing equivalent access to its network for other operators or fails to comply with any final settlement announced by Ofcom at the conclusion of the review, Ofcom will consider requesting the Competition Commission to carry out an investigation of the telecommunications market under the Enterprise Act 2002 (see "—Enterprise Act 2002"), one possible outcome of which could be a requirement for BT to separate its wholesale and retail businesses.

        Another area addressed by the review concerns longer term arrangements for the provision of universal service in the U.K. The review seeks comments on the future funding arrangements for the provision of universal service and the scope of universal service. In particular, the review considers whether there will be scope in the future for making use of mobile technologies in the provision of some aspects of universal service and whether universal service should extend to the provision of broadband internet connectivity. Ofcom states that in its own view, the case for extending the scope of universal service to include broadband is not strong. We will be impacted by any future decision to require us to provide or to contribute to the funding of universal service in the U.K. See "—Universal Service Obligations."

Regulation of BT

        The regulation of BT is important to our business in a number of ways. Because, under current regulation, BT has been found to possess SMP in a significant number of markets, it is subject to a large number of additional regulatory requirements which govern its behavior, particularly at the wholesale level. These include, in identified markets, a requirement to publish a reference offer for interconnection to BT's network together with the ability for Ofcom to impose wholesale price controls.

Universal Service Obligations

        The concept of universal service, or USO, is designed to ensure that basic fixed line services are available at an affordable price to all citizen-consumers across the U.K. The scope of USO obligations is defined by the EC Directive on Universal Service and Users Rights (see "—Regulation in the European Union") and the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry in the U.K. specifies which services must be provided throughout the U.K. in the Universal Service Order. This Order has been

26



implemented by Ofcom through the imposition of specific conditions on BT and Kingston Communications (both of which have been designated by Ofcom as USO providers) and by the imposition of certain conditions on all providers under the General Conditions of Entitlement.

        The conditions imposed on BT and Kingston Communications require them to offer the following services at uniform prices across the U.K.:

    a connection to the public telephone network at a fixed location, following a reasonable request, which includes functional internet access;

    at least one scheme for consumers with special social needs who have difficulty affording telephone services;

    public call box services; and

    a range of services for customers with disabilities.

        In addition, BT and Kingston Communications are obliged to make sure that charges for USO services do not entail payment for unnecessary additional services, to provide free itemized billing and to ensure that USO services meet defined quality thresholds. Furthermore, BT has to provide a relay service for textphone users.

        On January 10, 2005, Ofcom published a Review of the Universal Service Obligation. This review focuses on the current scope of the USO and seeks comments on what more can and should be done in the short term. Longer term policy issues concerning the USO are addressed in the broader strategic review of telecommunications. See "—The Strategic Review of Telecommunications."

Electronic Communications Code

        Under the Telecommunications Act 1984, which was largely replaced by the Communications Act 2003, licensed public telecommunications operators were eligible for enhanced legal powers under the electronic communications code annexed to the Telecommunications Act 1984, or Code Powers. Code Powers are of particular benefit to those who construct and maintain networks because they give enhanced legal rights of access to private land, exemption from some requirements of general planning law and the right to install equipment in the public highway.

        The Communications Act 2003 retained the broad structure of Code Powers. Any operator which possessed Code Powers under the previous licensing regime automatically retained those powers under the Communications Act regime. Any operator wishing to obtain new Code Powers must now apply to Ofcom. Our subsidiaries that provide electronic communications networks and services, ntl Group Limited and ntl National Networks Limited, both have Code Powers.

        Although Code Powers give operators the right to install equipment in public highways, each operator is required to certify to Ofcom each year that it has sufficient and acceptable financial security in place to cover the costs which could be incurred by local councils or road authorities if they were required to remove equipment or restore the public roads following the insolvency of that operator. This security is commonly described as "funds for liabilities." Ofcom has indicated that it will generally require an operator to provide board-level certification of third party security for this purpose.

Competition Act 1998

        The Competition Act 1998, which came into force in March 2000, introduced a prohibition on the abuse of a dominant market position and a prohibition on anti-competitive agreements modelled on Articles 81 and 82 of the Treaty of Rome. The Act also introduced third party rights, stronger investigative powers, interim measures and enforcement powers. These enforcement powers include fines of up to 10% of worldwide turnover. The Competition Act is enforced by the Office of Fair

27



Trading, or OFT, and gives concurrent investigative and enforcement powers to Ofcom. Ofcom will take the lead on most competition issues in the communications sector, although it will consult with the OFT where necessary.

        The Competition Act also enables third parties to bring enforcement actions directly against persons, including telecommunications providers, who are in breach of the prohibitions and to seek damages, rather than waiting for Ofcom to undertake enforcement action.

        The Competition Act limits the types of agreements and arrangements we can enter into. For example, we may be prohibited under the Act from establishing some pricing and purchasing arrangements which would have the effect of reducing competition in the market or from forcing companies to behave in ways dictated by us.

Enterprise Act 2002

        The U.K.'s competition law framework was further strengthened by the competition provisions of the Enterprise Act 2002, which came into force in June 2003. Under these provisions, among other things, decisions on mergers and market investigations are now made by independent competition bodies using competition-based tests, rather than by the U.K. Government. The implementation of European Union, or EU, modernization of competition law in May 2004 further widened the powers of the U.K. competition bodies.

        In the case of merger control, a competition-based test has replaced the previous public interest test for assessing the impact of merger situations so that the U.K. competition bodies must now decide whether any merger will lead to a "substantial lessening of competition" in a relevant market. In addition, new jurisdictional thresholds have been imposed, which govern whether a merger is subject to investigation and approval.

        Under other provisions of the Enterprise Act, individuals who cause, encourage, participate in or, in some cases, even those who have knowledge of, the making of agreements between competitors which are designed to fix prices, share markets, limit supply or production or rig bids within the U.K., can be prosecuted and punished with unlimited fines and imprisonment for up to five years. The courts may also order the disqualification for up to fifteen years of directors whose companies have committed a breach of U.K. or EU competition law.

Consumer Protection

        The Enterprise Act 2002 also empowers some consumer bodies to make "super complaints" to the OFT about features of a market that are harming consumers. The aim is to address situations where markets have failed to work for consumers, rather than to address the behavior of particular companies.

Licenses

        Although we are no longer required to hold an individual license to operate electronic communications networks and to provide electronic communications services in the U.K., we are still required to hold a license under the Broadcasting Acts 1990 and 1996 for any cable television channels which we own and for the provision of certain other services on our cable television platform. We therefore hold a number of licenses for the provision of some promotional channels and for the provision of our electronic program guide. A breach of any of these licenses by us ultimately could cause us to incur a financial penalty and to lose the relevant license.

28



Regulation in the Republic of Ireland

Relevant Authority

        The Commission for Communications Regulation, or ComReg, is the body responsible for regulation of most of the communications industry in Ireland although, where relevant, there is a separate regulator, Broadcasting Commission of Ireland, or BCI, for broadcast content. For relevant purposes, our network does not currently require BCI licensing. The Communications Regulations Act 2002 replaced the Office of the Director of Telecommunications Regulation with ComReg.

Legislation and Licensing

        Until July 25, 2003, we had a general telecommunications license under the Telecommunications Act 1983 and separate cable television and MMDS licenses for our franchises in Dublin, Galway and Waterford under the Wireless Telegraphy Acts 1926 to date. In addition, the cable television industry in the Republic of Ireland was governed by the Wireless Telegraphy (Programme Service Distribution) Regulations 1999.

        On July 25, 2003, these licenses and regulations were repealed as part of the transposition of Directives enacted under the NRF. See "—Regulation by the European Union." All operators of ECNs were required to notify ComReg of their services by September 5, 2003. We are this type of operator and we have been duly authorized.

        The authorizations regime also applies to our MMDS services, but it exists in parallel to our existing MMDS licenses. Conditions attached to our licenses will continue without change since there will continue to be different rules for services that involve usage of radio spectrum allocated to specific uses under the Republic of Ireland's national spectrum plan.

        In relation to the provision of telephone services, the conditions attaching to the authorization are identical to those applicable in the U.K. The only relevant additional condition attaching to our authorization to operate a cable network is a requirement to adhere to the technical conditions specified by ComReg. Following the introduction of the NRF, our cable business in Ireland is now effectively in a similar regulatory position to that of BSkyB, except that BSkyB's satellite network does not fall within the definition of an ECN and accordingly does not require authorization.

        The introduction of this new regulatory regime means that all previous regulatory obligations arising out of our 1999 license and the Wireless Telegraphy (Programme Service Distribution) Regulations 1999 are superceded. Under the new regulatory scheme, there are:

    no further digital roll-out obligations on cable;

    no price controls or investigations of any type;

    no restrictions on content of our basic analog package;

    no consumer protection regulations that are administered by ComReg; and

    no quality of service reporting requirements.

        The Irish government has indicated that it will introduce new legislation to address the regulatory gap between retail broadcast services, including cable, satellite, digital terrestrial television and other electronic communications services. However, it is unclear whether this legislation will introduce equivalent consumer protection and quality of service obligations for broadcast as those that now apply under the NRF for other electronic communications services.

29



Levy

        As our cable business does not require an authorization as an ECS for purposes of the Directives, it will not be subject to an ECS authorization fee or levy. This means that the existing 3.5% license fee on our cable revenues has ceased being charged since July 25, 2003.

        As our cable network falls within the definition of an ECN, it requires an authorization and there is a requirement for Ireland to pay an associated authorization fee. ComReg imposes a fee of €0.50 per customer per annum for cable and, as satellite does not fall within the definition of an ECN, a "voluntary" fee of €0.50 per dish for BSkyB. This new fee structure took effect from July 25, 2003.

MMDS

        Our MMDS business in the Republic of Ireland provides analog and digital television to approximately 14,300 residential customers in our Dublin, Galway and Waterford network areas. We were obligated under our MMDS licenses to provide MMDS services in a digital format by January 1, 2001, with a grace period until June 30, 2001.

        In December 2000, we informed ComReg that we did not intend to provide television services in a digital format on our MMDS networks and accordingly undertook to transfer the licenses and the customer base to a third party. However, a sale was not completed during the period from December 2000 to November 2002. After November 2002, we reached an agreement with ComReg to implement a revised digital rollout schedule. As part of this agreement, we undertook to make DTV services available to 95% of customers within our MMDS franchise areas by June 1, 2003 and lodged a €100,000 bond with ComReg that would be forfeited in the event we did not comply. On May 1, 2003, we notified ComReg that we had met the revised rollout schedule and, following a technical audit, ComReg authorized our recovery of the bond.

        We will continue to operate under our existing license issued in 1999 under the Wireless Telegraphy Act. In practice, this means that we are guaranteed the allocation of spectrum which we received when the 1999 license was granted, but with fewer restrictions than the 1999 license and amended to reflect the provisions of the NRF. This means that the following provisions will be removed:

    no further price control of any type;

    no consumer protection regulation by ComReg; and

    no quality of service reporting requirements.

        ComReg has decided to impose a new levy on MMDS operators that contains two elements—a per subscriber fee of €0.50 per year and a fee for spectrum usage of €1,905 per MHz of spectrum per annum with a scaling mechanism based on the number of homes subject to the regulation. We have an MMDS allocation of 22 8MHz channels. ComReg has recently indicated that it believes 11 8MHz channels are sufficient for MMDS operators to provide a full digital service. Accordingly, it requested that we present a plan by June 30, 2004 detailing our requirements for radio spectrum in the MMDS band, which we provided. ComReg is still consulting on the matter in advance of an EU decision on the future allocation of services in the MMDS band. There is a risk that our existing allocation in this band may be reduced as a result of the EU decision.

Analysis of SMP

        Under the NRF, ComReg is required to undertake an analysis of the entire communications market in order to assess the level of competition in the various sectors and whether there is a need for regulatory intervention. In markets that are not deemed to be competitive, like fixed voice, one or more operators will be designated as having significant market power. Significant market power

30



operators will be subject to regulation like price control, open access and regulatory accounting but ntl does not currently operate in a market capable of SMP designation.

        The market analysis particularly is focused on eighteen relevant markets identified by the European Commission. The retail broadcast market is not one of these markets. However, ComReg can go beyond or deviate from the European Commission's guidance and request that additional markets be deemed not sufficiently competitive. ComReg has indicated that it considers the retail broadcast market not sufficiently competitive. However, it has made no finding in this regard. The European Commission has confirmed that there is no economic basis for this conclusion.

Seasonality

        Some revenue streams are subject to seasonal factors. For example, telephone usage revenue by customers and businesses tends to be slightly lower during summer holiday months. Our customer churn rates include persons who disconnect service because of moves, resulting in a seasonal increase in our churn rates during the summer months when higher levels of U.K. house moves occur and students leave their accommodations between school years.

Research and Development

        Our research and development activities involve the analysis of technological developments affecting our cable television, telephone and telecommunications business, the evaluation of existing services and sales and marketing techniques and the development of new services and techniques.

Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses

        We do not have any material patents or copyrights nor do we believe that patents play a material role in our business. We own and have the right to use registered trademarks, which in some cases are, and in others may be, of material importance to our business, including the "ntl:" logo. In addition, we are substantially dependent on the authorizations granted by the legislative agencies which regulate our various businesses. The loss of any one or more of those authorizations could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Employees

        On December 31, 2004, we had 12,480 employees, 11,285 of whom were permanent and 1,195 of whom were temporary or contract. Following the sale of our broadcast operations and a reduction in our workforce, as of February 28, 2005 we had 10,764 employees, 9,655 of whom were permanent and 1,109 of whom were temporary or contract.

        We believe that our relationship with our employees is generally good.

31


Item 1a. Risk Factors

Risks Related to Our Company

We have historically incurred losses and may not be profitable in the future.

        We have incurred substantial losses historically and expect to continue to incur substantial losses. We had losses from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2004 of $900.6 million, and losses from continuing operations for the years ended December 31:

    2003 of $988.2 million;

    2002 of $2,469.1 million; and

    2001 of $11,863.9 million, which includes an asset impairment charge of $8,160.6 million.

        We cannot be certain that we will achieve or sustain profitability in the future. Failure to achieve profitability could diminish our ability to sustain operations, meet financial covenants, continue to pay dividends on our common stock, obtain additional required funds and make required payments on our present or future indebtedness.

We may not generate positive cash flow.

        Pursuant to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, we measure cash flow as all changes affecting cash in the activities of operations, investment and financing. Historically, construction costs, operating expenditures and interest costs have contributed to our negative cash flow. We had negative cash flow of $555.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 principally because we repaid $687.5 million, net of indebtedness. We had positive cash flow of $155.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 because of the net proceeds of $1,367 million from our rights offering offset by $1,249.1 million principal payments on long-term debt. We had positive cash flow of $250.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, principally because of our non-payment of $566.8 million of interest on some of our debt incurred prior to our reorganization and we had negative cash flow of $172.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. We cannot be certain that we will achieve positive cash flow in the future, which could adversely affect our ability to achieve our business plan or to continue to pay dividends on our common stock.

Our business is capital intensive and we may not have access to cash to fund our future capital expenditures.

        Our business requires substantial capital expenditures on a continuing basis for various purposes, including:

    expanding, maintaining and upgrading our network;

    investing in new customer acquisitions; and

    offering new services.

        From time to time, we also need to make capital expenditures for particular projects like integrating our billing and customer service systems. We expect to spend between £300 million and £340 million, or between $575 million and $650 million, on acquiring fixed assets during 2005. We believe that our cash on hand, together with cash from operations, and, if required, drawdowns under the £250 million revolving tranche of our senior credit facility will be sufficient for our cash requirements through at least March 31, 2006. However, our cash requirements after March 31, 2006 may exceed these sources of cash. We may not be able to obtain additional financing, or financing on favorable terms, or we may be contractually prevented by the terms of our current indebtedness from incurring additional indebtedness.

32


Our debt could adversely affect our financial health and diminish stockholder value.

        As of December 31, 2004, our long-term indebtedness was £3.0 billion, or $5.8 billion. Our indebtedness could adversely affect us by:

    limiting our ability to borrow money for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes, if needed, and increasing the cost of any of these borrowings;

    requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service our debt, which reduces the funds available for operations and future business opportunities;

    limiting our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions, including increased competition and demand for new services; and

    placing us at a disadvantage when compared to competitors that have less debt.

        We could incur additional indebtedness in the future that would intensify the leverage-related risks described above.

The restrictive covenants under our indebtedness may limit our ability to make payments on our indebtedness or otherwise operate our business.

        The agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness contain restrictive covenants that limit the discretion of our management over various business matters. For example, the covenants restrict our ability to:

    incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;

    pay dividends or make other distributions, or redeem or repurchase equity interests or subordinated obligations;

    make investments;

    sell assets, including the capital stock of subsidiaries;

    enter into sale/leaseback transactions;

    create liens;

    enter into agreements that restrict the restricted subsidiaries' ability to pay dividends, transfer assets or make intercompany loans;

    merge or consolidate or transfer all or substantially all of our assets; and

    enter into transactions with affiliates.

        These restrictions could materially adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities that may be in our best interests. We may also incur other indebtedness in the future that may contain financial or other covenants more restrictive than those applicable under our existing indebtedness.

        In addition, our credit facility requires us to comply with various financial covenants. Events beyond our control may affect our ability to comply with these financial covenants.

        Our failure to comply with these financial covenants and other obligations could cause an event of default under our credit facility. If an event of default occurs, our lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding and accrued and unpaid interest on our senior credit facility to be immediately due, and the lenders could then foreclose upon the assets securing our senior credit facility if that breach was not remedied within an agreed time period.

33



We are a holding company and are dependent upon cash flow from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations.

        We and a number of our subsidiaries are holding companies with no independent operations or significant assets other than investments in subsidiaries. We and each of these holding companies depend upon the receipt of sufficient funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations. The inability to transfer cash among entities within our consolidated group may mean that even though we may have sufficient resources to meet our obligations, we may not be permitted to make the necessary transfers from one entity in our restricted group to another entity in our restricted group in order to make payments to the entity which has the obligations to be met.

        The terms of our credit facility and the senior notes limit the payment of dividends, loan repayments and other distributions to or from these companies under many circumstances. Various agreements governing the debt that may be issued by our subsidiaries from time to time may restrict and, in some cases, prohibit the ability of these subsidiaries to move cash within our restricted group. Under the indenture governing the senior notes, subsidiaries of NTL Cable PLC are permitted to incur additional indebtedness which may contain similar restrictions. Some of our subsidiaries are also dependent on funding from NTL Cable PLC or other holding companies. In addition, a default by any subsidiary on its debt is likely to result in reduced dividends or distributions by the defaulting entity to us. Reduced distributions by any of these subsidiaries could have a material adverse effect on us.

        Applicable law may also limit the amounts that some of our subsidiaries are permitted to pay as dividends or distributions on their equity interests.

We have historically had a deficiency of earnings to fixed charges and our earnings in the future may not be sufficient to cover those fixed charges.

        For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000, our earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges. The deficiency was approximately $890.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, $993.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, $2,529.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, $11,857.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 and $2,618.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, including capitalized interest, amortization of fees related to debt financing and rent expense deemed to be interest. Our earnings in the future may not be sufficient to cover those fixed charges.

We are subject to currency and interest rate risks.

        We encounter currency exchange rate risks because substantially all of our revenues and operating expenses are earned and paid primarily in pounds and, to a lesser extent, euros, but we pay interest and principal obligations with respect to a portion of our existing indebtedness in U.S. dollars. To the extent that the pound declines in value against the U.S. dollar, the effective cost of servicing our U.S. dollar debt will be higher. Changes in the exchange rate result in foreign currency gains or losses. As of December 31, 2004, $920.2 million, or 15.9% of our long-term debt, was denominated in U.S. dollars.

        Because the revenues and expenses from our principal operations are denominated primarily in pounds but we report our financial results in U.S. dollars, our financial results are also impacted by currency fluctuations which are unrelated to our underlying results of operations.

        We are also subject to interest rate risk because we have substantial indebtedness at variable interest rates. As of December 31, 2004, interest is determined on a variable basis on $4,325.8 million, or 74.9%, of our long-term debt. An increase in interest rates of 0.25% would increase our interest expense by approximately $10.8 million per year.

        To manage these currency exchange and interest rate risks, we have entered into a number of derivative instruments including interest rate swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps and foreign currency forward rate contracts. As a result of these hedging activities, $3,538.5 million, or 61.3% of

34



our long-term debt at December 31, 2004 was accruing interest at fixed rates in pounds sterling terms. We cannot assure you that our hedging program will be successful. Movements in currency exchange rates or interest rates could have a material adverse effect on us.

Provisions of our debt agreements, our stockholder rights plan, our certificate of incorporation and Delaware law could prevent or delay a change of control of our company.

        We may, under some circumstances involving a change of control of our company, be obligated to offer to repurchase substantially all of our outstanding senior notes and repay our outstanding indebtedness under our senior credit facility and other indebtedness. We cannot assure you that we will have available financial resources necessary to repurchase those notes or repay that indebtedness in those circumstances.

        If we cannot repurchase those senior notes or repay our indebtedness under our credit facility and other indebtedness in the event of a change of control of our company, the failure to do so would constitute an event of default under the agreements under which that indebtedness was incurred and could result in a cross-default under other indebtedness that does not have similar provisions. The threat of this could have the effect of delaying or preventing transactions involving a change of control of our company, including transactions in which our stockholders would receive a substantial premium for their shares over then current market prices, or otherwise which they may deem to be in their best interest.

        Our stockholder rights plan, some provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our ability to issue additional shares of common stock or preferred stock to third parties without stockholder approval may have the effect, alone or in combination with each other, of preventing or making more difficult transactions involving a change of control of our company. In addition, we are subject to the Delaware anti-takeover law that prohibits some Delaware corporations from engaging in business combinations or other transactions with any stockholder who owns 15% or more of the corporation's outstanding voting stock, for three years following the date that the stockholder acquired that interest.

We are subject to indemnification obligations, which could require cash payment, in connection with the sale of our broadcast operations.

        In connection with the sale of our broadcast operations, we provided customary indemnities to the buyer in the contract of sale. These indemnities could require cash outlays to the buyer in the event of a breach of warranty or other indemnifiable claim. The indemnity obligations are subject to customary limitations.

Our prospects will depend in part on our ability to control our costs while maintaining and improving our service levels.

        We continue to reduce expenditures in a variety of areas, including a reduction in capital expenditures, a reduction in the number of our employees and the outsourcing of some functions. Some of these expenditures, particularly capital expenditures and employee costs, may increase in future periods in order to accommodate growth in our business. Our prospects will depend in part on our ability to continue to control costs and operate more efficiently, while maintaining and improving our existing service levels.

Failure to control customer churn may adversely affect our financial performance.

        The successful implementation of our business plan depends upon us controlling our customer churn. Customer churn is a measure of customers who stop taking our services. An increase in customer churn can lead to increased costs and reduced revenues. In order to control customer churn,

35



we aim to improve our customer service. We are in the process of integrating some of our billing systems and customer databases to improve our customer service and collections. The changeover to a new customer database system may cause billing errors which can lead to customer churn. If we are not successful in integrating these systems, we could experience an adverse effect on customer service and, in turn, an increase in our customer churn rate. In addition, our customer churn rate may also increase if we are unable to deliver our services over our network without interruption.

        Our ability to control customer churn could also be adversely affected by the availability of competing services in the U.K., like the digital satellite services offered by BSkyB, and digital terrestrial television services like Freeview. Competing services also include telephone, dial-up internet and broadband internet services offered by BT or third parties who resell BT's services. BT and BSkyB have regularly launched joint campaigns to entice our customers to move to these competing services. As we attempt to migrate customers to our DTV services, it is possible that some of our customers may move to our competitors. In addition, as our ATV internet customers choose to migrate to DTV or broadband internet services in areas where we do not have an adequate network, we may lose these customers to competitors that can provide these services. We can offer broadband and dial-up internet services off our network.

Systems failures may result in lost revenue.

        Our ability to identify, bill and collect revenue from our customers is dependent on complex systems and processes. To the extent that any one or more of those systems or processes fail, we could lose customer and transaction billing data, which would prevent us from billing and collecting revenue due to us. We are continually seeking ways to improve our revenue collection processes, but it is possible that such improvements may not be successful or will not yield enhanced revenue collection. Inefficient collection could result in an increase in bad debt.

We could experience an adverse effect on our customer service, customer acquisitions, customer churn rate and operating costs as a result of our efforts to integrate our billing systems.

        As a result of our growth through acquisitions, we inherited numerous billing and customer service systems. We are in the process of integrating some of our billing systems and customer databases. We have consolidated numerous systems into three billing platforms that, as of December 31, 2004, has involved the migration of approximately 3.6 million accounts. We continue to evaluate and develop our ongoing integration process. It is possible that billing errors and other customer service disruptions could occur during further integration processes, potentially resulting in increased customer churn or adverse effects on customer service, customer acquisitions, collections, and the costs of maintaining our billing systems going forward. There can be no assurances as to the timing of our further integration efforts or the degree to which further integration will be achieved.

Failure to market broadband internet services successfully will adversely impact our revenue and results of operations.

        A significant component of our strategy is to market broadband internet services successfully to residential customers. We believe that our "triple play" offering of telephone service, broadband access to the internet and digital television will prove attractive to our existing customer base and allow us to increase our average revenue per user, or ARPU. However, broadband internet usage by residential customers remains a relatively new and underdeveloped market. As of December 31, 2004, out of approximately 6.96 million homes currently able to receive broadband internet service from us, we had approximately 1.3 million residential customers receiving this service. In addition, we face significant competition in these markets from providers of alternative internet access technologies, including digital subscriber line, or DSL, services offered by a number of companies reselling DSL services and dial-up services offered by a number of companies reselling DSL services. If customers are not prepared to pay

36



a premium for broadband internet access, compared with less expensive slower speed services like dial-up internet access, we may not be able to market successfully broadband internet services. If we are unable to charge prices for broadband internet services that are anticipated in our business plan in response to competition or if our competition delivers better services to our customers, our results of operations will be adversely affected.

We are subject to significant competition and we expect that competition will intensify.

        We compete with a range of other communications and content providers.

        Our internet services compete with BT, which also provides dial-up and broadband internet access services over its network. We also compete with ISPs that offer internet access services over BT's network. We compete primarily with BT in providing telephone services to residential customers in the U.K. BT occupies an established market position and has substantial resources. We compete also with indirect telephone access operators and increasingly, mobile telephone network providers. In providing DTV services to residential customers, we compete primarily with BSkyB. While BSkyB is our principal competitor in the pay-television market, it is also a critical supplier of content to us. BSkyB is the sole distributor of pay-satellite television services and the OFT has determined that BSkyB is dominant in some wholesale premium pay television markets in the U.K. BSkyB has access to various sports and movie programming content that is used to create some of the most popular pay TV channels in the U.K. While we carry several of those channels on our network, we are dependent upon BSkyB to provide us with this content. Our ability to maintain and add subscribers may depend upon our ability to obtain programming from BSkyB at a reasonable cost. BSkyB may elect to provide exclusive content to its subscriber base and not provide that content to us. If BSkyB decided to withdraw its content from us for any period of time, the disruptions in service could adversely affect our business.

        In addition, our Business services face a wide range of competitors in the U.K. market, including BT and C&W. The nature of our competition varies depending on geography, service offerings and size of the marketable area.

        As existing technology develops and new technologies emerge, we believe that competition will intensify. Moreover, we may be required to reduce prices if our competitors reduce prices or as a result of any other downward pressure on prices for communications and content services. Any reduction in prices could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. See "—Competition."

The telecommunications industry is subject to rapid technological changes and we cannot predict the effect of any changes on our businesses.

        The services we provide our customers may become outdated owing to technological breakthroughs. In addition, our business plan contemplates the introduction of services using new technologies. Our investments in those new services, like those related to video on demand, may prove premature. We may not realize anticipated returns on these new products. The cost of implementation of emerging and future technologies could be significant. Our ability to fund this implementation may depend on our ability to obtain additional financing.

A catastrophe at one or more of the locations where our critical cable network systems are housed could have a material adverse effect on our business.

        Our business is dependent on many sophisticated critical systems, which support all of the various aspects of our cable network operations. The hardware supporting a large number of critical systems for our cable network is housed in a relatively small number of locations. If one or more of these locations were to be subject to fire, natural disaster, terrorism including electronic sabotage, power loss or other catastrophe, we would not be able to pass transmission signals over our cable network. This

37



would cause serious harm to our business. Although we have a disaster recovery plan in respect of some of our information technology and network systems which is designed to prevent or mitigate a potential failure, we do not have a comprehensive disaster recovery plan for all our information technology or network systems and business processes. We cannot assure you that any disaster recovery, security and service continuity protection measures we have, or may take, in the future will be sufficient. In addition, although we build our cable network in resilient rings to ensure the continuity of network availability in the event of any damage to our underground fibers, it is likely that no transmission signals will be able to pass if any ring is cut twice. In particular, a portion of our Irish operation is dependent upon our Sirius undersea ring connecting the Republic of Ireland to the U.K.

Failure in our technology or telecommunications systems could significantly disrupt our operations, which could reduce our customer base and result in lost revenues.

        Our success depends, in part, on the continued and uninterrupted performance of our information technology and network systems as well as our customer service centers. Our systems are vulnerable to damage from a variety of sources, including telecommunications failures, malicious human acts and natural disasters. Moreover, despite security measures, our servers are potentially vulnerable to physical or electronic break-ins, computer viruses and similar disruptive problems. Despite the precautions we have taken, unanticipated problems affecting our systems could cause failures in our information technology systems, including systems that are critical for timely and accurate customer billing, or our customer service centers. Sustained or repeated system failures that interrupt our ability to provide service to our customers or otherwise meet our business obligations in a timely manner would adversely affect our reputation and result in a loss of customers and net revenue.

We do not insure the underground portion of our cable network and various pavement-based electronics associated with our cable network.

        We obtain insurance of the type and in the amounts that we believe are customary for similar companies. Consistent with this practice, we do not insure the underground portion of our cable network or various pavement-based electronics associated with our cable network. Almost all of our cable network is constructed underground. As a result, any catastrophe that affects our underground cable network or our pavement-based electronics could prevent us from providing services to our customers and result in substantial uninsured losses.

We are subject to taxation in multiple jurisdictions.

        We are subject to taxation in the U.S., the U.K. and the Republic of Ireland. Our effective tax rate and tax liability will be affected by a number of factors, like the amount of taxable income in particular jurisdictions, the tax rates in these jurisdictions, tax treaties between jurisdictions, the extent to which we transfer funds to and repatriate funds from our subsidiaries, and future changes in the law. Our tax liability will be dependent upon our operating results and the manner in which our operations are funded. Generally, the tax liability for each legal entity is determined either on a non-consolidated basis or on a consolidated basis only with other entities incorporated in the same jurisdiction. In either case, our tax liability is determined without regard to the taxable losses of non-consolidated affiliated entities. As a result, we may pay income taxes in one jurisdiction for a particular period even though on an overall basis we incur a net loss for that period.

We are subject to government regulation and changes in current regulations may adversely affect us.

        Our principal business activities are regulated and supervised by various governmental bodies. Changes in laws, regulations or governmental policy or the interpretations of those laws or regulations affecting our activities, like licensing requirements, changes in price or cost regulation and deregulation

38



of interconnection arrangements, could have a material adverse effect on us. For example, in the past, Oftel has reserved the right to impose universal service obligations on communication service providers.

        We are also subject to regulatory initiatives of the European Union. Changes in the European Union, or the EU, directives may reduce our range of programming and increase the costs of purchasing television programming or require us to provide access to our cable network infrastructure to other service providers. Any of these changes could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, EU regulators are proposing the adoption of a common European standard for set top boxes used in customer premises equipment that is not compatible with our set top boxes. If this change is adopted, we could incur substantial costs to modify our equipment.

Fresh-start reporting may make future financial statements difficult to compare.

        As a result of the completion of the Plan, we are operating our business under a new capital structure. In addition, we adopted fresh-start reporting in accordance with SOP 90-7 as of January 1, 2003. Because SOP 90-7 required us to reset our assets and liabilities to current fair values, our financial condition and results of operations after our reorganization will not be comparable in some material respects to the financial condition or results of operations reflected in our historical financial statements for periods prior to January 1, 2003. This may make it difficult to assess our future prospects based on historical performance.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

The market price of our common stock is subject to volatility, as well as to trends in the telecommunications industry in general.

        The current market price of our common stock may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading markets in the future. The market price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include actual or anticipated variations in our operational results and cash flow, our earnings releases and our competitors' earnings releases, announcements of technological innovations, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts, trading volume, market conditions in the industry and the general state of the securities markets and the market for telecommunications stocks, changes in capital markets that affect the perceived availability of capital to communications companies, governmental legislation or regulation, currency and exchange rate fluctuations, as well as general economic and market conditions, like recessions. In particular, valuations of telecommunications companies have generally fallen over the past few years. Trends in this industry are likely to have a corresponding impact on the price of our common stock.

Sales of large amounts of our common stock or the perception that sales could occur may depress our stock price.

        As of March 11, 2005, there were 87,741,486 shares of common stock outstanding. At the time of our emergence from Chapter 11, we granted to some of our stockholders rights to cause us, at our expense, to file one or more registration statements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, covering resales of shares of our common stock held by them, including upon exercise of the Series A warrants. In addition, we have granted to some affiliates and managed accounts for which W.R. Huff Asset Management Co., L.L.C., or W.R. Huff Asset Management, acts as investment adviser, some funds for which Franklin Mutual Advisers LLC, or Franklin Mutual Advisers, acts as agent or investment adviser, and managed funds and third party accounts for which Oaktree Capital Management, LLC, or Oaktree Capital Management, acts as the general partner or investment manager, similar registration rights covering resales of shares of common stock acquired by them upon exercise of rights in the rights offering. These shares may also be sold under Rule 144 under the

39



Securities Act, depending on their holding period and subject to significant restrictions in the case of shares held by persons deemed to be our affiliates.

        Sales of large blocks of shares of our common stock in the public market could lower our stock price and impair our ability to raise funds in future stock offerings.

We may in the future seek to raise funds through equity offerings, which could have a dilutive effect on our common stock.

        In the future we may determine to raise capital through offerings of our common stock, securities convertible into our common stock, or rights to acquire these securities or our common stock. In any case, the result would ultimately be dilutive to our common stock by increasing the number of shares outstanding. We cannot predict the effect this dilution may have on the price of our common stock.

Interests of our stockholders may also be diluted by potential adjustments to outstanding options and warrants and the treatment of options may have an adverse accounting impact.

        We had outstanding options to purchase approximately 3.1 million shares at an average exercise price of $22.82 per share under the Amended and Restated NTL 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, formerly known as the NTL 2003 Stock Option Plan, as of December 31, 2004. Under the terms of the plan, in the event of a transaction affecting our capitalization, the compensation committee of our board of directors shall proportionately adjust the number of shares covered by outstanding options and the exercise price of these options so as to, in the committee's judgment and sole discretion, prevent the diminution or enlargement of the benefits intended by the plans. The committee has not made any determination at this time whether any adjustment will be made to the outstanding options in the future. In making this determination, the committee will take into account various factors. Under generally accepted accounting principles, there may be adverse accounting consequences in connection with equity restructurings if these accounting principles require that equitable or other appropriate adjustments be made to our outstanding options to avoid these adverse consequences and no adjustments are made. If these adverse accounting consequences were to occur, we would be required to expense over the remaining vesting period of our outstanding options the difference between the market value of our shares after giving effect to any transaction of this type and the exercise prices for all outstanding options. Under some limited circumstances, for each subsequent quarter, we may be required to take into account in reporting this expense change to the market price of our shares as of the end of each quarter.

A small number of our stockholders has an influence over our business and affairs.

        As of March 11, 2005, FMR Corp. owned approximately 14.3% and W.R. Huff Asset Management owned approximately 10.8% of our outstanding common stock.

        William R. Huff is the president of the managing member of W.R. Huff Asset Management and serves on our board of directors. Edwin M. Banks is a portfolio manager for W.R. Huff Asset Management and serves on our board of directors. As a result of these relationships, when conflicts between the interests of W.R. Huff Asset Management and the interests of our other stockholders arise, these directors may not be disinterested. This stockholder may also from time to time make significant investments in other telecommunications companies, including its present investment in Telewest. A number of our significant stockholders and their affiliates, including W.R. Huff Asset Management and Franklin Mutual Advisers, are stockholders of Telewest. This may result in conflicts of interest. In addition, these stockholders may own debt securities of our subsidiaries. Actions these stockholders take relating to these investments may conflict with the interests of our other stockholders. Under Delaware law, although our directors and officers have a duty of loyalty to us, transactions that we enter into in which a director has a conflict of interest are generally permissible so long as the

40



material facts as to the director's or officer's relationship or interest as to the transaction are disclosed to our board of directors and a majority of our disinterested directors approves the transaction, or the transaction is otherwise fair to us.

        Our five largest stockholders, including FMR Corp. and W.R. Huff Asset Management, own approximately 48.2% of our outstanding common stock as of March 11, 2005.

41


Item 2.    Properties

        In the U.K. and Ireland, we own, lease or occupy under license 77 business unit and regional offices, and our corporate head offices in each of Hook and Dublin. We also maintain an office under lease in New York City. Currently approximately 23% of our properties are unoccupied. We are seeking to renegotiate the leases for these properties or dispose of them.

        In addition, we own or lease facilities at approximately 640 switching centers/head-ends, operational hub-sites, and other types of network sites like points of presence, radio sites and repeater nodes. We also own or lease warehouses and other non-operational properties, as well as operating various cable television, telephone and telecommunications equipment housed in street-cabinet enclosures situated on public and private sites.

42


Item 3.    Legal Proceedings

        PTV, formerly NTL Europe, and some of its former officers, including Barclay Knapp, our former president and chief executive officer, have been named as defendants in a number of purported securities class action lawsuits and one individual action brought by former PTV stockholders. The complaints in those cases generally allege that the defendants failed to disclose PTV's financial condition, finances and future prospects accurately in press releases and other communications with investors prior to filing its Chapter 11 case in federal court. The defendants filed motions to dismiss the actions and, on July 31, 2003, the court entered an order dismissing the complaint in the individual action without prejudice to filing an amended complaint and deferred its decision on the complaint in the class action lawsuits. On August 20, 2003, the plaintiff in the individual action filed an amended complaint which the defendants moved to dismiss. The cases have been consolidated for all purposes before the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. On December 7, 2004, the court denied in part and granted in part the defendants' motions to dismiss all actions. The court denied the defendants' motions to dismiss claims based on factual allegations that PTV (i) failed to disclose material difficulties it faced in integrating acquired companies, (ii) failed to disclose material practices that inflated subscriber numbers (with respect to some defendants), and (iii) failed to disclose the cash flow status of its largest acquisition during the relevant period (with respect to some defendants). The court found no factual support for the plaintiffs' other allegations. The defendants have informed us that they intend to defend these lawsuits vigorously. While PTV has been released from monetary liability (other than PTV's insurance coverage) in these actions as a result of the completion of the Plan, the case remains pending against PTV and the individuals named as defendants. We have not been named as a defendant. We may be liable for indemnification claims from some of PTV's former officers and directors, including Mr. Knapp, to the extent PTV's insurance coverage is insufficient.

        Two separate proceedings that were initiated in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York by Owl Creek Asset Management, L.P. and JMB Capital Partners, L.P. requesting that we be held liable for alleged damages attributable to their trading in our "when-issued" common stock prior to the completion of the Plan were voluntarily dismissed by the plaintiffs in June 2003 without prejudice to recommencement in state court where related litigation against third parties is pending. The third parties are primarily the counterparties to the various trades made by Owl Creek Asset Management, L.P. and JMB Capital Partners, L.P. On March 16, 2004, in an action to which we are not a party, a state court in New York granted the summary judgment motion of a U.S. broker dealer to require that "when-issued" trading in our common stock prior to the completion of the Plan be settled on an adjusted basis by the parties to the action in a manner to be set forth in an order of the state court, which was entered on July 1, 2004. Several plaintiffs have appeals pending. On March 30, 2004, Owl Creek Asset Management, L.P. and JMB Capital Partners, L.P. filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of the State of New York seeking to hold us and PTV liable for alleged damages attributable to some of their trading in our common stock on a "when-issued" basis. On April 13, 2004, the plaintiff agreed to adjourn the case until there has been a final determination in the aforementioned state court action, including any appeals in that action, by the U.S. broker dealer.

        We are involved in various other disputes and litigation arising in the ordinary course of our business. None of these matters is expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operation or cash flow.

43


Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

        There were no matters that were submitted to a vote of our stockholders during the quarter ended December 31, 2004.

44



PART II

Item 5.    Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

(a)   Market Information.

        Our shares are traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "NTLI." Until January 10, 2003, we were a wholly-owned subsidiary of NTL (Delaware), Inc. Accordingly, our shares were not publicly traded prior to that time. The following table sets forth the reported high low price per share of our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market for the periods indicated.

 
  Price per share
 
  High
  Low
2003
           
First Quarter (from January 13)   $ 23.60   $ 8.48
Second Quarter   $ 35.18   $ 9.03
Third Quarter   $ 54.39   $ 33.71
Fourth Quarter   $ 70.42   $ 46.89

 
  Price per share
 
  High
  Low
2004
           
First Quarter   $ 73.81   $ 50.82
Second Quarter   $ 65.45   $ 52.97
Third Quarter   $ 64.15   $ 46.65
Fourth Quarter   $ 73.79   $ 60.84

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 
First Quarter (through March 11, 2005)   $ 73.13   $ 63.74

Holders.

        As of March 11, 2005, our transfer agent informed us that there were approximately 39 record holders of our common stock, although there is a much larger number of beneficial owners.

Dividends.

        Since our inception, we have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. Our credit facility places restrictions on our ability to pay dividends from cash generated from operations.

(b)
Not applicable.

45


(c)
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer.

Period

  (a)
Total Number of
Shares Purchased

  (b)
Average Price
Paid per Share

  (c)
Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plan

  (d)
Maximum Number (or
Approximate Dollar
Value) of Shares that
May Yet Be Purchased
Under Program

 
February 1, 2005–February 28, 2005   1,891,225   $ 68.5770   1,891,225   $ 785,202,963 (1)
   
 
 
 
 
Total   1,891,225   $ 68.5770   1,891,225   $ 785,202,963  
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
On January 31, 2005 we announced that we intended to use up to an aggregate of £475 million may be used to effect repurchases of common stock. These repurchases could be made in the open market or by another method determined by us. Based upon an exchange rate of $1.9261 to £1.00, the noon buying rate on March 11, 2005, this would mean that approximately $785,202,963 of repurchases could be made in the future. Repurchases would be effected using proceeds from the sale of our broadcast operations, which were paid to us in pounds sterling. Accordingly, the actual maximum amount may differ due to changes in prevailing exchange rates.

        On January 31, 2005, we announced our plans to repurchase up to £475 million of our common stock through one or more of the following methods: an open market program, one or more tender offers, or one or more private transactions. We effected repurchases of an aggregate of 1,891,225 shares of our common stock in the open market in the month of February, 2005 for an aggregate consideration of approximately $130 million. Since the repurchase program is subject to market factors, our competitive environment, exchange rates and other factors, no assurances can be made as to the method of undertaking repurchases, the schedule of any repurchases or whether we will continue repurchasing shares of our common stock.

46


Item 6.    Selected Financial Data

        The selected consolidated financial information presented below should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and the information contained in our Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations appearing elsewhere in this annual report. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results.

        We entered into an agreement for the sale of our broadcast operations on December 1, 2004 and closed the sale on January 31, 2005. As of December 31, 2004, we have accounted for the broadcast operations as a discontinued operation. Therefore, the results of operations of the broadcast operations have been excluded from the components of loss from continuing operations and the assets and liabilities of the broadcast operations have been reported as held for sale for all periods presented.

        We operated our business as a debtor-in possession subject to the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court beginning on May 8, 2002, the date that we, NTL Europe and certain of our and NTL Europe's subsidiaries filed the Plan under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, until January 10, 2003. Accordingly, we have prepared our consolidated financial statements in accordance with SOP 90-7.

        Upon emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization and in accordance with the Plan, all of our outstanding public notes were canceled other than the notes issued by Diamond Holdings Limited and NTL (Triangle) LLC, and we acquired all of the outstanding public notes of Diamond Cable Communications Limited. In connection with our emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization, some of our subsidiaries and we issued $558.2 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of 19% Senior Secured Notes due 2010, or Exit Notes, on January 10, 2003. Initial purchasers of our Exit Notes also purchased 500,000 shares of our common stock on that date. The gross proceeds from the sale of the Exit Notes and such shares totaled $500.0 million.

        We adopted fresh-start reporting upon our emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization in accordance with SOP 90-7. For financial reporting purposes, the effects of the completion of the Plan as well as adjustments for fresh-start reporting have been recorded as of January 1, 2003. Pursuant to fresh-start reporting, a new entity was deemed to have been created for financial reporting purposes. The carrying values of our assets were adjusted to their reorganization values, which are equivalent to their estimated fair values at January 1, 2003. The carrying values of our liabilities were adjusted to their present values at January 1, 2003. The term "Predecessor Company" refers to our subsidiaries and us for periods prior to and including December 31, 2002. The term "Reorganized Company" refers to our subsidiaries and us for periods subsequent to January 1, 2003. The effects of the completion of the Plan as well as adjustments for fresh-start reporting recorded as of January 1, 2003 are Predecessor Company transactions. All other results of operations on January 1, 2003 are Reorganized Company transactions.

        On November 17, 2003, we completed a rights offering, pursuant to which 35,853,465 shares of our common stock were issued. In connection with the rights offering, we received gross proceeds of approximately $1,434 million. From the net proceeds of approximately $1,367 million, we repaid in full all obligations under our Exit Notes and, together with cash on hand, our working capital facility. In addition, we used part of the net proceeds as inter-company funding to one of our subsidiaries and the balance for general corporate purposes.

        We have a number of stock-based employee compensation plans. Effective January 1, 2003, we adopted the fair value recognition provisions of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, or FAS 123. We selected the prospective method of adoption permitted by FASB Statement No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure, or FAS 148. Accordingly, the recognition provisions will be applied to all employee awards granted, modified or settled after January 1, 2003. In the year ended December 31, 2004 we recognized $26.4 million of

47



stock-based compensation and in the year ended December 31, 2003 we recognized $12.6 million of stock-based compensation.

        Pursuant to SOP 90-7, beginning on May 8, 2002 we ceased accruing interest expense on some of our pre-petition obligations. Our reported interest expense in 2002 excludes $645.2 million of contractual interest for the period from May 8, 2002 to December 31, 2002. Also in 2002, recapitalization expenses were $152.9 million. Recapitalization expenses include all transactions incurred as a result of our Chapter 11 reorganization. Recapitalization expenses include $36.2 million for employee retention related to substantially all of our U.K. employees and $116.7 million for financial advisory, legal, accounting and consulting costs.

        In addition, in 2002 we recorded asset impairment charges of $445.1 million consisting of non-cash charges to write down some fixed assets of $56.0 million, license acquisition costs of $29.0 million and goodwill of $360.1 million. We also recorded restructuring charges of $98.3 million and non-cash charges of $284.4 million primarily for allowances for the cancellation of receivables from NTL Europe in accordance with the Plan. Amortization expense in 2002 decreased from amounts in prior periods owing to the adoption of FASB Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, or FAS 142, on January 1, 2002, which ended the amortization of goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets.

        As of December 31, 2001, $14,203.0 million of our long-term debt was classified as current owing to the uncertainties about compliance with the terms and conditions of the instruments and agreements governing our debt that would give the holders of that debt the right to accelerate payment. In the fourth quarter of 2001, we recorded asset impairment charges totaling $8,161.6 million including goodwill of $8,077.8 million, license acquisition costs of $58.8 million, customer lists of $9.1 million, other intangibles of $14.9 million and investments in affiliates of $1.0 million. In addition, in 2001 we recorded restructuring costs of $196.0 million, integration and consulting costs of $95.1 million and a loss on the sale of the ConsumerCo off-net indirect access customers of $88.5 million.

        In May 2000, NTL Europe purchased ConsumerCo for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $13.1 billion, including intangibles of approximately $8.9 billion. We subsequently acquired ConsumerCo from NTL Europe. The net assets and results of operations of ConsumerCo are included in the consolidated financial statements beginning in May 2000. Also in 2000, we recorded restructuring charges of $58.3 million and costs of $26.8 million primarily to integrate acquired

48



companies, mostly related to information technology integration as well as costs incurred for business rationalization consulting.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  Reorganized
Company

  Reorganized
Company

  Predecessor
Company

  Predecessor
Company

  Predecessor
Company

 
 
  (in millions, except per share data)

 
Income Statement Data:                                
Revenues   $ 3,800.1   $ 3,206.0   $ 2,878.5   $ 2,837.8   $ 2,147.2  
Operating (loss)     (71.6 )   (314.5 )   (1,488.7 )   (10,475.7 )   (1,585.7 )
(Loss) from continuing operations     (900.6 )   (988.2 )   (2,469.1 )   (11,863.9 )   (2,485.3 )

Basic and diluted (loss) from continuing operations per share (pro forma for periods prior to 2003)(1)

 

$

(10.33

)

$

(15.64

)

$

(41.50

)

$

(199.39

)

$

(41.77

)
   
 
 
 
 
 
Average number of shares outstanding (pro forma for periods prior to 2003)(1)     87.2     63.2     59.5     59.5     59.5  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  January 1,
2003

 
   
   
  Predecessor
Company

Revenues           $
Operating income             5,860.9
Income from continuing operations             5,860.9

Pro forma basic and diluted income from continuing operations per share

 

 

 

 

 

$

98.50
           
Pro forma average number of shares outstanding             59.5
           

(1)
Pro forma basic and diluted loss from continuing operations per share for the years prior to 2003 is computed assuming the following shares were outstanding for these years: 50.0 million shares issued in connection with the Plan, 0.5 million shares issued in connection with the issuance of the Exit Notes due 2010 and 9.0 million shares as an adjustment to give effect to the impact of the rights offering.

49


 
  As of December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  Reorganized
Company

  Reorganized
Company

  Predecessor
Company

  Predecessor
Company

  Predecessor
Company

 
Balance Sheet Data:                                
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities   $ 262.1   $ 795.9   $ 507.2   $ 251.1   $ 423.5  
Working Capital     (540.6 )   (78.4 )   (6,794.6 )   (15,073.7 )   (946.3 )
Fixed assets     6,933.8     7,031.8     10,602.2     10,375.3     10,465.0  
Total Assets     10,525.2     11,172.8     13,041.4     13,030.4     23,146.5  
Long-term debt(1)     5,657.1     5,728.4     15,766.5     14,203.0     11,843.4  
Shareholders equity (deficit)     3,025.7     3,698.0     (5,176.1 )   (3,179.0 )   9,012.2  

(1)
As of December 31, 2002, long-term debt of $5,952.3 million was classified as current and $9,814.2 million was classified as liabilities subject to compromise. As of December 31, 2001, there was $14,203.0 million of long-term debt classified as current.

50


Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

        We are one of the leading communications and content distribution companies in the U.K. and Republic of Ireland, providing broadband internet access, telephone and television services to over 3 million residential customers as of December 31, 2004, including more than 1.3 million broadband customers. We also provide internet and telephone services to our residential customers who are not connected to our cable network via access to other companies' telecommunications networks and via an internet service provider operated by our subsidiary, Virgin Net Limited. We offer what we refer to as a "triple play" bundle of internet, telephone and television services through competitively-priced bundled packages. We also provide a range of voice services to business and public sector organizations, as well as a variety of data communications solutions from high speed internet access to fully managed business communications networks and communication transport services.

        Our services are delivered through our wholly-owned local access communications network passing approximately 7.9 million homes in the U.K. and 464,000 homes in the Republic of Ireland. The design and capability of our network provides us with the ability to offer "triple play" bundled services and a broad portfolio of reliable, competitive communications solutions to business customers.

        We provide services to three categories of customers: residential customers, business customers and customers in the Republic of Ireland, as follows:

    Consumer.    We provide internet, telephone and cable television services to residential customers in the U.K.;

    Business.    We provide internet, data and voice services to large businesses, public sector organizations and small and medium-sized enterprises, or SMEs, communications transport services, and wholesale internet access solutions to internet service providers, or ISPs; and

    Ireland.    We provide internet, cable television and MMDS television services to residential customers in the Republic of Ireland and internet, data and voice services to business customers in the Republic of Ireland.

        Our consolidated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $3.8 billion. Our revenues by sales channel as a percentage of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 are set forth in the table below:

 
  Year ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Revenue:              
  Consumer   72.7 % 70.8 % 68.9 %
  Business   23.8 % 25.5 % 28.0 %
  Ireland   3.5 % 3.7 % 3.1 %
   
 
 
 
Total revenue   100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 %
   
 
 
 

Revenue

        The principal sources of revenue within each sales channel are:

    Consumer—monthly fees and usage charges for telephone service, cable television service and internet access;

51


    Business—monthly fees and usage charges for inbound and outbound voice, data and internet services and charges for transmission, fiber and voice services provided to other telecommunications service providers over our national network; and

    Ireland—monthly fees and usage charges for cable television services and, to a lesser extent, telephone and internet services.

Expenses

        The principal components of our operating costs and selling, general and administrative expenses include:

    payroll and other employee-related costs;

    interconnection costs paid to other carriers related to telephone services;

    television programming costs;

    marketing and selling costs;

    repairs and maintenance costs;

    facility related costs, such as rent, utilities and rates; and

    allowances for doubtful accounts.

Acquisitions and Disposals

        In November, 2004, we acquired Virgin Media Group's remaining ownership interests in Virgin Net Limited together with the remaining interests held by existing and former management. The acquisition increased our ownership in Virgin Net Limited from 49% to 100%. Virgin Net Limited provides internet services through the virgin.net ISP.

        As of December 31, 2004, we had approximately 590,000 residential customers using the virgin.net ISP.

        On December 1, 2004, we reached an agreement to sell our broadcast operations to a consortium led by Macquarie Communications Infrastructure Group. The sale closed on January 31, 2005. The cash proceeds from the sale were approximately £1.27 billion, subject to a post-closing working capital adjustment. Our broadcast operations provided site leasing, broadcast transmission, satellite, media, public safety communications and other network services, utilizing broadcast transmission infrastructure, wireless communications and other facilities.

Changes in Financial Reporting

        We implemented modifications to the financial reporting of our business during the fourth quarter of 2004 to reflect changes in the way we manage our business. Previously, we managed and accounted for our operations in five operating segments. Additionally, various shared services, including finance, legal, information technology, network services and human resources, were reported in a separate line item. During the course of 2004 we effected a series of internal reorganizations of our operations and we entered into an agreement to sell our broadcast operations. As a result, our business is now operated as a single segment and we will report our results as a single segment under the relevant accounting guidelines. Financial information for all prior periods presented in this report has been restated accordingly.

52



Discontinued Operations

        As a result of the sale of our broadcast operations, we are accounting for the broadcast operations as a discontinued operation. Financial information for all prior periods presented in this report is restated accordingly. Accordingly, the results of operations for the broadcast operations have been excluded from the components of loss from continuing operations and shown in a separate caption, titled income from discontinued operations, and the assets and liabilities of the broadcast operations are reported as held for sale for all periods in this report. Revenue from the broadcast operations reported in discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $509.0 million, $439.2 million, and $386.6 million respectively. Pre-tax income from broadcast operations, reported as pre-tax income from discontinued operations, for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, was $20.5 million, $34.0 million, and $82.1 million respectively.

Factors Affecting Our Business

        Our residential customers account for the majority of our total revenue. The number of customers, the number and types of services that each customer uses and the prices we charge for these services drive our revenue. Our profit is driven by the relative margins on the types of services we provide to customers. For example, broadband internet is more profitable than ATV. Our packaging of services and our pricing are designed to encourage our customers to use multiple services like dual telephone and broadband. Factors affecting our profitability include customer churn, average revenue per user, or ARPU, and competition.

Summary Statistics

        Selected statistics for U.K. residential customers for the three months ended December 31, 2004 as well as the four prior quarters are set forth in the table below.

 
  Three months ended
 
 
  December 31,
2004

  September 30,
2004

  June 30,
2004

  March 31,
2004

  December 31,
2003

 
Opening customers(1)   3,164,600   3,082,100   3,070,600   3,007,100   2,929,600  
  Data cleanse(2)   (20,000 ) 2,700   (6,100 ) (6,200 )  
Adjusted opening customers   3,144,600   3,084,800   3,064,500   3,000,900   2,929,600  
  Customer additions   185,200   190,700   169,700   191,600   183,200  
  Customer disconnections   (151,000 ) (148,900 ) (116,600 ) (121,900 ) (105,700 )
    Net customer movement   34,200   41,700   53,100   69,700   77,500  
  Reduction in customer count(3)   (42,000 ) (23,800 ) (35,500 ) 0.0   0.0  
Closing customers(1)   3,136,800   3,102,800   3,082,100   3,070,600   3,007,100  
Churn(4)   1.6%   1.6%   1.2%   1.3%   1.2%  
Revenue generating units(2),(3),(5)                      
  Television   1,979,600   2,056,100   2,070,600   2,048,900   2,023,600  
    DTV   1,382,500   1,414,700   1,408,700   1,371,000   1,330,000  
  Telephone   2,638,500   2,681,400   2,693,700   2,705,700   2,664,200  
  Broadband   1,330,300   1,174,400   1,094,200   1,028,800   949,200  
Total Revenue Generating Units   5,948,400   5,911,900   5,858,500   5,783,400   5,637,000  
RGU/Customers   1.90   1.91   1.90   1.88   1.87  
Internet dial-up and DTV access(6)   754,800   346,900   393,900   468,400   463,500  
Average revenue per user(7)   £41.44   £40.80   £40.10   £40.66   £40.80  

(1)
Customer numbers have been updated to include customers off our network and virgin.net customers.

53


(2)
Data cleanse activity, as part of the harmonization of billing systems, resulted in a decrease in the number of recorded customers by approximately 20,000 in the three months ended December 31, 2004. We anticipate that there may be similar adjustments to customer and RGU numbers as data cleanse progresses during the course of the year.

(3)
We have removed approximately 42,000 customers, representing approximately 76,500 RGUs from the customer count in the three months ended December 31, 2004, and approximately 23,800 customers, representing 35,600 RGUs from the customer count, in the three months ended September 30, 2004, following implementation of a new credit policy and the resulting disconnection of inactive backlog customers. Of the 76,500 RGUs removed in the three months ended December 31, 2004, 35,300 are telephone RGUs, 19,900 are DTV RGUs, 3,700 are ATV RGUs, 14,800 are Broadband RGUs and 2,800 are RGUs of customers off our network. In the three months ended June 30, 2004, we disconnected a backlog of 35,500 non-paying telephone customers that were off our network.

(4)
Customer churn is calculated by taking the total disconnects during the month and dividing them by the average number of customers during the month. Average monthly churn during a quarter is the average of the three monthly churn calculations within the quarter.

(5)
Each telephone, television and broadband internet subscriber directly connected to our network counts as one RGU. Accordingly, a subscriber who receives both telephone and television service counts as two RGUs. RGUs may include subscribers receiving some services for free or at a reduced rate in connection with incentive offers.

(6)
Dial-up internet customers have been adjusted to exclude metered customers who have not used the service within the last 30 days and have been updated to include the ISP, virgin.net.

(7)
Average Revenue Per User, or ARPU, is calculated on a monthly basis by dividing total revenue generated from the provision of telephone, cable television and internet services to customers who are directly connected to our network in that month, exclusive of VAT, by the average number of customers in that month. Quarterly ARPU is the average of the three months in that quarter.

        Customer Churn.    Customer churn is a measure of the number of customers who stop using our services. An increase in our customer churn can lead to increased costs and reduced revenue. We continue to focus on improving our customer service and enhancing and expanding our service offerings to existing customers in an effort to manage our customer churn rate. Although our ability to reduce our customer churn rate beyond a base level is limited by factors like customers moving outside our network service area, in particular during the summer season, managing our customer churn rate is a significant component of our business plan. To help meet these objectives, we are in the process of integrating various billing systems and customer databases. No assurances can be made to the timing of our further integration efforts or the degree of integration ultimately accomplished. In addition, our customer churn rate may also increase if we are unable to deliver our services over our network without interruption or if we fail to match offerings by our competitors.

        ARPU.    Average Revenue Per User, or ARPU, is a measure we use to evaluate how effectively we are realizing potential revenue from customers. We believe that our "triple play" offering of telephone service, broadband access to the internet and DTV will prove attractive to our existing customer base and allow us to increase our ARPU by facilitating the sale of multiple services to each customer.

        Competition.    Our ability to acquire and retain customers and increase revenue depends on our competitive strength. There is significant competition in our markets, including through other broadband service providers, telephone services offered by BT, alternative internet access services like DSL, which is offered by BT, digital satellite television services offered by BSkyB and digital terrestrial television offered by Freeview. If competitive forces prevent us from charging the prices for these

54



services that we plan to charge, or if our competition is able to attract our customers or potential customers we are targeting, our results of operations will be adversely affected.

        Capital Expenditures.    Our business requires substantial capital expenditures on a continuing basis for various purposes, including expanding, maintaining and upgrading our network, investing in new customer acquisitions, and offering new services. If we do not continue to invest in our network, our ability to retain and acquire customers may be hindered. Therefore, our liquidity and the availability of cash to fund capital projects are important drivers of our revenue. When our liquidity is restricted, so is our ability to meet our capital expenditure requirements. We believe that our cash on hand, together with cash from operations, and if required, drawdowns under the £250 million revolving tranche of our senior credit facility, will be sufficient for our cash requirements in 2005.

        Currency Movements.    We encounter currency exchange rate risks because substantially all of our revenue and operating costs are earned and paid primarily in pounds and, to a lesser extent, euros, but we pay interest and principal obligations with respect to a portion of our existing indebtedness in U.S. dollars. To the extent that the pound declines in value against the U.S. dollar, the effective cost of servicing our U.S. dollar debt will be higher. As of December 31, 2004, $920.2 million, or 15.9% of our long-term debt, was denominated in U.S. dollars. To mitigate the risk from these exposures, we have implemented a cash flow hedging program. The objective of this program is to reduce the volatility of our cash flows and earnings caused by changes in underlying rates.

        Because revenue and expenses from our principal operations are denominated primarily in pounds but we report our financial results in U.S. dollars, our financial results are also impacted by currency fluctuations, which are unrelated to our underlying results of operations.

        Seasonality.    Some revenue streams are subject to seasonal factors. For example, telephone usage revenue by customers and businesses tends to be slightly lower during summer holiday months. Our customer churn rates include persons who disconnect service because of moves, resulting in a seasonal increase in our churn rates during the summer months when higher levels of U.K. house moves occur and students leave their accommodations between school years.

        Integration of Billing Systems.    Our historical growth through acquisitions resulted in us inheriting numerous billing systems, which had many differences in functionality, resulting in inefficiencies in our customer service processes. We have consolidated the number of billing systems for our residential customers from eleven at the beginning of 2003 to three at the end of 2004. We have also migrated approximately 3.6 million accounts to a new billing platform.

        We continue to evaluate how many billing systems we will utilize for residential and business customers, taking into account the prospects for improved efficiencies and better customer service as well as the potential for disruption in the business from additional migration of data. During 2004, we re-phased the program schedule so that it would be substantially completed in the second quarter of 2005. We are currently reevaluating the timing of the program's completion, and accordingly no assurance can be made as to the timing of further integration efforts. The total cost of the integration program is estimated to be approximately £103.0 million, or $197.3 million, of which we have incurred approximately £88.5 million, or $169.6 million, through December 31, 2004.

        Call Center Consolidation.    On April 7, 2004, we announced the consolidation over the next 18 months of our 13 U.K. customer service call centers into three equipped to handle anticipated expansion of our customer base. Following an internal review, three specialist call centers will be retained and developed and will be supported by four sales and customer support sites, located throughout the U.K. As part of the consolidation, we intend to make additional investments in technology and training in order to streamline processes and generate efficiencies. As of December 31, 2004, we have incurred £23.8 million, or $43.7 million of costs, and we expect to incur a total

55



approximately £29.0 million, or $55.6 million, of costs to execute this program including property costs that will be expensed as the properties are vacated.

        If the integration of our billing systems or the consolidation of our call centers are not successful, we could experience an adverse effect on our customer service, customer churn rate and costs of maintaining these systems going forward. We could also experience operational failures related to billing and collecting revenue from our customers which, depending on the severity of the failure, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Critical Accounting Policies

        Our consolidated financial statements and related financial information are based on the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., or GAAP. GAAP requires the use of estimates, assumptions, judgments and subjective interpretations of accounting principles that have an impact on the assets, liabilities, revenue and expense amounts reported, as well as disclosures about contingencies, risk and financial condition. The following critical accounting policies have the potential to have a more significant impact on our financial statements. An impact could occur because of the significance of the financial statement item to which these policies relate, or because these policies require more judgment and estimation than other matters owing to the uncertainty related to measuring, at a specific point in time, transactions that are continuous in nature.

Foreign Currency Translation

        Our functional currencies are the pound sterling and the Euro, while our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. The assets and liabilities of our U.K. and Ireland subsidiaries have been translated using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet dates, and revenue and expenses have been translated at the average rates for the respective years. Exchange gains and losses on our net equity investment in our subsidiaries are reported as a separate component of other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders' equity. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded in the statement of operations.

Fixed Assets

    Fixed assets, net, totaled $6,933.8 million and $7,031.8 million, representing 65.8% and 62.9% of total assets at December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, respectively. In accordance with SOP 90-7, upon our emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization, we adopted fresh-start reporting as of January 1, 2003. Pursuant to fresh-start reporting, the carrying values of our fixed assets were adjusted to their reorganization values, which were equivalent to their estimated fair values. These adjusted carrying values became the revised cost basis of our fixed assets at January 1, 2003. Fixed assets, net were written down by $3,567.6 million to reflect this adjustment. Fixed assets acquired since January 1, 2003, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.

    The cost of fixed assets includes amounts capitalized for labor and overhead expended in connection with the design and installation of our operating network equipment and facilities. Costs associated with initial customer installations, additions of network equipment necessary to enable advanced services, acquisition of additional fixed assets and replacement of existing fixed assets are capitalized. The costs of reconnecting the same service to a previously installed premise are charged to expense in the period incurred. Costs for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

    We assign fixed assets and intangible assets useful lives that impact the annual depreciation and amortization expense. The assignment of useful lives involves significant judgments and the use of estimates. Our managers use their experience and expertise in applying judgments about appropriate estimates. Changes in technology or changes in intended use of these assets may cause the estimated useful life to change, resulting in higher or lower depreciation charges or asset impairment charges.

56


    Labor and overhead costs directly related to the construction and installation of fixed assets, including payroll and related costs of some employees and related rent and other occupancy costs, are capitalized. The payroll and related costs of some employees that are directly related to construction and installation activities are capitalized based on specific time devoted to these activities where identifiable. In cases where the time devoted to these activities is not specifically identifiable, we capitalized costs based upon estimated allocations. We are continuing to enhance our processes to reduce reliance upon these estimates in determining amounts capitalized. The labor and overhead costs capitalized in the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were approximately £55.3 million, or $101.4 million, approximately £71.5 million, or $116.9 million, and approximately £109.2 million, or $176.4 million.

        The following table illustrates the calculation of labor and overhead costs capitalized as a percentage of total operating and selling, general and administrative expenses and as a percentage of cash used to purchase fixed assets.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  Reorganized
Company

  Reorganized
Company

  Predecessor
Company

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Labor and overhead costs capitalized   $ 101.4   $ 116.9   $ 176.4  
Total operating costs and selling, general and administrative expenses     2,526.9     2,192.3     2,058.8  
Labor and overhead costs capitalized as a percentage of total operating costs and selling, general and administrative expenses     4.0 %   5.3 %   8.6 %
Purchase of fixed assets     523.2     554.5     647.3  
Labor and overhead costs capitalized as a percentage of purchase of fixed assets     19.4 %   21.1 %   27.3 %

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

        We review the carrying values of our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying values may not be recoverable. We assess the recoverability of the carrying value of long-lived assets, by first grouping our long-lived assets with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities (the asset group) and, secondly, estimating the undiscounted future cash flows that are directly associated with and expected to arise from the use of and eventual disposition of such asset group. We estimate the undiscounted cash flows over the remaining useful life of the primary asset within the asset group. If the carrying value of the asset group exceeds the estimated undiscounted cash flows, we record an impairment charge to the extent the carrying value of the long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. We determine fair value through quoted market prices in active markets or, if quoted market prices are unavailable, through the performance of internal analysis of discounted cash flows or external appraisals. The undiscounted and discounted cash flow analyses are based on a number of estimates and assumptions, including the expected period over which the asset will be utilized, projected future operating results of the asset group, discount rate and long-term growth rate.

        Our assessments of impairment of long-lived assets and our periodic review of the remaining useful lives of our long-lived assets are an integral part of our ongoing strategic review of the business and operations. Future changes in our strategy and other changes in our operations could impact the projected future operating results that are inherent in our estimates of fair value, resulting in impairments in the future. Additionally, other changes in the estimates and assumptions, including the discount rate and expected long-term growth rate, which drive the valuation techniques employed to

57



estimate the fair value of long-lived assets could change and, therefore, impact the assessments of impairment in the future.

Revenue

        We recognize revenue only when it is realized or realizable and earned. We recognize revenue when all of the following are present:

    Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists between us and our customers;

    Delivery has occurred or the services have been rendered;

    The price for the service is fixed or determinable; and

    Collectibility is reasonably assured.

        Revenue is invoiced and recorded as part of a periodic billing cycle, and is recognized as the services are provided. At the end of each period, adjustments are recorded to defer revenue relating to services billed in advance and to accrue for earned but unbilled services.

    Telephone, cable television and internet revenues are recognized as the services are provided to customers.

    Bundled services revenue is recognized at the time the services are provided to the customer or the performance of all of the services have been completed. The company applies the provisions of EITF No 00-21, Accounting for revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables, to assess whether the components of the bundled services should be recognized separately.

    Installation revenue is recognized by applying the provisions of FASB Statement No. 51, Financial Reporting by Cable Television Companies in relation to connection and activation fees for cable television, as well as telephone and internet services, on the basis that we market and maintain a unified fiber network through which we provide all of these services. Installation revenue is recognized at the time the installation has been completed to the extent that such revenue is less than direct selling costs. Installation revenue in excess of direct selling costs are deferred and amortized over the expected life of the customer's connection.

    Rental revenue in respect of line rentals and rental of equipment provided to customers is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the rental agreement.

Pensions

        We account for our defined benefit pension plans using FASB Statement No. 87, Employer's Accounting for Pensions, or FAS 87, and the disclosure rules under the revised FASB Statement No. 132 (Revised 2003) Employers Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits, an Amendment of FASB Statements 87, 88 and 106. Under FAS 87, pension expense is recognized on an accrual basis over employees' approximate service periods. Pension expense calculated under FAS 87 is generally independent of funding decisions or requirements. We recognized expense for our defined benefit pension plan of $3.8 million and $2.8 million in 2004 and 2003 respectively. We expect our pension expense to be approximately $5.4 million in 2005.

        The fair value of our plan assets increased from $301.9 million at December 31, 2003 to $380.9 million at December 31, 2004. We contributed $28.3 million in cash to our defined benefit pension plans in 2004.

        The calculation of pension expense and our pension liability requires the use of a number of assumptions. Changes in these assumptions can result in different expense and liability amounts, and

58



future actual experience can differ from the assumptions. We believe that the two most critical assumptions are the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and the assumed discount rate.

        When calculating pension expense for 2004, we assumed that our plans' assets would generate a long-term rate of return of between 7.4% and 7.9%. This range is higher than the rates of between 6.6% and 7.9% used to calculate the 2003 expense. We develop our expected long-term rate of return assumption based on historical experience and by evaluating input from the trustee managing the plan's assets, including the trustee's review of asset class return expectations by several consultants and economists as well as long-term inflation assumptions. Our expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on a target allocation of assets, which is based on our goal of earning the highest rate of return while maintaining risk at acceptable levels. The plans strive to have assets sufficiently diversified so that adverse or unexpected results from one security class will not have an unduly detrimental impact on the entire portfolio.

        We discounted our future pension obligations using rates of between 4.8% and 5.3% at December 31, 2004, and rates of between 5.5% and 6.0% at December 31, 2003. We determine the appropriate discount rate based on the current rates earned on long-term bonds that receive one of the two highest ratings given by a recognized rating agency. The pension liability and future pension expense both increase as the discount rate is reduced. Lowering the discount rate by 0.5% would increase our pension liability at December 31, 2004 by approximately $52.5 million and increase our estimated 2005 pension expense by approximately $3.5 million.

        At December 31, 2004, we have unrecognized actuarial losses of $29.9 million. These losses will be recognized as a component of pension expense in future years. Our estimated 2005 pension expense of $5.4 million includes the recognition of approximately $0.4 million of these losses.

        Future changes in plan asset returns, assumed discount rates and various other factors related to the participants in our pension plans will impact our future pension expense and liabilities. We cannot predict with certainty what these factors will be in the future.

        At December 31, 2004, all of our pension plans have projected benefit obligations exceeding plan assets totaling $177.8 million. We will need to fund these deficits in accordance with the laws and regulations of the U.K. and the Republic of Ireland. We expect to contribute a total of £60.3 million, or $115.6 million, in 2005, of which £56.6 million, or $108.4 million, represents a single contribution agreed with the trustees of our pension plans to reduce the deficit in two of our pension plans, including £55.0 million, or $105.4 million, to be paid to our largest defined benefit pension plan.

Software Development Costs

        We capitalize costs related to computer software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with SOP 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use. Software obtained for internal use has generally been enterprise-level business and finance software that we customize to meet our specific operational needs. Costs incurred in the application development phase are capitalized and amortized over their useful lives, generally three to five years. We have not sold, leased or licensed software developed for internal use to our customers and we have no intention of doing so in the future.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

        In accordance with FASB Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, or FAS 133, we recognize derivative financial instruments as either assets or liabilities measured at fair value. Gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value are accounted for depending on the use of the derivative and whether it is designated and qualifies for hedge accounting. To the extent that the derivative instrument is designated and considered to be effective as a cash flow

59



hedge of an exposure to future changes in interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates, the change in fair value of the instrument is deferred in other comprehensive income. Amounts recorded in other comprehensive income are reclassified to the income statement to match the corresponding cash flows on the underlying hedged transaction. Changes in fair value of any instrument not designated as a hedge or considered to be ineffective as a hedge are reported in earnings immediately.

Restructuring Costs

        As of January 1, 2003, we adopted FASB Statement No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities, or FAS 146, and recognize a liability for costs associated with restructuring activities when the liability is incurred. The adoption of FAS 146 did not have a significant effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

        Prior to 2003, we recognized a liability for costs associated with restructuring activities at the time a commitment to restructure was given, in accordance with EITF 94-3, Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a restructuring).

        In relation to our restructuring activities, we have recorded a liability of $57.7 million as of December 31, 2004 relating to lease exit costs of properties that we have vacated. In calculating the liability, we make a number of estimates and assumptions including the timing of ultimate disposal of the properties, our ability to sublet the properties either in part or as a whole, amounts of sublet rental income achievable including any incentives required to be given to sublessees, and amounts of lease termination costs.

Stock-Based Compensation

        We have a number of stock-based employee compensation plans. Effective January 1, 2003, we adopted the fair value recognition provisions of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, or FAS 123. Under the prospective method of adoption that we selected under provision of FASB Statement No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure, or FAS 148, the recognition provisions will be applied to all employee awards granted, modified, or settled after January 1, 2003.

        Prior to 2003, our employees participated in the various stock option plans of our former ultimate parent company. We accounted for the stock-based compensation plans of our former ultimate parent company under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Account for Stock Issued to Employees, or APB 25, and related interpretations. No stock-based employee compensation costs was reflected in 2002, as all options granted under these plans had an intrinsic value of zero on the date of the grant. All options to purchase shares of our former ultimate parent company's common stock were cancelled on the Effective Date of the Plan.

Income Taxes

        We provide for income taxes in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and the extent to which deferred tax assets can be recognized. We recognize deferred tax assets only if it is more likely than not that sufficient taxable income will be available in the future against which the temporary differences and unused tax losses can be utilized. We have considered future taxable income and tax planning strategies in assessing whether deferred tax assets should be recognized.

60



Other Policies:

    We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts and other receivables to reflect estimated losses resulting from the potential inability of our customers to make payments. These allowances are estimated based on the current aging of receivables, prior collection experience and future expectations of conditions that might impact recoverability. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in their inability to make payments, additions to the allowances may be required.

    Our determination of the treatment of contingent liabilities in the financial statements is based on a view of the expected outcome of the applicable contingency. We consult legal counsel on matters related to litigation. We consult both internal and external experts with respect to other matters that arise in the ordinary course of business. Examples of these matters that are based on assumptions, judgments and estimates include amounts to be paid to terminate some agreements included in restructuring charges and the amounts to be paid to settle some other liabilities. A liability is accrued if the likelihood of occurrence of an adverse outcome is probable and the amount is capable of estimation.

    We incur interconnection and related costs from other carriers relating to the provision of telephone services. These carriers can make retrospective adjustments to charges for these services which requires us to estimate certain charges for a particular period. Actual charges may differ from those estimated.

        These policies may need to be revised in the future in the event that changes to our business occur.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        On December 16, 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Statement No. 123, revised in 2004, Share Based Payment, or FAS 123R, which is a revision of FAS 123. FAS 123R also supersedes APB 25 and amends FASB Statement No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows. We previously adopted FAS 123 as of January 1, 2003. FAS 123R differs from FAS 123, by requiring all entities to measure liabilities incurred in stock based payment transactions at fair value rather than measuring the liability at its intrinsic value. FAS 123R requires entities to estimate the number of instruments for which the requisite service period is expected to be rendered rather than accounting for forfeitures as they occur. Under FAS 123R, modifications to the terms or conditions of an award are measured by comparing the fair value of the modified awarded with the fair value of the award immediately before the modification, as apposed to measuring the effects of a modification as the difference between the fair value of the modified awarded at the date it is granted and the awards value immediately before the modification. FAS 123R will also clarify and expand current guidance under FAS 123 including the measurement of fair value, classifying an award as either equity or as a liability and attributing compensation cost to reporting periods. FAS 123R amends FAS 95 requiring that the excess tax benefits be reported as a financing cash inflow rather than as a reduction of taxes paid. The statement is effective in the first interim or annual reporting period beginning after June 15, 2005.

        FAS 123R provides two alternatives for adoption: (1) a "modified prospective" method in which compensation costs is recognized for all awards granted subsequent to the effective date of this statement as well as for the unvested portion of awards outstanding as of the effective date and (2) a "modified retrospective" method which follows the approach in the "modified prospective" method, but also permits entities to restate prior periods to reflect compensation cost calculated under FAS 123 for pro forma amounts disclosure. We plan to adopt FAS 123R using the modified prospective method. As we currently account for share based payments to employees in accordance with the fair value method under FAS 123, the adoption of FAS 123R is not expected to have a significant impact on our results of operations or financial position.

61



        In December 2004, the FASB issued Staff Position No. FAS 109-1, Application of FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004. Also in December 2004, the FASB issued Staff Position No. FAS 109-2, Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004. We do not expect the adoption of these new tax provisions to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows, since we do not have any substantive operations in the U.S.

Consolidated Results of Operations from Continuing Operations

Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

Revenue

        For the year ended December 31, 2004, consolidated revenue increased by 18.5% to $3,800.1 million from $3,206.0 million for 2003, and revenue expressed in pounds sterling increased by 5.7% to £2,073.6 million from £1,961.1 million during the same period. Our revenue expressed in U.S. dollars and pounds sterling by customer type for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 are as follows (in millions):

 
  U.S. Dollars

   
  Pound Sterling

   
 
 
   
  Increase
(decrease)

 
 
  2004
  2003
  Increase
  2004
  2003
 
Revenues:                                  
  Consumer   $ 2,763.6   $ 2,268.6   21.8 % £ 1,508.0   £ 1,387.7   8.7 %
  Business     903.5     818.9   10.3 %   493.0     500.9   (1.6 )%
  Ireland     133.0     118.5   12.2 %   72.6     72.5   0.1 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenues   $ 3,800.1   $ 3,206.0   18.5 % £ 2,073.6   £ 1,961.1   5.7 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

        Consumer:    For the year ended December 31, 2004, revenue from residential customers increased by 21.8% to $2,763.6 million from $2,268.6 million for 2003, and revenue from residential customers expressed in pounds sterling increased by 8.7% to £1,508.0 million from £1,387.7 million during the same period. This increase is due to an increase in RGUs in 2004, particularly as a result of customers taking our broadband internet services, as well as price increases in 2004.

        Business:    For the year ended December 31, 2004, revenue from business customers increased by 10.3% to $903.5 million from $818.9 million for 2003, but revenue from business customers expressed in pounds sterling decreased by 1.6% to £493.0 million from £500.9 million during the same period. This decrease is because of fewer customers, major installations and orders as we continued our strategy of focusing on a smaller but more profitable customer base. In addition, we have experienced lower telephone usage revenue per customer because of increased competition in the business telecommunications market, together with a move towards the use of mobile telephones rather than fixed lines. This decrease has been partly mitigated by higher revenue from wholesale call termination and higher revenue from wholesale internet access solutions provided to ISPs.

        Ireland:    For the year ended December 31, 2004, revenue from Ireland customers increased by 12.2% to $133.0 million from $118.5 million for 2003, and revenue from Ireland customers expressed in pounds sterling increased slightly to £72.6 million from £72.5 million during the same period, and revenue from Ireland customers expressed in euros increased by 2.0% to €106.9 million from €104.8 million during the same period. This increase is because of price rises and more DTV customers offset by the impact of fewer basic customers following the disconnection of a large number of non-paying customers during 2003.

62



Expenses

        Operating Costs.    For the year ended December 31, 2004, operating costs, including network expenses, increased by 17.5% to $1,562.3 million from $1,329.9 million for the same period in 2003, and operating costs expressed in pounds sterling increased by 4.8% to £852.5 million from £813.5 million for the same period in 2003. Operating costs as a percentage of revenue decreased to 41.1% for the year ended December 31, 2004, from 41.5% for the same period in 2003 primarily because revenue growth was focused on higher-margin products and customers, particularly broadband internet services to residential customers.

        Selling, general and administrative expenses.    For the year ended December 31, 2004, selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 11.9% to $964.6 million from $862.4 million for the same period in 2003, and selling, general and administrative expenses expressed in pounds sterling decreased to £526.4 million from £527.5 million for the same period in 2003. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased to 25.4% for the year ended December 31, 2004, from 26.9% for the same period in 2003. Decreases in the cost of our outsourced information technology services, savings in property and related facility costs, and reductions in employee costs and other cost efficiencies have been largely offset by increased charges for bad debts, sales and marketing costs and involuntary employee termination costs following further business rationalizations in the fourth quarter of 2004.

Other charges

        Other charges of $43.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2004 relate to restructuring charges incurred in connection with our call center consolidation program. Of the costs of $43.7 million incurred in connection with our call center consolidation program, $22.8 million relates to involuntary employee termination and related costs in respect of approximately 2,000 employees of whom approximately 250 were still employed by us as of December 31, 2004, $4.4 million relates to lease exit costs, and $16.5 million relates to other costs of the consolidation program, including recruitment and training of new employees at the new sites.

        Other charges of $37.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 included $33.9 million relating to restructuring charges for involuntary employee termination and related costs and $4.0 million in respect of professional fees. Restructuring charges of $33.9 million comprised new charges of $40.4 million less releases of $6.5 million in respect of provisions no longer required. Restructuring charges of $40.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2003 related to our action to reorganize, resize and reduce operating costs and create greater efficiency in various areas. The involuntary employee termination and related costs were incurred in respect of approximately 940 employees who were terminated in the year ended December 31, 2003, all of whom ceased employment by December 31, 2004.

63



        The following table summaries the restructuring charges incurred and utilized in the year ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 (in millions):

 
  Involuntary
employee
termination and
related costs

  Lease exit
costs

  Agreement
modifications

  Other
  Total
 
Balance, December 31, 2002   $ 18.8   $ 78.7   $ 1.2   $ 1.3   $ 100.00  
Foreign currency exchange translation Adjustments     1.6     13.3     0.1     0.2     15.2  
Released     (3.4 )   (1.2 )   (0.3 )   (1.6 )   (6.5 )
Charged to expense     38.9     0.8     0.5     0.2     40.4  
Utilized     (55.9 )   (19.5 )   (1.0 )   (0.1 )   (76.5 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2003         72.1     0.5         72.6  
Foreign currency exchange translation adjustments     0.1     4.5             4.6  
Released                      
Charged to expense     22.8     4.4         16.5     43.7  
Utilized     (19.6 )   (23.3 )   (0.2 )   (16.5 )   (59.6 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2004   $ 3.3   $ 57.7   $ 0.3   $   $ 61.3  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Depreciation expense

        For the year ended December 31, 2004, depreciation expense decreased to $1,104.8 million from $1,117.0 million for the same period in 2003. Depreciation expense expressed in pounds sterling decreased to £602.8 million in 2004 from £683.2 million for the same period in 2003. This reduction in depreciation expense is because of the absence of depreciation on some assets that became fully depreciated in 2003.

Amortization expense

        For the year ended December 31, 2004, amortization expense increased to $196.3 million from $173.3 million for the same period in 2003. Amortization expense expressed in pounds sterling increased slightly to £107.1 million from £106.0 million for the same period in 2003. The increase in amortization expense relates to additional intangible assets arising from the acquisition of Virgin Net Limited during the fourth quarter of 2004.

Interest expense

        For the year ended December 31, 2004, interest expense decreased to $496.6 million from $746.4 million for the same period in 2003, primarily as a result of the repayment of $1.2 billion of indebtedness in November 2003 from the proceeds of our rights offering and the effects of the refinancing transaction in April 2004 that lowered our weighted average interest expense.

        We paid interest in cash of $547.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, and $583.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The decrease in cash interest payments resulted from the repayment of $1.2 billion of indebtedness in November 2003 from the proceeds of our rights offering and the effects of the refinancing transaction in April 2004 that lowered our weighted average interest expense and rescheduled some interest payments.

64



Loss on extinguishment of debt

        For the year ended December 31, 2004, loss on extinguishment of debt was $290.1 million, or £162.3 million, and relates to the redemption, or repayment, of our indebtedness in the refinancing transaction. The loss comprises the payment of the premium of $11.4 million on the redemption of the Diamond notes and the expensing of the unamortized issue costs of $115.4 million and unamortized discount of $163.3 million on the redemption of the Diamond notes and the Triangle debentures and the repayment of the then-existing senior credit facility.

Foreign currency transaction (losses) gains

        Our functional currencies are the pound sterling and, to a significantly lesser extent, the euro, while our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. The assets and liabilities of our U.K. and Ireland subsidiaries have been translated using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet dates, and revenue and expenses have been translated at the average rates for the respective years. Exchange gains and losses on our net equity investment in our subsidiaries are reported as a separate component of other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders' equity. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded in the statement of operations.

        For the year ended December 31, 2004, foreign currency transaction losses were $44.7 million as compared with gains of $54.0 million for 2003. These losses for the year ended December 31, 2004 were primarily because of the effect of changes in the exchange rate on the U.S. dollar and euro denominated debt and unrealized losses of $65.7 million arising from changes in the fair value of our foreign currency forward contracts. Our results of operations will continue to be affected by foreign exchange rate fluctuations since $920.2 million of our indebtedness is denominated in U.S. dollars and €376.0 million is denominated in euros.

Income tax (expense) benefit

        For the year ended December 31, 2004, income tax expense was $10.5 million as compared with income tax expense of $0.1 million for the same period in 2003. The 2004 and 2003 expense is composed of (in millions):

 
  2004
  2003
 
U.S. state and local income tax   $ 2.4   $ 1.6  
Deferred U.S. income tax     6.6      
Alternative minimum tax     0.2      
Deferred non-U.S. income tax     0.8     (1.5 )
Non-U.S. current tax     0.5      
   
 
 
Total   $ 10.5   $ 0.1  
   
 
 

        In 2004, we paid $0.2 million of the alternative minimum tax and $0.1 million of U.S. state and local tax expense for 2004. None of the remaining 2004 income tax expense, except the current non-U.S. income tax expense, is expected to be payable in the next year.

Loss from continuing operations

        For the year ended December 31, 2004, loss from continuing operations was $900.6 million as compared with a loss of $988.2 million for the same period in 2003. The reduction in loss from continuing operations is attributable to our improved operating performance and savings in interest expense partly offset by the loss on extinguishment of debt.

65



Loss from continuing operations per share

        Basic and diluted loss from continuing operations per common share for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $10.33 and for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $15.64. Basic and diluted loss from continuing operations per share is computed using an average of 87.2 million shares issued in the year ended December 31, 2004 and an average of 63.2 million shares issued for the same period in 2003. Options to purchase 3.1 million shares and 0.1 million shares of restricted stock at December 31, 2004 are excluded from the calculation of diluted loss from continuing operations per share, since the inclusion of such options and shares is anti-dilutive.

Years Ended December 31, 2003 and 2002

Revenue

        For the year ended December 31, 2003, consolidated revenue increased by 11.4% to $3,206.0 million from $2,878.5 million in 2002. Revenue expressed in pounds sterling increased by 2.4% to £1,961.1 million from £1,915.9 million during the same period. Our revenue expressed in U.S. dollars and pounds sterling by customer type for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 are as follows (in millions):

 
  U.S. Dollars

   
  Pound Sterling

   
 
 
   
  Increase
decrease

 
 
  2003
  2002
  Increase
  2003
  2002
 
Revenues:                                  
  Consumer   $ 2,268.6   $ 1,983.4   14.4 % £ 1,387.7   £ 1,320.2   5.1 %
  Business     818.9     805.1   1.7 %   500.9     535.8   (6.5 )%
  Ireland     118.5     90.0   31.7 %   72.5     59.9   21.0 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenues   $ 3,206.0   $ 2,878.5   11.4 % £ 1,961.1   £ 1,915.9   2.4 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

        Consumer:    For the year ended December 31, 2003, revenue from residential customers increased by 14.4% to $2,268.6 million from $1,983.4 million for 2002, and revenue from residential customers expressed in pounds sterling increased by 5.1% to £1,387.7 million from £1,320.2 million during the same period. This increase resulted from more customers subscribing to our broadband internet services, an increase in our customer base, and the impact of price increases for our broadband internet services and our cable television services. These increases were partly offset by a reduction in our revenue from residential customers who are not on our cable network. In the year ended December 31, 2002, we provided billing and other related services to the purchaser of the ConsumerCo off-net indirect access business which we sold in November 2001; these services ceased during the fourth quarter of 2002.

        Business:    For the year ended December 31, 2003, revenue from business customers increased by 1.7% to $818.9 million from $805.1 million for 2002, but revenue from business customers expressed in pounds sterling decreased by 6.5% to £500.9 million from £535.8 million during the same period. This decrease was primarily because of fewer customers, major installations and orders as we executed our strategy of focusing on a smaller but more profitable customer base. The decline was also affected by the excess capacity in the carriers market that adversely affected pricing during 2003 and hampered our ability to obtain new business. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2002, we were able to recognize some revenue, which had previously been deferred, as a result of the insolvency of certain customers which released us from our obligations under our contracts with them. These revenue were not repeated for the year ended December 31, 2003. The decline in revenue was partially offset by our selling of additional services to our existing customers and by increased revenue from mobile telecommunications operators. We also increased our revenue from our wholesale internet access services through arrangements with other U.K. ISPs. However, this was partly offset by a reduction to

66



revenue previously billed by us to our wholesale internet customers in respect of a reduction in port charges billed to us by BT.

        Ireland:    For the year ended December 31, 2003, revenue from Ireland customers increased by 31.7% to $118.5 million from $90.0 million for 2002, and revenue from Ireland customers expressed in pounds sterling increased by 21.0% to £72.5 million from £59.9 million during the same period, and revenue from Ireland customers expressed in euros increased by 10.1% to €104.8 million from €95.2 million during the same period. The primary reasons for the increase were more sales of premium services, including digital television, to existing customers, a price increase that became effective in January 2003, and higher business sector revenue.

Expenses

        Operating Costs.    For the year ended December 31, 2003, operating costs, including network expenses, increased by 0.8% to $1,329.9 million from $1,319.6 million in 2002, and operating costs expressed in pounds sterling decreased by 7.4% to £813.5 million from £878.4 million. Operating costs as a percentage of revenue declined to 41.5% for the year ended December 31, 2003, from 45.8% for 2002. The decrease in operating costs as a percentage of revenue was primarily a result of reductions in television programming costs because of renegotiated contracts, which included expanded channel line ups, and in telephone interconnection costs as a result of our effort to route our outbound traffic more effectively and the recent regulatory authority ruling related to mobile interconnect cost reductions. The increase in revenue from broadband internet services also contributed to the decrease in operating costs as a percentage of revenue, as the margin on this revenue is higher than other products. In addition, we experienced lower costs as we continued to focus on a smaller but more profitable base of business customers. We also benefited from a release of certain accruals in respect of interconnection and related charges which are no longer required. Finally, we benefited from a reduction in charges from local authorities in respect of rates payable on our network, and in port charges previously billed to us following the Oftel investigation into BT's pricing formula.

        These reductions were partly offset by the expensing of costs that were no longer applicable to capital activities and therefore no longer capitalized, together with the impact of the release of certain balance sheet provisions in 2002 which were not repeated in 2003.

        Selling, general and administrative expenses.    For the year ended December 31, 2003, selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 16.7% to $862.4 million from $739.2 million in 2002, and selling, general and administrative expenses expressed in pounds sterling increased by 7.2% to £527.5 million from £492.0 million. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue increased to 26.9% for the year ended December 31, 2003, from 25.7% for 2002. The increase in these expenses was primarily because of higher marketing and selling activities in 2003 which were curtailed in 2002 as a result of our reorganization. In addition employee costs increased in 2003 compared with 2002 due to implementation of incentive compensation plans. These included increased bonus costs as a result of performance achievements above target, introduction of a long term incentive plan, and the adoption of FAS 123. We also incurred increased pension costs in respect of our defined benefit schemes. Finally, selling general and administrative costs increased because of the expensing of costs that were no longer applicable to capital activities and therefore no longer capitalized, and the releases of certain balance sheet provisions in 2002 which were not repeated in 2003.

        These increases were partially offset by savings arising from our successful renegotiation of our contract with IBM for outsourced information technology services, together with reduced employee costs relating to our business customers as a result of the restructuring at the end of 2002 and during 2003. In addition, we also benefited from reduced costs through lower bad debt charges and other operational savings, together with reduced property and facility costs.

67



Other charges

        Other charges of $37.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, included $33.9 million relating to restructuring charges for involuntary employee termination and related costs and $4.0 million in respect of professional fees. Restructuring charges of $33.9 million comprised new charges of $40.4 million less releases of $6.5 million in respect of provisions no longer required. Restructuring charges of $40.4 million in 2003 related to our actions to reorganize, resize and reduce operating costs and create greater efficiency in various areas. The involuntary employee termination charges were incurred in respect of approximately 940 employees who were terminated in the year ended December 31, 2003, all of whom ceased employment by December 31, 2003.

        Other charges of $382.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2002 included restructuring charges of $98.3 million and non-cash charges of $284.4 million, primarily for allowances for the cancellation of receivables from our former parent company and some of its subsidiaries in accordance with our restructuring under Chapter 11. Restructuring charges of $98.3 million in 2002 related to our actions to reorganize, re-size and reduce operating costs and create greater efficiency in various areas. An aggregate of $7.5 million of the 2002 restructuring charges were for the write-off of equipment and other assets that were not in use and did not require any future cash outlays. Involuntary employee termination and related costs in 2002 related to approximately 680 employees, of which approximately 345 employees were still employed by us as of December 31, 2002, but were terminated by December 31, 2003. The following table summarizes the restructuring charges incurred and utilized in 2002 and 2003 (in millions):

 
  Employee
severance
and related
costs

  Lease exit
costs

  Agreement
modifications

  Other
  Total
 
Balance, December 31, 2001   $ 66.0   $ 33.5   $ 27.7   $   $ 127.2  
Released     (0.6 )   (15.1 )   (11.5 )       (27.2 )
Charged to expense     31.8     78.9     1.2     13.6     125.5  
Utilized     (78.4 )   (18.6 )   (16.2 )   (12.3 )   (125.5 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2002     18.8     78.7     1.2     1.3     100.0  
Foreign currency exchange translation adjustments     1.6     13.3     0.1     0.2     15.2  
Released     (3.4 )   (1.2 )   (0.3 )   (1.6 )   (6.5 )
Charged to expense     38.9     0.8     0.5     0.2     40.4  
Utilized     (55.9 )   (19.5 )   (1.0 )   (0.1 )   (76.5 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2003   $   $ 72.1   $ 0.5   $   $ 72.6  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Depreciation expense

        For the year ended December 31, 2003, depreciation expense decreased to $1,117.0 million from $1,416.9 million in 2002, primarily as a result of the $2,847.5 million decrease in the carrying value of fixed assets subject to depreciation effective January 1, 2003. This decrease in carrying value of fixed assets was because of the adoption of fresh-start reporting, which included a reassessment of the remaining useful lives of these assets.

Amortization expense

        For the year ended December 31, 2003, amortization expense increased to $173.3 million from $63.7 million in 2002. This increase in amortization expense was as a result of the $504.0 million increase in the carrying value of our customer lists as of January 1, 2003 because of the adoption of fresh-start reporting, which is amortized over three to five years.

68


Interest expense

        For the year ended December 31, 2003, interest expense decreased to $746.4 million from $780.2 million in 2002, primarily as a result of the cancellation of $9,486.9 million of debt on January 10, 2003 in connection with our emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization. In the year ended December 31, 2002, interest expense included interest on this debt only through to May 8, 2002. Pursuant to SOP 90-7, in the period from May 8, 2002 to December 31, 2002, interest expense was included in the results of operations only to the extent that it would be paid during the bankruptcy proceeding or that it was probable that it would be an allowed priority, secured or unsecured claim. Accordingly, interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2002 excluded $645.2 million of contractual interest. The saving in interest from the cancellation of debt on January 10, 2003 was partly offset by:

    interest on the Exit Notes issued in January 2003 through to November 2003 when they were repaid;

    accretion charges in respect of fresh-start adjustments to the carrying values of Diamond Holdings and NTL Triangle notes;

    adverse movements in exchange rates causing the U.S. dollar equivalent of our sterling interest expense to increase;

    the amendment and restatement of our then-existing senior and working capital facilities in January 2003, that increased the rate of interest payable on these facilities;

    the amortization of certain costs incurred in connection with this amendment to the Senior and Working Credit Facilities; and

    a reduction in the amount of interest capitalized in 2003.

        We paid interest in cash of $588.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, and $456.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. With respect to the interest payment of $50.4 million on the Exit Notes due on July 1, 2003, we elected to pay the interest through the issuance of additional "pay-in-kind" notes. We issued $56.1 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of Exit Notes with primarily the same terms as the original Exit Notes for the interest payment.

Recapitalization expense

        For the year ended December 31, 2003 we had no recapitalization expense. For the year ended December 31, 2002, recapitalization expense was $152.9 million. Recapitalization expense included all transactions incurred as a result of our Chapter 11 reorganization. This expense included $36.2 million for employee retention related to substantially all of our U.K. employees and $116.7 million for financial advisory, legal, accounting and consulting costs.

Foreign currency transaction gains (losses)

        For the year ended December 31, 2003, foreign currency transaction gains were $54.0 million as compared with losses of $94.1 million for 2002. These gains in 2003 were primarily because of the effect of changes in exchange rates on U.S. dollar denominated debt of our subsidiaries, Diamond Holdings and NTL Triangle, whose functional currency is the pound sterling. Our results of operations will continue to be affected by foreign exchange rate fluctuations.

69



Income tax expense (benefit)

        For the year ended December 31, 2003, income tax expense was $0.1 million as compared with income tax benefit of $14.5 million in 2002. The 2003 and 2002 expense (benefit) is composed of (in millions):

 
  2003
  2002
 
U.S. state and local income tax   $ 1.6   $ (1.2 )
Deferred non-U.S. income tax     (1.5 )   (13.3 )
   
 
 
Total   $ 0.1   $ (14.5 )
   
 
 

        None of the 2003 income tax expense is payable.

Loss from continuing operations

        For the year ended December 31, 2003, loss from continuing operations was $988.2 million as compared with a net loss of $2,469.1 million in 2002. The reduction in loss from continuing operations was attributable to:

    our improved operating performance;

    a reduction in depreciation expense because of our lower tangible fixed asset cost;

    a reduction in restructuring charges for employee severance;

    foreign currency gains in 2003 but losses in 2002; and

    the occurrence in 2002 of items that were not repeated in 2003, including long-lived asset impairments, an allowance for the cancellation of receivables from our former parent company and some of its subsidiaries and recapitalization expense relating to our reorganization under Chapter 11.

Loss from continuing operations per share

        Basic and diluted loss from continuing operations per share for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $15.64 and for the year ended December 31, 2002 was $41.50. Basic and diluted loss from continuing operations per share for the year ended December 31, 2002 is computed assuming the following shares were outstanding for that year: 50.0 million shares issued in connection with the Plan, 0.5 million shares issued in connection with the issuance of the Exit Notes and 9.0 million shares as an adjustment to give effect to the impact of the rights offering.

Statement of Cash Flows

        Cash flow information provided below includes continuing and discontinued operations.

Year Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

        For the year ended December 31, 2004, cash provided by operating activities increased to $706.1 million from $521.1 million for the same period in 2003. This increase was a result of the improvement in operating results and lower interest payments. For the year ended December 31, 2004, cash paid for interest, exclusive of amounts capitalized, decreased to $547.0 million from $583.4 million during the same period in 2003. This decrease resulted from lower level of debt, lower weighted average interest rates and re-scheduling of interest payments following our refinancing transaction.

        For the year ended December 31, 2004, cash used in investing activities increased to $594.2 million from $563.6 million for the same period in 2003. The increase resulted primarily from the acquisition

70



of the virgin.net ISP and the purchase of marketable securities, mitigated by a reduction in purchases of fixed assets and repayment of loans made to unconsolidated affiliates.

        Cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $679.5 million compared with cash provided by financing activities of $120.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2003.

        The principal components of the $679.5 million cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2004 relate to our refinancing transaction completed in April 2004 as follows:

    $1,475.0 million (£812.2 million) was raised from the issuance of senior notes by our subsidiary, NTL Cable PLC;

    $3,949.8 million (£2,175.0 million) was drawn under the new senior credit facility, which together with some of the proceeds of the issuance of the senior notes and cash on hand, was used to repay in full our then-existing senior credit facility; and

    the remaining proceeds from the notes offering, together with cash on hand, was used to redeem the Diamond notes and NTL Triangle debentures and pay transaction costs.

For the year ended December 31, 2003, cash used in financing activities resulted primarily from the rights offering, from which we raised approximately $1,367 million after expenses and used the proceeds, together with cash on hand, to repay indebtedness.

Year Ended December 31, 2003 and 2002

        For the year ended December 31, 2003, cash provided by operating activities increased to $521.1 million from $258.7 million in 2002, because of the improvement in operating results and a reduction in investment in working capital as a result of the timing of receipts and disbursements. For the year ended December 31, 2003, cash paid for interest, exclusive of amounts capitalized, increased to $583.4 million from $410.0 million in 2002 primarily as a result of our resumption of payment of interest due on our outstanding debt when we emerged from bankruptcy on January 10, 2003. These payments were suspended during our reorganization process. In addition, the amendment and restatement of our Senior and Working Capital Credit Facilities in January 2003 increased the rate of interest and unfavorable movements in exchange rates increased the U.S. dollar equivalent of our sterling debt interest payments.

        For the year ended December 31, 2003, cash used in investing activities decreased to $563.6 million from $844.2 million in 2002. Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2002, included $166.5 million of restricted cash drawn under the DIP facility (see—Our Restructuring). The DIP facility was repaid on the effective date of our reorganization from Chapter 11. Purchases of fixed assets for the year ended December 31, 2003, which are primarily related to customer premise equipment, were lower than in 2002. During 2003, we continued to restrict purchases of fixed assets in an effort to conserve cash.

        Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $120.9 million compared with $800.6 million cash provided for the year ended December 31, 2002.

        The principal components of the $120.9 million cash provided by financing activities in 2003 were as follows:

    On November 17, 2003, we completed a rights offering, receiving gross proceeds of $1,434 million and approximately $1,367 million after expenses from the exercise of rights; and

    From the proceeds of the rights offering, we repaid in full all our obligations under our 19% Exit Notes of $554.1 million and, together with cash on hand, our working capital credit facility of $684.9 million. We also made principal payments on some of our capital leases.

71


        The principal components of the $800.6 million cash provided in 2002 were as follows:

    Proceeds from borrowings, net of financing costs, of $670.1 million, which included $463.2 million borrowed under our working capital facility, net of costs of $9.5 million, and $229.0 million borrowed under our DIP facility, net of costs of $12.6 million; and

    Proceeds from borrowings from NTL Delaware of $135.2 million comprising the £90.0 million loan to our subsidiary NTL (UK) Group, Inc. This note was purchased on January 10, 2003 pursuant to the reorganization under Chapter 11 by one of our subsidiaries for cash consideration equal to the principal amount of the note plus accrued interest.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        In November 2003 we completed our rights offering from which we received gross proceeds of $1.4 billion. We used the net proceeds to repay in excess of $1.2 billion of indebtedness.

        In the second quarter of 2004, we completed our refinancing transaction from which we raised approximately $5.9 billion indebtedness. The refinancing transaction extended the maturities on substantially all of our debt and lowered our weighted average interest expense. In particular:

    On April 13, 2004, our wholly owned, newly formed subsidiary, NTL Cable PLC, issued £375 million aggregate principal amount of 9.75% senior notes due 2014, $425 million aggregate principal amount of 8.75% senior notes due 2014, €225 million aggregate principal amount of 8.75% senior notes due 2014 and $100 million aggregate principal amount of floating rate senior notes due 2012, together referred to as the Senior Notes. The Senior Notes were offered and sold under Rule 144A and Regulation S.

    Also, on April 13, 2004, we entered into a new fully underwritten £2,425 million senior secured credit facility, which includes a £250 million revolving tranche. On April 14, 2004 we drew down £2,175 million of our senior credit facility, which, together with some of the proceeds from the issuance of the new notes and cash on hand, we used to repay our then-existing senior credit facility.

    The remaining proceeds from the notes offering, together with cash on hand, were used on May 13, 2004 to redeem the Diamond notes, redeem the Triangle debentures, and pay transaction costs.

        The redemption of the Diamond notes and the Triangle debentures on May 13, 2004, as well as making Diamond Cable Communications Limited and its direct or indirect subsidiaries wholly owned subsidiaries of NTL Cable PLC as required by the terms of the indenture governing the notes and our senior credit facility, has provided us with additional flexibility to engage in intercompany transfer of funds and other transactions. The terms of the indenture governing the Senior Notes and our senior credit facility permitted us to operate our broadcast operations as a stand alone business not subject to the restrictive covenants contained in the indenture and our senior credit facility.

        The agreements governing the Senior Notes and our senior credit facility significantly and, in some cases, absolutely restrict our ability and the ability of most of our subsidiaries to:

    incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;

    pay dividends or make other distributions, or redeem or repurchase equity interests or subordinated obligations;

    make investments;

    sell assets, including the capital stock of subsidiaries;

    enter into sale/leaseback transactions;

72


    create liens;

    enter into agreements that restrict the restricted subsidiaries' ability to pay dividends, transfer assets or make intercompany loans;

    merge or consolidate or transfer all or substantially all of its assets; and

    enter into transactions with affiliates.

        Our business is capital intensive, we are highly leveraged, and we have historically incurred operating losses and negative cash flow, partly as a result of our construction costs, operating expenditures and interest costs. We require significant amounts of capital to connect customers to our network, expand and upgrade our network, offer new services and integrate our billing systems and customer databases. In 2005, we expect to spend between £300 million and £340 million, or between $575 million and $650 million, on acquiring fixed assets. We must also regularly service interest payments with cash flows from operations. Our ability to sustain operations, meet financial covenants under our indebtedness, and make required payments on our indebtedness could be impaired if we are unable to maintain or achieve various financial performance measures.

        Our ability to service our capital needs, to service our obligations under our indebtedness and to fund our ongoing operations will depend upon our ability to generate cash. For the year ended December 31, 2004, our cash decreased by $555.9 million; however, this was principally because of the refinancing transaction in April 2004 and repayments of debt in the first quarter of 2004.

        Although we expect to generate positive cash flow in the future, we cannot assure you that this will be the case. We believe that our cash on hand, together with cash from operations and, if required, drawdowns under the £250 million revolving tranche of our credit facility, will be sufficient for our cash requirements through at least March 31, 2006. However, our cash requirements after March 31, 2006 may exceed these sources of cash. This may require that we obtain additional financing in excess of the financing incurred in the refinancing transaction. We may not be able to obtain financing at all, or on favorable terms, or we may be contractually prevented by the terms of the Senior Notes or our senior credit facility from incurring additional indebtedness.

        We are a holding company with no independent operations or significant assets other than our investments in our subsidiaries. As a result, we will depend upon the receipt of sufficient funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations. In addition, the terms of our and our subsidiaries' existing and future indebtedness and the laws of the jurisdictions under which those subsidiaries are organized limit the payment of dividends, loan repayments and other distributions to us under many circumstances.

        Our debt agreements and the debt agreements of some of our subsidiaries contain restrictions on our ability to transfer cash between groups of our subsidiaries. As a result of these restrictions, although our overall liquidity may be sufficient to satisfy our obligations, we may be limited by covenants in some of our debt agreements from transferring cash to other subsidiaries that might require funds. In addition, cross-default provisions in our other indebtedness may be triggered if we default on any of these debt agreements.

        At December 31, 2004, all of our defined benefit pension plans have projected benefit obligations exceeding plan assets totaling $177.8 million. We will need to fund these deficits in accordance with the laws and regulations of the U.K. and the Republic of Ireland. We expect to contribute a total of £60.3 million, or $115.6 million, in 2005, of which £56.6 million, or $108.4 million, represents a single contribution agreed to with trustees of our pension plans, in order to reduce the deficit in two of our pension plans, including £55.0 million, or $105.4 million, to be paid to our largest defined benefit pension plan.

73



Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

        In the refinancing transaction, we incurred obligations in a combination of U.S. dollars, euros and pound sterling at fixed and variable interest rates. As a result we are exposed to variability in our cash flows and earnings resulting from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates.

        We have entered into a number of derivative instruments with a number of counter-parties to manage our exposures to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. The derivative instruments consist of interest rate swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps and foreign currency forward contracts.

Interest rate swaps

        We have entered into a number of interest rate swaps to hedge the variability in future interest payments on the senior credit facility which accrues interest at variable rates based on LIBOR. The interest rate swaps allow us to receive interest based on LIBOR in exchange for payments of interest at fixed rates of 5.30% and 5.10%. The net settlement of $1.6 million under the interest rate swaps is included within interest expense.

        We have designated the interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges under FAS 133 because they hedge against changes in LIBOR. The interest rate swaps are recognized as either assets or liabilities and measured at fair value. Changes in the fair value are recorded within other comprehensive income (loss).

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

        We have entered into a number of cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge the variability in the pound sterling value of interest payments on the 8.75% Senior Notes due 2014, the interest payments on the Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2012, and variable rate based on LIBOR interest payments on the senior credit facility due 2012, denominated in U.S. dollars and euros. Under the cross-currency interest rate swaps we receive interest in U.S. dollars at a rate of 8.75%, and U.S. dollar and euros at a variable rate based on LIBOR, and we pay interest in pound sterling at a rate of 9.42%, and at a variable rate based on LIBOR. The net settlement of $4.6 million under the cross-currency interest rate swap is included within interest expense.

        We have designated the cross-currency interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges under FAS 133 because they hedge against changes in the pound sterling value of the interest payments on the Senior Notes and senior credit facility that result from changes in the U.S. dollar, pound sterling and euro exchange rates. The cross-currency interest rate swaps are recognized as either assets or liabilities and measured at fair value. Changes in the fair value are recorded within other comprehensive income (loss).

Foreign currency forward contracts

        We have entered into a number of forward contracts maturing on April 14, 2009 to purchase a total of $820.2 million and €151.0 million. The contracts hedge the variability in the pound sterling value of the principal obligation of the 8.75% Senior Notes and on the senior credit facility based on a variable rate of LIBOR, resulting from changes in the U.S. dollar, pound sterling and euro exchange rates.

        On January 31, 2005 we announced that we intended to use up to £475.0 million of the proceeds from the sale of our broadcast operations to repurchase shares of our common stock. We have also entered into forward contracts maturing in March 2005 to sell a total of £100 million and option contracts to sell an additional £100 million. These contracts are associated with the stock repurchase program and hedge the pound sterling value of our stock price.

74



        The forward contracts are not effective as hedges under FAS 133. The forward contracts are still recognized as either assets or liabilities and measured at fair value but changes in the fair value are reported in the income statement. However, the forward contracts do not subject us to material volatility in our earnings and cash flows because changes in the fair value directionally and partially mitigate the gains or losses on the translation of the U.S. dollar and euro denominated Senior Notes and Senior Credit Facility into pounds sterling.

Description of Outstanding Indebtedness

        The terms of the significant notes and credit facilities issued by our subsidiaries as at December 31, 2004 are summarized below.

Senior Credit Facility

    The principal amount outstanding is £2,165.0 million or $4,148.1 million. Our senior credit facility comprises a term facility denominated in a combination of pound sterling, euros and U.S. dollars totaling £2,165.0 million or $4,148.1 million, and a revolving facility of £250 million, or $479.0 million. The term facility was fully drawn and the revolving facility was undrawn at December 31, 2004. On February 4, 2005, we voluntarily prepaid £500.0 million, or $958.0 million, of the term facility, reducing the principal amount outstanding to £1,665.0 million, or $3,190.1 million.

    Our senior credit facility bears interest at LIBOR plus mandatory costs plus a margin rate. The term facility and the revolving facility have different margin rates. At December 31, 2004, the effective average annual interest rate on the term facility was 7.13%. Interest is payable at least semi-annually.

    The principal amount outstanding under the term facility is repayable by semi-annual installments beginning September 2004. The voluntary prepayment of £500 million made on February 4, 2005 included the scheduled repayments due in 2005 and reduced the scheduled repayments thereafter.

    The senior credit facility is secured over most of our assets.

    We are subject to financial maintenance tests under our senior credit facility, including a test of liquidity, coverage and leverage ratios applied to us and some of our subsidiaries. As at December 31, 2004, we were in compliance with these covenants.

Senior Notes

    9.75% Senior Notes due April 15, 2014—The principal amount at maturity is £375 million. Interest is payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 commencing October 15, 2004.

    8.75% Senior Notes due April 15, 2014—The principal amount at maturity is $425 million. Interest is payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 commencing October 15, 2004.

    8.75% Senior Notes due April 15, 2014—The principal amount at maturity is €225 million. Interest is payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 commencing October 15, 2004.

    Floating Rate Senior Notes due October 15, 2012—The principal amount at maturity is $100 million. The interest rate on the floating rate senior notes is three-month LIBOR plus 5.00%. Interest is payable quarterly on January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15, commencing July 15, 2004.

75


Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

        The following table includes aggregate information about our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2004, and the periods in which payments are due (in millions).

 
   
  Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligations

  Total
  Less than
1 year

  1–3
years

  4–5
years

  After
5 years

Long-Term Debt   $ 5,699.3   $ 115.4   $ 595.3   $ 986.6   $ 4,002.0
Capital Lease Obligations     230.6     8.8     16.7     15.5     189.6
Operating Leases     710.0     83.4     147.0     121.2     358.4
Unconditional Purchase Obligations     315.5     245.3     70.2        
Other Long-Term Obligations                    
   
 
 
 
 
Total Contractual Cash Obligations   $ 6,955.4   $ 452.9   $ 827.2   $ 1,125.3   $ 4,550.0
   
 
 
 
 

        On February 4, 2005, we voluntarily prepaid £500 million, or $958 million, of our senior credit facility. As a consequence, the scheduled repayments of that facility in 2005 and beyond have been reduced. We provide below pro forma long-term debt contractual obligations as of December 31, 2004 had the repayment been made on that date (in millions). All other contractual obligations remain unchanged.

 
   
  Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligations

  Total
  Less than
1 year

  1–3
years

  4–5
years

  After
5 years

Long-Term Debt (pro forma)   $ 4,741.3   $ 0.4   $ 378.7   $ 637.3   $ 3,734.9

        The following table includes information about our commercial commitments as of December 31, 2004. Commercial commitments are items that we could be obligated to pay in the future. They are not required to be included in the consolidated balance sheet (in millions).

 
   
  Amount of Commitment Expiration per Period
Contractual Obligations

  Total
  Less than
1 year

  1–3
years

  4–5
years

  After
5 years

Guarantees   $ 38.4   $ 22.3   $ 0.2   $   $ 15.9
Lines of Credit                    
Standby Letters of Credit                    
Standby Repurchase Obligations                    
Other Commercial Commitments                    
   
 
 
 
 
Total Commercial Commitments   $ 38.4   $ 22.3   $ 0.2   $   $ 15.9
   
 
 
 
 

        Guarantees relate to performance bonds provided by banks on our behalf as part of our contractual obligations. The fair value of the guarantees has been calculated by reference to the monetary value of each bond.

Our Restructuring

        Both the equity and debt capital markets experienced periods of significant volatility in 2001 and 2002, particularly for securities issued by telecommunications and technology companies. As a result, the ability of our former parent company and its subsidiaries to access those markets as well as its ability to obtain financing from its bank lenders and equipment suppliers became severely restricted. In addition, our former parent company and its subsidiaries, including us, had no further funds available, or were unable to draw upon funds under our credit facilities. As a result of these factors, together

76



with its substantial leverage, on January 31, 2002, our former parent company announced that it had appointed professional advisors to advise on strategic and recapitalization alternatives to strengthen its balance sheet, reduce debt and put an appropriate capital structure in place for its business.

        Promptly upon obtaining the requisite waivers from the lenders under its credit facilities, in March 2002, our former parent company commenced negotiations with a steering committee of the unofficial committee of its bondholders and the committee's legal and financial advisors.

        Our former parent company and its subsidiaries failed to make interest payments on some of the outstanding notes starting on April 1, 2002. Our former parent company also failed to declare or pay dividends on certain series of its outstanding preferred stock, due to a lack of available surplus under Delaware law.

        On April 16, 2002, our former parent company announced that it and the unofficial committee of its bondholders had reached an agreement in principle on a comprehensive recapitalization of the former NTL group. To implement the proposed recapitalization plan, on May 8, 2002, we, our former parent company and certain of our former parent company's other subsidiaries filed cases and a pre-arranged joint reorganization plan under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. In connection with the filing, some members of the unofficial creditors' committee of bondholders entered into a credit facility agreement, referred to in this Form 10-K as the DIP facility, committing to provide a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours with up to $500 million in new debt financing. NTL Delaware committed to provide up to an additional $130 million to us under the DIP facility.

        As a result of the payment defaults as well as the voluntary filing under Chapter 11 by our former parent company and certain of its subsidiaries on May 8, 2002, there was an event of default under all of our former parent company's and its subsidiaries' principal credit facilities and the indentures governing all of their publicly-traded debt, other than debt of NTL Triangle.

        The Bankruptcy Court confirmed the Plan on September 5, 2002. During the fall of 2002, our former parent company negotiated with a group of lenders to enter into a new financing arrangement to repay the DIP facility, to repay various obligations and to provide liquidity to our subsidiaries and us. The Plan became effective on January 10, 2003, at which time we emerged from Chapter 11 reorganization. In connection with our emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization, we issued $558.2 million aggregate principal face amount of the Exit Notes on January 10, 2003. Initial purchasers of the Exit Notes also purchased 500,000 shares of our common stock on that date. The gross proceeds from the sale of the Exit Notes and these 500,000 shares totaled $500 million. The proceeds were used in part to repay all amounts outstanding under the DIP facility, to purchase from NTL Delaware a £90.0 million note of NTL (UK) Group, Inc., one of our subsidiaries, and to repay certain other obligations. Also on January 10, 2003, our lending banks and we amended our existing credit facilities.

Fresh-Start Reporting

        We operated our business as a debtor-in-possession subject to the jurisdiction of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court during the period from May 8, 2002 until January 10, 2003. Accordingly, our consolidated financial statements for periods prior to our emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization were prepared in accordance with SOP 90-7. In addition, we adopted fresh-start reporting upon our emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization in accordance with SOP 90-7. For financial reporting purposes, the effects of the completion of the Plan as well as adjustments for fresh-start reporting have been recorded in our consolidated financial statements as of January 1, 2003.

        Pursuant to fresh-start reporting, a new entity was deemed created for financial reporting purposes. The carrying values of our assets were adjusted to their reorganization values, which are equivalent to their estimated fair values at January 1, 2003. The carrying values of our liabilities were adjusted to their present values at January 1, 2003.

77



        The emergence from Chapter 11 and the adoption of fresh-start reporting as of January 1, 2003 resulted in the following items of income (expense) that were recognized on that date (in millions):

 
  January 1,
2003

 
 
  Predecessor
Company

 
Gain on debt discharge   $ 8,451.6  
Fresh-start adoption—intangible assets     856.3  
Fresh-start adoption—long-term debt     221.3  
Fresh-start adoption—deferred tax liability     27.7  
Fresh-start adoption—accrued expenses     (120.4 )
Fresh-start adoption—fixed assets     (3,567.6 )
Recapitalization expense     (8.0 )
   
 
Net income from continuing operations   $ 5,860.9  
   
 

78


Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        We are exposed to various market risks, including changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, like foreign currency exchange and interest rates. We do not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

        We encounter currency exchange rate risks because substantially all of our revenues and operating costs are earned and paid primarily in pounds and, to a lesser extent, euros, but we pay interest and principal obligations with respect to a portion of our existing indebtedness in U.S. dollars. To the extent that the pound declines in value against the U.S. dollar, the effective cost of servicing our U.S. dollar debt will be higher. Changes in the exchange rate result in foreign currency gains or losses. As of December 31, 2004, $920.2 million, or 15.9% of our long-term debt was in U.S. dollars.

        Because the revenues and expenses from our principal operations are denominated primarily in pounds, but we report our financial results in U.S. dollars, our financial results also are impacted by currency fluctuations, which are unrelated to our underlying results of operations. The aggregate potential loss from a hypothetical one percent fall in the U.S. dollar pound sterling exchange rate is $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.

        The fair market value of long-term fixed interest rate debt and the amount of future interest payments on variable interest rate debt are subject to interest rate risk.

79



        The following table provides information as of December 31, 2004 about our long-term fixed and variable interest rate debt that are sensitive to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates (in millions).

 
  Year ended December 31,
   
   
   
 
   
   
  Fair Value
December 31,
2004

 
  2005
  2006
  2007
  2008
  2009
  Thereafter
  Total
Long-term debt including current portion                                
U.S. Dollars                                
  Fixed rate             $425.0   $425.0   $482.4
  Average interest rate                       8.75%        

Pounds Sterling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Fixed rate             £375.0   £375.0   £404.1
  Average interest rate                       9.75%        
  Average forward exchange rate                       1.91        

Euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Fixed rate             €225.0   €225.0   €251.4
  Average interest rate                       8.75%        
  Average forward exchange rate                       1.50        

U.S. Dollars

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Variable Rate             $100.0   $100.0   $103.5
  Average interest rate                       LIBOR plus 5%        

Pounds Sterling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Variable Rate   £60.0   £119.6   £190.6   £259.4   £255.0   £382.4   £1,267.0   £1,267.0
  Average interest rate   LIBOR plus 2.25%   LIBOR plus 2.25%   LIBOR plus 2.25%   LIBOR plus 2.25%   LIBOR plus 2.25%   LIBOR plus 2.25%        
  Average forward exchange rate   1.90   1.88   1.87   1.86   1.86   1.87        

Pounds Sterling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Variable Rate             £585.0   £585.0   £585.0
  Average interest rate                       LIBOR plus 3.00%        
  Average forward exchange rate                       1.87        

Euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Variable Rate             €151.0   €151.0   €151.0
  Average interest rate                       LIBOR plus 3.00%        
  Average forward exchange rate                       1.46        

US Dollars

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Variable Rate             $395.2   $395.2   $395.2
  Average interest rate                       LIBOR plus 3.00%        

80


Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

        Our consolidated financial statements, the notes thereto and the report of the independent auditors are on pages F-1 to F-62 of this annual report and are incorporated by reference. The following is a summary of selected quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 (in millions, except per share data):

 
  2004
 
 
  Three Months Ended
 
 
  March 31
  June 30
  September 30
  December 31
 
Revenues   $ 944.8   $ 924.3   $ 939.6   $ 991.4  
Operating (loss)     (13.5 )   (35.6 )   (10.5 )   (12.0 )
(Loss) from continuing operations     (138.8 )   (471.8 )   (137.6 )   (152.4 )
(Loss) from continuing operations per share     (1.60 )   (5.42 )   (1.57 )   (1.74 )
 
  2003
 
 
  Three Months Ended
 
 
  March 31
  June 30
  September 30
  December 31
 
Revenues   $ 772.8   $ 787.6   $ 785.3   $ 860.3  
Operating (loss)     (95.0 )   (88.4 )   (36.4 )   (94.7 )
(Loss) from continuing operations     (286.9 )   (263.2 )   (204.7 )   (233.4 )
(Loss) from continuing operations per share     (4.82 )   (4.42 )   (3.43 )   (3.15 )

(1)
The prior quarter's financial information has been restated to reflect the effect of the treatment of our broadcast operations as discontinued operations.

81


Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

        Not applicable.

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures

(a)
Disclosure Controls and Procedures.  Our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which we refer to as the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer have concluded that, as of the end of such period, these controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the registrant in the reports the registrant files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and forms. These disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the registrant in the reports that it files or submits is accumulated and communicated to the registrant's management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(b)
Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.  Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company's financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.


Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 based on the framework described in "Internal Control—Integrated Framework" issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our evaluation under the COSO framework, our management has concluded, and hereby reports, that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2004. Management's assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm as stated in their report below.


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


The Board of Directors and Shareholders
NTL Incorporated


We have audited management's assessment, included in the accompanying "Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting", that NTL Incorporated maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). NTL Incorporated's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management's assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

82



We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management's assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.


A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.


Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.


In our opinion, management's assessment that NTL Incorporated maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria. Also, in our opinion, NTL Incorporated maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on the COSO criteria.


We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 2004 consolidated financial statements of NTL Incorporated and our report dated March 16, 2005, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.


Ernst & Young LLP
London, United Kingdom
March 16, 2005

(c)
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.  There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Rule 13a-15 during the fourth fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.    Other Information

        None.

83



PART III

Item 10.    Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

        The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 11.    Executive Compensation

        The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

        The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

        The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services

        The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

84



PART IV

Item 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)
(1)  Financial Statements—See list of Financial Statements on page F-1.

(2)
Financial Statement Schedules—See list of Financial Statement Schedules on page F-1.

(3)
Exhibits—See Exhibit Index on page 86.

85



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.
   
2.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 9, 2000, by and among NTL Incorporated (now NTL Europe, Inc.), NTL Holdings Incorporated (now NTL (Delaware), Inc.) and Holdings Merger Sub Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3/A filed by NTL (Delaware), Inc. and NTL Incorporated on July 14, 2000, File No. 333-36434)

2.2

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 26, 1999, by and among NTL Incorporated (now NTL (Delaware), Inc.), NTL Communications Corp. (now NTL Incorporated) and NTL Mergerco, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Amendment No. 2 to The Registration Statement on Form S-3/A filed by NTL Incorporated and NTL Communications Corp. on June 3, 1999, File No. 333-72335)

2.3

 

Share Exchange Agreement, dated as of June 16, 1998, as amended, by and among NTL Incorporated and the shareholders of Diamond Cable Communications Limited (Incorporated by reference to Annex A to the Proxy Statement filed by NTL Incorporated on January 29, 1999, File No. 000-22616)

2.4

 

Amendment No. 1 to Share Exchange Agreement, dated as of December 21, 1998, by and among NTL Incorporated and the shareholders of Diamond Cable Communications Limited (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by NTL Incorporated on December 23, 1998, File No. 000-22616)

2.5

 

Restated Transaction Agreement, dated as of July 26, 1999, by and among Bell Atlantic Corporation, Cable and Wireless PLC, Cable & Wireless Communications PLC and NTL Incorporated (Incorporated by reference to Annex J to the Proxy Statement filed by NTL Incorporated on February 11, 2000, File No. 000-25691)

2.6

 

Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization Plan of NTL Incorporated and Certain Subsidiaries, dated July 15, 2002 (as subsequently modified) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.8 of NTL Incorporated's Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed on February 12, 2003 as amended on June 28, 2003 (File No. 333-103135)

2.7

 

Master Agreement relating to National Transcommunications Limited and NTL Digital Limited among NTL Group Limited, NTL (Chichester) Limited, NTL Digital Ventures Limited, Macquarie U.K. Broadcast Limited and Macquarie U.K. Broadcast Holdings Limited, dated 1 December 2004 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.10 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2005, File No. 000-22616)

2.8

 

Deed of Variation to the Master Agreement among NTL Group Limited, NTL (Chichester) Limited, NTL Digital Ventures Limited, Macquarie U.K. Broadcast Limited and Macquarie U.K. Broadcast Holdings Limited, dated 23 December 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.11 to the Current Report on Form 8-K on February 3, 2005, File No. 000-22616)

2.9

 

Second Deed of Variation to the Master Agreement among NTL Group Limited, NTL (Chichester) Limited, NTL Digital Ventures Limited, Macquarie U.K. Broadcast Limited and Macquarie U.K. Broadcast Holdings Limited, dated 27 January 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.12 to the Current Report on Form 8-K on February 3, 2005, File No. 000-22616)
     

86



2.10

 

Third Deed of Variation to the Master Agreement among NTL Group Limited, NTL (Chichester) Limited, NTL Digital Ventures Limited, Macquarie U.K. Broadcast Limited and Macquarie U.K. Broadcast Holdings Limited, dated 31 January 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.13 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2005, File No. 000-22616)

2.11

 

Deed of Accession and Adherence to the Master Agreement among NTL Group Limited, NTL (Chichester) Limited, NTL Digital Ventures Limited, Macquarie U.K. Broadcast Limited, Macquarie U.K. Broadcast Holdings Limited and NTL Ventures Limited, dated 27 January 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.14 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2005, File No. 000-22616)

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of NTL Communications Corp. (now NTL Incorporated) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on January 10, 2003, File No. 000-22616)

3.2

 

Amended and Restated By-Laws of NTL Incorporated (as of November 4, 2004), (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 10, 2004, File No. 000-22616)

4.1

 

Equity Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2003, by and among NTL Incorporated and the stockholders listed on the signature pages thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 10, 2003, File No. 000-22616)

4.2

 

Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 9, 2003, by and among NTL Incorporated, the Guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and the initial purchasers of the Notes listed on the signature pages thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 10, 2003, File No. 000-22616)

4.3

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2003, between NTL Incorporated and W.R. Huff Asset Management Co., L.L.C. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-109194)

4.4

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2003, between NTL Incorporated and Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC on behalf of and in its capacity as agent and investment manager for various holders (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-109194)

4.5

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2003, between NTL Incorporated and Oaktree Capital Management, LLC on behalf of and in its capacity as the general partner or investment manager of certain funds and accounts it manages (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-109194)

4.6

 

Participating Purchaser Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2003, between NTL Incorporated and W.R. Huff Asset Management Co., L.L.C. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.15 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-109194)

4.7

 

Participating Purchaser Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2003, between NTL Incorporated and Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-109194)
     

87



4.8

 

Series A Warrant Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2003, by and between NTL Incorporated and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Warrant Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 to the Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on January 10, 2003, File No. 000-22616)

4.9

 

Rights Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2003, by and between NTL Incorporated and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on January 10, 2003, File No. 000-22616)

4.10

 

Amendment to Rights Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2003, by and between NTL Incorporated and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-109194)

4.11

 

Amendment to Rights Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2004, by and between NTL Incorporated and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Form 8A/A filed by NTL Incorporated on March 16, 2004, File No. 000-22616)

4.12

 

Indenture, dated as of April 13, 2004, by and among NTL Cable PLC, the Guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and the Bank of New York, as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 20, 2004, File No. 000-22616).

4.13*

 

Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2004, by and among NTL Cable PLC, the Guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and the Initial Purchasers listed in the signature pages thereto.

10.1

 

Tax Sharing Agreement, dated January 10, 2003, by and between NTL Europe, Inc. and its affiliates, and NTL Incorporated (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by NTL Incorporated on January 10, 2003, File No. 000-22616)

10.2

 

Demerger Agreement, dated January 10, 2003, by and between NTL Europe, Inc. and NTL Incorporated (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by NTL Incorporated on January 10, 2003, File No. 000-22616)

10.3

 

Form of 2003 Stock Option Plan of NTL Incorporated (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by NTL Incorporated on February 12, 2003, File No. 333-103135)

10.4

 

Summary Terms of NTL Group 2003 Bonus Scheme (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-109194)

10.5

 

Framework Agreement For The Provision of IT Outsourcing Services, dated as of May 23, 2001, by and between NTL Group Limited and IBM U.K. Limited (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the 2001 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed by NTL Incorporated on April 16, 2001, File No. 0-30673)

10.6

 

Amendment, dated as of April 5, 2002 to the Framework Agreement For The Provision of IT Outsourcing Services, dated as of May 23, 2001, by and between NTL Group Limited IBM U.K. Limited and IBM U.K. Financial Services Limited (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the 2001 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by NTL Incorporated on April 16, 2001, File No. 0-30673)
     

88



10.7

 

Amendment, dated as of September 30, 2003 to Framework Agreement for the Provision of IT Outsourcing Services, dated as of May 23, 2001, by and among NTL Group Limited, IBM U.K. Limited and IBM U.K. Financial Services Limited (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-109194)

10.8

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of March 4, 2003 between NTL Incorporated and Howard Kalika (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-109194)

10.9

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of March 4, 2003 between NTL Incorporated and Richard Martin (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-109194)

10.10

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of March 4, 2003 between NTL Incorporated and Scott Schubert (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-109194)

10.11

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2003 between NTL Incorporated and James F. Mooney (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-109194)

10.12

 

Restricted Stock Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2003 between NTL Incorporated and James F. Mooney (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-109194)

10.13

 

Form of Director and Officer Indemnity Agreement and a schedule of persons to whom the agreement has been provided (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-109194)

10.14

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2004, between NTL Incorporated and Simon Duffy (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to NTL Incorporated's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 7, 2004, File No. 000-22616)

10.15

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2004, between NTL Incorporated and Bryan Hall (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to NTL Incorporated's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 6, 2004, File No. 000-22616)

10.16

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of September 6, 2004, between NTL Incorporated and Jacques Kerrest (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to NTL Incorporated's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 9, 2004, File No. 000-22616)

10.17

 

Letter Agreement, dated as of September 6, 2004, between NTL Incorporated and Scott Schubert (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to NTL Incorporated's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 9, 2004, File No. 000-22616)

10.18*

 

Confirmation of Amendment of Employment Agreement dated as of March 4, 2003, dated as of December 22, 2004, between NTL Incorporated and Richard Martin

10.19*

 

Rules of Long-Term Incentive Plan

10.20

 

Amended and Restated NTL 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Proxy Statement on April 8, 2004, File No. 000-22616)

10.21

 

NTL Group 2004 Bonus Scheme (Incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Proxy Statement on April 8, 2004, File No. 000-22616)
     

89



10.22

 

NTL Incorporated Sharesave Plan (Incorporated by reference to Appendix C to the Proxy Statement on April 8, 2004, File No. 000-22616)

10.23

 

£2,425,000,000 Senior Facilities Agreement between NTL Incorporated, NTL Investment Holdings Limited, Credit Suisse First Boston, Deutsche Bank AG London, Goldman Sachs International, Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Bank Limited, BNP Paribas, Citibank N.A. London, Crédit Lyonnais, Fortis Bank S.A./N.V., GE Capital Structured Finance Group Limited, HSBC Bank PLC, and Société Générale, as Mandated Lead Arrangers, Credit Suisse First Boston, as Facility Agent and Security Trustee, GE Capital Structured Finance Group Limited, as Administrative Agent, and the other Lenders parties thereto, dated as of April 13, 2004 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 20, 2004, File No. 000-22616)

10.24

 

High Yield Intercreditor Deed among NTL Cable PLC as Issuer, NTL Investment Holdings Limited as Borrower and as High Yield Guarantor, Credit Suisse First Boston as Facility Agent and Bank Group Security Trustee, The Bank of New York as High Yield Trustee, the Senior Lenders named therein, the Intergroup Debtor named therein and the Intergroup Creditor named therein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 20, 2004, File No. 000-22616)

10.25*

 

Restricted Stock Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2004 between NTL Incorporated and James F. Mooney

12.1*

 

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

14.1

 

Code of Ethics (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K, File No. 000-22616)

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-109194)

23.1*

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

31.1*

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13(a)-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Exchange Act

31.2*

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Rule 13(a)-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Exchange Act

32.1*

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 909 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

*
Filed herewith.

90



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated: March 16, 2005

    NTL INCORPORATED

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
SIMON P. DUFFY      
Simon P. Duffy
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name
  Title
  Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/  SIMON P. DUFFY      
Simon P. Duffy
  Chief Executive Officer, President and Director   March 16, 2005

/s/  
JACQUES KERREST      
Jacques Kerrest

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

March 16, 2005

/s/  
ROBERT C. GALE      
Robert C. Gale

 

Vice President—Controller

 

March 16, 2005

/s/  
JEFFREY D. BENJAMIN      
Jeffrey D. Benjamin

 

Director

 

March 16, 2005

/s/  
EDWIN M. BANKS      
Edwin M. Banks

 

Director

 

March 16, 2005

/s/  
DAVID ELSTEIN      
David Elstein

 

Director

 

March 16, 2005

/s/  
WILLIAM R. HUFF      
William R. Huff

 

Director

 

March 16, 2005
         

91



/s/  
JAMES F. MOONEY      
James F. Mooney

 

Director

 

March 16, 2005

/s/  
GEORGE R. ZOFFINGER      
George R. Zoffinger

 

Director

 

March 16, 2005

/s/  
CHARLES GALLAGHER      
Charles Gallagher

 

Director

 

March 16, 2005

92



FORM 10K—Item 15(a)(1) and (2)

NTL INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

        The following consolidated financial statements of NTL Incorporated and Subsidiaries are included in Item 8:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets—December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations—Years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 and January 1, 2003

 

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 and January 1, 2003

 

F-7

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity—Years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

 

F-9

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-11

        The following consolidated financial statement schedules of NTL Incorporated and Subsidiaries are included in Item 15(d):

Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant   F-58

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

F-62

        All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and, therefore have been omitted.

F-1



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
NTL Incorporated (formerly NTL Communications Corp.)

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of NTL Incorporated (formerly NTL Communications Corp.) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 (Successor), and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2004 for the Successor and for the year ended December 31, 2002 for the Predecessor. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index at item 15(d). These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of NTL Incorporated (formerly NTL Communications Corp.) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 (Successor), and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2004 for the Successor and for the year ended December 31, 2002 for the Predecessor, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

        As discussed in Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 10, 2003 the Company emerged from bankruptcy and applied fresh start accounting. As a result, the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the related statements of consolidated operations and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2004 are presented on a different basis than that for the periods before fresh start and, therefore, are not comparable. Additionally, as discussed in Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements, as of January 1, 2003, the Company began expensing compensation expense related to stock options to conform with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation". As discussed in Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements, as of January 1, 2002, the Company changed its method of accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets to conform with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets".

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of NTL Incorporated's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 16, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Ernst & Young LLP
London, United Kingdom
March 16, 2005

F-2


NTL INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions, except per share data)

 
  December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
Assets            
Current assets            
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 240.0   $ 795.9
  Restricted cash     31.4     26.9
  Marketable securities     22.1    
  Accounts receivable—trade, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $90.7 (2004) and $24.9 (2003)     410.4     353.2
  Prepaid expenses     85.0     69.9
  Current assets held for sale     80.5     69.3
  Other current assets     8.0     27.0
   
 
    Total current assets     877.4     1,342.2

Fixed assets, net

 

 

6,933.8

 

 

7,031.8
Reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to identifiable assets     383.6     363.8
Customer lists, net     698.1     807.8
Other intangible assets, net     10.4    
Investments in and loans to affiliates, net     1.3     9.5
Other assets, net of accumulated amortization of $15.2 (2004) and $70.1 (2003)     236.4     229.8
Other assets held for sale     1,384.2     1,387.9
   
 
Total assets   $ 10,525.2   $ 11,172.8
   
 

See accompanying notes.

F-3


 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
Liabilities and shareholders' equity              
Current liabilities              
  Accounts payable   $ 230.6   $ 249.5  
  Accrued expenses and other current liabilities     602.9     653.3  
  Interest payable     99.4     194.6  
  Deferred revenue     224.2     224.4  
  Current liabilities of discontinued operations     144.1     96.5  
  Current portion of long-term debt     116.8     2.3  
   
 
 
    Total current liabilities     1,418.0     1,420.6  

Long-term debt, net of current portion

 

 

5,657.1

 

 

5,728.4

 

Deferred revenue and other long-term liabilities

 

 

420.9

 

 

323.5

 
Deferred income taxes          
Long-term liabilities of discontinued operations     3.5     2.3  
Commitments and contingent liabilities              

Shareholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Preferred stock—$.01 par value; authorized 5.0 (2004 and 2003) shares; issued and outstanding none          
  Common stock—$.01 par value; authorized 400.0 (2004 and 2003) shares; issued and outstanding 87.7 (2004) and 86.9 (2003) shares     0.9     0.9  
  Additional paid-in capital     4,376.9     4,325.0  
  Unearned stock-based compensation     (29.8 )   (15.0 )
  Accumulated other comprehensive income     512.0     341.3  
  Accumulated (deficit)     (1,834.3 )   (954.2 )
   
 
 
    Total shareholders' equity     3,025.7     3,698.0  
   
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity   $ 10,525.2   $ 11,172.8  
   
 
 

See accompanying notes.

F-4


NTL INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in millions, except per share data)

 
  Year ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  Reorganized
Company

  Reorganized
Company

  Predecessor
Company

 
Revenue   $ 3,800.1   $ 3,206.0   $ 2,878.5  

Costs and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Operating costs (exclusive of depreciation shown separately below)     (1,562.3 )   (1,329.9 )   (1,319.6 )
  Selling, general and administrative expenses     (964.6 )   (862.4 )   (739.2 )
  Long-lived asset impairments             (445.1 )
  Other charges     (43.7 )   (37.9 )   (382.7 )
  Depreciation     (1,104.8 )   (1,117.0 )   (1,416.9 )
  Amortization     (196.3 )   (173.3 )   (63.7 )
   
 
 
 
      (3,871.7 )   (3,520.5 )   (4,367.2 )
   
 
 
 
Operating (loss)     (71.6 )   (314.5 )   (1,488.7 )

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Interest income and other, net     13.0     17.0     30.9  
  Interest expense (contractual interest of $1,425.4 (2002))     (496.6 )   (746.4 )   (780.2 )
  (Loss) on extinguishment of debt     (290.1 )        
  Recapitalization expense             (152.9 )
  Share of (losses) income from equity investments     (0.1 )   1.8     1.4  
  Foreign currency transaction (losses) gains     (44.7 )   54.0     (94.1 )
   
 
 
 
(Loss) from continuing operations before income taxes     (890.1 )   (988.1 )   (2,483.6 )
Income tax (expense) benefit     (10.5 )   (0.1 )   14.5  
   
 
 
 
  (Loss) from continuing operations     (900.6 )   (988.2 )   (2,469.1 )
   
 
 
 
Discontinued operations                    
  Income from discontinued operations before income taxes     20.5     34.0     82.1  
  Income tax benefit             11.2  
   
 
 
 
    Income from discontinued operations     20.5     34.0     93.3  
   
 
 
 
Net (loss)   $ (880.1 ) $ (954.2 ) $ (2,375.8 )
   
 
 
 
Basic and diluted loss from continuing operations per common share—(pro forma in 2002)   $ (10.33 ) $ (15.64 ) $ (41.50 )
   
 
 
 
Basic and diluted net loss per common share—(pro forma in 2002)   $ (10.09 ) $ (15.10 ) $ (39.93 )
   
 
 
 
Average number of shares outstanding—(pro forma in 2002)     87.2     63.2     59.5  
   
 
 
 

See accompanying notes.

F-5


 
  January 1,
2003

 
 
  Predecessor
Company

 
Gain on debt discharge   $ 8,451.6  
Fresh-start adoption—intangible assets     856.3  
Fresh-start adoption—long-term debt     221.3  
Fresh-start adoption—deferred tax liability     27.7  
Fresh-start adoption—accrued expenses     (120.4 )
Fresh-start adoption—fixed assets     (3,567.6 )
Recapitalization expense     (8.0 )
   
 
Income from continuing operations     5,860.9  
Fresh-start adoption—intangible assets     665.4  
Fresh-start adoption—deferred tax liability     (96.3 )
Fresh-start adoption—fixed assets     372.7  
   
 
Income from discontinued operations     941.8  
   
 
Net income   $ 6,802.7  
   
 
Pro forma basic and diluted income from continuing operations per common share   $ 98.50  
   
 
Pro forma basic and diluted net income per common share   $ 114.33  
   
 
Pro forma average number of shares outstanding     59.5  
   
 

See accompanying notes.

F-6


NTL INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions)

 
  Year ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  Reorganized
Company

  Reorganized
Company

  Predecessor
Company

 
Operating Activities:                    
Net (loss)   $ (880.1 ) $ (954.2 ) $ (2,375.8 )
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:                    
  Depreciation and amortization     1,433.7     1,436.6     1,541.6  
  Asset impairments             445.1  
  Non-cash compensation     26.7     13.0      
  Non-cash restructuring charge             7.5  
  Share of (income) losses from equity investments     (4.2 )   0.5     3.4  
  Provision for losses on accounts receivable     53.8     27.4     55.2  
  Provision for cancellation of receivables from PTV Inc.             284.4  
  Deferred income taxes     7.4     (10.9 )   (29.3 )
  Loss on extinguishment of debt     290.1          
  Amortization of original issue discount and deferred finance costs     17.2     136.3     96.7  
  Other         0.7     145.1  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect from business acquisitions and dispositions:                    
  Accounts receivable     (70.9 )   3.2     108.9  
  Other current assets     19.7     (27.2 )   72.5  
  Prepaid expenses     (25.2 )   7.7      
  Other assets     13.5         0.1  
  Accounts payable     (37.4 )   (39.9 )   (144.5 )
  Accrued expenses and other current liabilities     (82.3 )   (105.0 )   12.6  
  Deferred revenue     (41.4 )   32.9     35.2  
  Other long-term liabilities     (14.5 )        
   
 
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities     706.1     521.1     258.7  
   
 
 
 
Investing activities                    
  Purchase of fixed assets     (556.8 )   (574.2 )   (680.9 )
  Investments in and loans to affiliates     16.9     5.4     (6.7 )
  (Increase) in other assets             (166.5 )
  Proceeds from sale of assets     2.3         15.1  
  Acquisitions, net of cash acquired     (34.5 )        
  Purchases of marketable securities     (22.1 )       (10.8 )
  Proceeds from sales of marketable securities         5.2     5.6  
   
 
 
 
    Net cash (used in) investing activities     (594.2 )   (563.6 )   (844.2 )
   
 
 
 

See accompanying notes.

F-7


 
  Year ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  Reorganized
Company

  Reorganized
Company

  Predecessor
Company

 
Financing activities                    
  Proceeds from borrowings, net of financing costs     5,270.2         670.1  
  Net proceeds from rights offering         1,367.0      
  Proceeds from employee stock options     8.0     3.0      
  Principal payments on long-term debt     (5,957.7 )   (1,249.1 )   (8.6 )
  Proceeds from borrowings from NTL (Delaware), Inc.             135.2  
  Contribution from NTL (Delaware), Inc.             3.9  
   
 
 
 
    Net cash provided by financing activities     (679.5 )   120.9     800.6  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     11.7     76.8     35.8  
   
 
 
 
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     (555.9 )   155.2     250.9  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year     795.9     640.7     251.1  
   
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $ 240.0   $ 795.9   $ 502.0  
   
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information                    
Cash paid during the year for interest exclusive of amounts capitalized   $ 547.0   $ 583.4   $ 410.0  
Income taxes paid     0.3         1.4  
Supplemental schedule of non-cash financing activities                    
Contribution from NTL (Delaware), Inc.   $   $   $ 123.9  
 
  January 1,
2003

 
 
  Predecessor
Company

 
Net cash (used in) operating activities   $ (46.9 )
   
 
Investing activities        
  Decrease in other assets     162.8  
   
 
    Net cash provided by investing activities     162.8  
Financing activities        
  Proceeds from borrowings, net of financing costs     396.3  
  Principal payments     (373.5 )
   
 
    Net cash provided by financing activities     22.8  
   
 
Increase in cash and cash equivalents     138.7  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     502.0  
   
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 640.7  
   
 

See accompanying notes.

F-8


NTL INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(in millions, except per share data)

 
  Series
Preferred Stock
$.01 Par Value

  Common Stock
$.01 Par Value

   
   
 
 
  Additional Paid-In Capital
  Unearned Stock-Based Compensation
 
 
  Shares
  Par
  Shares
  Par
 
Predecessor company                                
Balance, December 31, 2001     $—     $   $ 13,917.7   $  
Contribution from NTL (Delaware), Inc., net               127.8      
Comprehensive loss:                    
Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2002                    
Currency translation adjustment                    
Pension liability adjustment                    
Unrealized net gains on derivatives                    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2002               14,045.5      
Comprehensive income:                                
Net income (loss) January 1, 2003                    
Issuance of common stock       50.5     0.5     1,062.1      
Fresh-start adoption—other               (12,180.5 )    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reorganized company                                
Balance, January 1, 2003       50.5     0.5     2,927.1      
Issuance of shares into escrow       0.1         2.3     (2.3 )
Issuance of restricted stock       0.2         1.7     (1.7 )
Issuance of shares as payment of bonus               0.3      
Exercise of stock options       0.2         3.0      
Stock options at fair value               24.0     (24.0 )
Escrow shares amortized to operations                   2.3  
Restricted stock amortized to operations                   1.0  
Stock options amortized to operations                   9.7  
Net proceeds from Rights Offering       35.9     0.4     1,366.6      
Comprehensive loss:                                
Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2003                    
Currency translation adjustment                    
Pension liability adjustment                    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2003       86.9     0.9     4,325.0     (15.0 )
Exercise of stock options       0.7         8.0      
Stock option grants at fair value               30.2     (30.2 )
Repurchase of restricted stock               (1.8 )    
Issuance of restricted stock       0.1         4.2     (4.2 )
Issuance of shares               3.9     (3.9 )
Performance related bonus plan               7.4     (3.2 )
Restricted stock amortized to operations                   2.9  
Issuance of stock amortized to operations                   3.7  
Stock options amortized to operations                   18.4  
Performance related bonus plan amortized to operations                   1.7  
Comprehensive loss:                                
Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2004                    
Currency translation adjustment                    
Net unrealized losses on derivative instruments                    
Pension liability adjustment                    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2004     $—   87.7   $ 0.9   $ 4,376.9   $ (29.8 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes.

F-9


 
   
  Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss)

   
   
 
 
  Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

  Foreign
Currency
Translation

  Pension
Liability
Adjustments

  Net Unrealized
(Losses) Gains
on Derivatives

  Accumulated
(Deficit)

  Total
 
Predecessor Company                                      
Balance, December 31, 2001         $ (900.9 ) $   $ (3.6 ) $ (16,192.2 ) $ (3,179.0 )
Contribution from NTL (Delaware), Inc., net                           127.8  
Comprehensive loss:                                      
Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2002   $ (2,375.8 )               (2,375.8 )   (2,375.8 )
Currency translation adjustment     351.0     351.0                 351.0  
Pension liability adjustment     (103.7 )       (103.7 )           (103.7 )
Unrealized net gains on derivatives     3.6             3.6         3.6  
   
                               
  Total   $ (2,124.9 )                              
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2002           (549.9 )   (103.7 )       (18,568.0 )   (5,176.1 )
Comprehensive income:                                      
Net income January 1, 2003   $ 6,802.7                 6,802.7     6,802.7  
   
                               
Issuance of common stock                           1,062.6  
Fresh-start adoption—other           549.9     103.7         11,765.3     238.4  
         
 
 
 
 
 
Reorganized Company                                      
Balance, January 1, 2003                           2,927.6  
Issuance of shares into escrow                            
Issuance of restricted stock                            
Issuance of shares as payment of bonus                           0.3  
Exercise of stock options                           3.0  
Stock options at fair value                            
Escrow shares amortized to operations                           2.3  
Restricted stock amortized to operations                           1.0  
Stock options amortized to operations                           9.7  
Net proceeds from rights offering                           1,367.0  
Comprehensive loss:                                      
Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2003   $ (954.2 )               (954.2 )   (954.2 )
Currency translation adjustment     342.0     342.0                 342.0  
Pension liability adjustment     (0.7 )       (0.7 )           (0.7 )
   
                               
  Total   $ (612.9 )                              
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2003           342.0     (0.7 )       (954.2 )   3,698.0  
Exercise of stock options                           8.0  
Stock option grants at fair value                            
Repurchase of restricted stock                           (1.8 )
Issuance of restricted stock                            
Issuance of shares                            
Performance of related bonus plans                           4.2  
Restricted stock amortized to operations                           2.9  
Issuance of stock amortized to operations                           3.7  
Stock options amortized to operations                           18.4  
Performance related bonus plans amortized to operations                           1.7  
Comprehensive loss:                                      
Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2004   $ (880.1 )               (880.1 )   (880.1 )
Currency translation adjustment     220.0     220.0                 220.2  
Net Unrealized losses on derivatives instruments     (45.9 )           (45.9 )       (45.9 )
Pension liability adjustment     (3.4 )       (3.4 )           (3.4 )
   
                               
  Total   $ (709.4 )                              
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2004         $ 562.0   $ (4.1 ) $ (45.9 ) $ (1,834.3 ) $ 3,025.7  
         
 
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes.

F-10



NTL INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.    Organization and Business

Historical Structure of the Company

        NTL Incorporated, or the Company, is a Delaware corporation and is publicly-traded on the Nasdaq National Market in the United States. The Company's historical structure is as follows:

        The Company was incorporated in 1993 as a Delaware corporation and continued as a publicly-traded holding company until February 1999. From February 1999 until January 10, 2003, the Company was a wholly-owned subsidiary of NTL (Delaware), Inc., a Delaware corporation, which was incorporated in February 1999, to effect a reorganization into a holding company structure. The holding company structure was implemented to pursue opportunities outside of the UK and Ireland, and was accomplished through a merger. The Company's stockholders at the time became stockholders of the new holding company, NTL (Delaware), Inc., and the Company became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the new holding company. The new holding company took the name NTL Incorporated until May 2000 when it was changed to NTL (Delaware), Inc., its current name.

        In May 2000 another new holding company structure was implemented in connection with the acquisition of the residential assets of Cable & Wireless Communications plc, referred to in this annual report as CWC (the operations acquired from CWC are called ConsumerCo), and was similarly accomplished through a merger. The stockholders of NTL (Delaware), Inc. became stockholders of the new holding company, and NTL (Delaware), Inc. became a subsidiary of the new holding company, and the Company remained a subsidiary of NTL (Delaware), Inc., referred to in this annual report as NTL Delaware. The new holding company then took the name NTL Incorporated, which remained its name until January 10, 2003, at which time its name was changed to NTL Europe, Inc., referred to in this annual report as NTL Europe. On February 21, 2001, NTL Europe contributed the assets of ConsumerCo to the Company.

        On January 10, 2003, the Company emerged from reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. Pursuant to the plan of reorganization, which is referred to as the Plan, the Company's former parent, NTL Europe, Inc., and its subsidiaries and affiliates were split into two separate groups, with the Company and NTL Europe each emerging as independent public companies. The Company was renamed "NTL Incorporated" and became the holding company for the former NTL group's principal UK and Ireland assets. NTL Europe became the holding company for the former NTL group's continental European and various other assets. All of the outstanding securities of NTL Europe and some of its subsidiaries, including the Company, were cancelled. The Company issued shares of its common stock and Series A warrants and NTL Europe issued shares of its common stock and preferred stock to various former creditors and stockholders. As a result, the Company is no longer affiliated with NTL Europe. NTL Europe has since changed its name to PTV, Inc., or PTV.

        The Company conducts its operations through direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries.

Business

        The Company is one of the leading communications and content distribution companies in the UK and the Republic of Ireland, providing broadband internet access, telephone and television services to residential customers. The Company also provides internet and telephone services to residential customers who are not connected to its cable network, via access to other companies' telecommunications networks and via an internet service provider operated by its subsidiary, Virgin Net Limited. The Company offers what it refers to as a "triple play" bundle of internet, telephone and

F-11



television services through competitively-priced bundled packages. The Company also provides a range of voice services to businesses and public sector organizations as well as a variety of data communications solutions from high speed internet access to fully managed business communications networks and communication transport services.

        The Company's services are delivered through its wholly-owned local access communications network. The design and capability of the Company's network provides it with the ability to offer "triple play" bundled services to residential consumers and a broad portfolio of reliable, competitive communications solutions to business customers.

        The Company provides services to three categories of customers: residential customers, business customers and customers in the Republic of Ireland as follows:

    Consumers.  The Company provides internet, telephone and cable television services to residential customers in the UK;

    Business.  The Company provides internet, data and voice services to large businesses, public sector organizations and small and medium-sized enterprises, or SMEs, communications transport services, and wholesale internet access solutions to internet service providers, or ISPs; and

    Ireland.  The Company provides internet, cable television and multiple microwave distribution system television services, or MMDS, to residential customers in the Republic of Ireland and internet, data and voice services to business customers in the Republic of Ireland.

2.    Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

        The Company operated its business as a debtor-in-possession subject to the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court during the period from May 8, 2002 until January 10, 2003. Accordingly, the Company's consolidated financial statements for periods prior to its emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization were prepared in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 90-7, Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code ("SOP 90-7"). In addition, the Company adopted fresh-start reporting upon its emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization in accordance with SOP 90-7. For financial reporting purposes, the effects of the consummation of the Plan as well as adjustments for fresh-start reporting have been recorded in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements as of January 1, 2003.

        Pursuant to fresh-start reporting, a new entity was deemed created for financial reporting purposes and the carrying values of assets and liabilities were adjusted. The carrying values of assets were adjusted to their reorganization values that are equivalent to their estimated fair values. The carrying values of liabilities were adjusted to their present values. Since fresh-start reporting materially changed the carrying values recorded in the Company's consolidated balance sheet, a black line separates the financial statements for periods after the adoption of fresh-start reporting from the financial statements for periods prior to the adoption.

F-12



        The term "Predecessor Company" refers to the Company and its subsidiaries for periods prior to and including December 31, 2002. The term "Reorganized Company" refers to the Company and its subsidiaries for periods subsequent to January 1, 2003. The effects of the consummation of the Plan as well as adjustments for fresh-start reporting recorded as of January 1, 2003 are Predecessor Company transactions and are presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and cash flows dated January 1, 2003. All other results of operations and cash flows on January 1, 2003 are Reorganized Company transactions.

        On December 1, 2004, the company reached an agreement for the sale of its broadcast operations. The sale completed on January 31, 2005. As of December 31, 2004, the broadcast operations are accounted for as a discontinued operation and therefore, broadcast's results of operations have been removed from the Company's results of continuing operations for all periods presented in this Annual Report. The results of operations of broadcast have been excluded from the components of "Loss from Continuing Operations" and shown under the caption "Income from Discontinued Operations" in the Statements of Operations.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Such estimates and assumptions impact, among others, the following: the amount of uncollectible accounts and notes receivable, the amount to be paid to terminate certain agreements included in restructuring costs, amounts accrued for vacated properties, the amount to be paid for other liabilities, the Company's pension expense and pension funding requirements, amounts to be paid under the Company's employee incentive plans, costs for interconnection, the amount of costs to be capitalized in connection with the construction and installation of the Company's network and facilities, the value of investments, long-lived assets and goodwill and the computation of the Company's income tax expense and liability. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Fair Values

        The Company has determined the estimated fair value amounts presented in these consolidated financial statements using available market information and appropriate methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required in interpreting market data to develop the estimates of fair value. The estimates presented in these consolidated financial statements are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts. The Company has based these fair value estimates on pertinent information available to it as of December 31, 2004 and 2003.

Principles of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and entities where the Company's interest is greater than 50%. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

F-13



Reclassification

        Certain prior year amounts, principally consisting of long-term prepayments and deferred revenues related to circuit commitments, have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

Foreign Currency Translation

        The functional currencies of the Company are the Pound Sterling and the Euro, while its reporting currency is the United States Dollar. The assets and liabilities of the Company's UK and Ireland subsidiaries have been translated using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet dates, and revenues and expenses are translated at the average rates for the respective years. Exchange gains and losses on translation of the Company's net equity investments in its subsidiaries are reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders' equity. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded in the statement of operations.

Cash Equivalents

        Cash equivalents are short-term highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less. Cash equivalents were $45.8 million and $59.6 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, which consisted primarily of bank term deposits and corporate commercial paper. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, none of the cash equivalents were denominated in foreign currencies.

        Restricted cash balances of $31.4 million and $26.9 million as at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively represent cash balances collateralized against performance bonds given on behalf of the Company.

Trade Receivables

        The Company's trade receivables are stated at outstanding principal balance, net of allowance for doubtful accounts. Allowances for doubtful accounts are estimated based on the current aging of trade receivables, prior collection experience and future expectations of conditions that might impact recoverability. The allowance for doubtful accounts is $90.7 million at December 31, 2004 and $24.9 million at December 31, 2003.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

        The Company's financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company's cash equivalents are in high quality securities placed with major banks and financial institutions. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited because of the large number of customers and their dispersion across geographic areas. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its Business customers' financial condition and generally does not require collateral. At December 31, 2004, the Company did not have significant credit risk concentrations. No single group or customer represents greater than 10% of total accounts receivable.

Fixed Assets

        Fixed assets, net totaled $6,933.8 million and $7,031.8 million, representing 65.8% and 62.9% of total assets at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. In accordance with SOP 90-7, upon

F-14



emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization, the Company adopted fresh-start reporting as of January 1, 2003. Pursuant to fresh-start reporting, the carrying values of fixed assets were adjusted to their reorganization values, which were equivalent to their estimated fair values. These adjusted carrying values became the revised cost basis of the Company's fixed assets at January 1, 2003. Fixed assets, net were written down by $3,567.6 million to reflect this adjustment.

        The cost of fixed assets includes amounts capitalized for labor and overhead expended in connection with the design and installation of the Company's operating network equipment and facilities. Costs associated with initial customer installations, additions of network equipment necessary to enable enhanced services, acquisition of additional fixed assets and replacement of existing fixed assets are capitalized. The costs of reconnecting the same service to a previously installed premise are charged to expense in the period incurred. Costs for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

        Labor and overhead costs directly related to the construction and installation of fixed assets, including payroll and related costs of some employees and related rent and other occupancy costs, are capitalized. The payroll and related costs of some employees that are directly related to construction and installation activities are capitalized based on specific time devoted to these activities where identifiable. In cases where the time devoted to these activities is not specifically identifiable, the Company capitalizes costs based upon estimated allocations. The Company continues to enhance its processes to reduce reliance upon these estimates in determining amounts capitalized. The labor and overhead costs capitalized in the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were approximately $101.4 million, $116.9 million and $176.4 million, respectively.

        The following table illustrates the calculation of labor and overhead costs capitalized as a percentage of total operating costs and selling, general and administrative expenses and as a percentage of cash used to purchase fixed assets (in millions except percentages).

 
  Year ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
  Reorganized
Company

  Reorganized
Company

  Predecessor
Company

Labor and overhead costs capitalized   $101.4   $116.9   $176.4
Total operating costs and selling, general and administrative expenses   2,526.9   2,192.3   2,058.8
Labor and overhead costs capitalized as a percentage of total operating costs and selling, general and administrative expenses   4.0%   5.3%   8.6%
Purchase of fixed assets   523.2   554.5   647.3
Labor and overhead costs capitalized as a percentage of purchase of fixed assets   19.4%   21.1%   27.3%

        Interest is capitalized as a component of the cost of fixed assets constructed. In 2004, 2003 and 2002, total interest incurred was $496.6 million, $751.9 million and $826.5 million, respectively, of which interest of $nil, $5.5 million and $46.3 million, respectively, was capitalized.

F-15



        Depreciation is computed by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Land and fixed assets held for sale are not depreciated. Estimated useful lives are as follows:

Operating equipment:    
 
Cable distribution plant

 

8–30 years
  Switches and headends   8–10 years
  Customer premises equipment   5–10 years
  Other operating equipment   8–20 years

Other equipment:

 

 
 
Buildings

 

30 years
  Leasehold improvements   20 years or, if less, the lease term
  Computer infrastructure   3–5 years
  Other equipment   5–12 years

Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets include non-compete agreements, trademark license agreements and customer lists. Non-compete agreements represent the portion of purchase price in business combinations allocated to agreements not to compete. Non-compete agreements are amortized over the non-compete period which is principally one year. Trademark license agreements represent the portion of purchase price allocated to agreements to license trademarks acquired in business combinations. Trademark licenses are amortized over the period in which the Company expects to derive benefits, which is principally five years. Customer lists represent the portion of the purchase price allocated to the value of the customer base. Customer lists are amortized on a straight-line basis over the period in which the Company expects to derive benefits, which is principally three or five years. Intangible assets held for sale are not amortized.

        In addition, the Company's total reorganization value exceeded the amounts allocable to identifiable assets resulting in a new indefinite-lived intangible asset as a consequence of applying fresh-start reporting. This is not amortized but is reviewed annually (or more frequently under certain conditions) for impairment in accordance with FASB Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (FAS 142).

        Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted FAS 142. Upon adoption, the Company performed an analysis of its intangible assets to determine whether they should be classified and accounted for as part of or separate from goodwill. The Company reclassified the carrying value of workforce in place included in other intangibles to goodwill. The Company determined that license acquisition costs would no longer be subject to amortization, since they are deemed to have an indefinite useful life. The Company also determined that no changes in the useful lives of the customer lists were required. The Company also performed an evaluation for impairment of its goodwill and license acquisition costs as of January 1, 2002 and determined that no impairment charge was required.

Asset Retirement Obligations

        As of January 1, 2003, the Company adopted FASB Statement No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations (FAS 143). FAS 143 addresses financial accounting and reporting for obligations

F-16



associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the related asset retirement costs. The adoption of FAS 143 did not result in any recognition of liabilities by the Company during its fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.

        The Company accrues for the liability in respect of dilapidation on its leasehold properties over the term of the lease in accordance with FASB Statement No. 13, Accounting for Leases.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        Long-lived assets, including fixed assets and amortizable definite lived intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The Company assesses the recoverability of the carrying value of long-lived assets, by first grouping its long-lived assets with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities (the asset group) and, secondly, estimating the undiscounted future cash flows that are directly associated with and expected to arise from the use of and eventual disposition of such asset group. The Company estimates the undiscounted cash flows over the remaining useful life of the primary asset within the asset group. If the carrying value of the asset group exceeds the estimated undiscounted cash flows, the Company records an impairment charge to the extent the carrying value of the long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. The Company determines fair value through quoted market prices in active markets or, if quoted market prices are unavailable, through the performance of internal analysis of discounted cash flows or external appraisals. The undiscounted and discounted cash flow analyses are based on a number of estimates and assumptions, including the expected period over which the asset will be utilized, projected future operating results of the asset group, discount rate and long-term growth rate.

        Reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to identifiable assets is reviewed for impairment each year.

        As of December 31, 2004, the Company reviewed its long-lived assets for impairment and determined that there was no impairment of the Company's long-lived assets as of December 31, 2004.

Equity Method Investments

        All investments in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over the investee, but less than a controlling voting interest, are accounted for using the equity method. Equity method investments are recorded at original cost and adjusted periodically to recognize the Company's proportionate share of the investees' net income or losses after the date of investment, additional contributions made and dividends received. Prior to the adoption of FAS 142, the difference between the Company's recorded investment and its proportionate interest in the book value of the investees' net assets were being amortized on a straight-line basis over 10 years. The Company evaluates the carrying value of its equity method investments and tests for impairment in accordance with APB Opinion No. 18.

Deferred Financing Costs

        Deferred financing costs of $147.8 million and $134.9 million as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, are included in other assets. Deferred financing costs are incurred in connection with the

F-17



issuance of debt and are amortized over the term of the related debt using a straight-line basis, since this method is materially consistent with the effective interest basis.

Restructuring Costs

        As of January 1, 2003, the Company adopted FASB Statement No. 146. Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities (FAS 146) and recognizes a liability for costs associated with restructuring activities when the liability is incurred. The adoption of FAS 146 did not have a significant effect on the results of operations, financial condition or cash flows of the Company.

        Prior to 2003, the Company recognized a liability for costs associated with restructuring activities at the time of a commitment to restructure is given in accordance with EITF 94-3, Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a restructuring).

Revenue Recognition

        The Company recognizes revenue only when it is realized or realizable and earned. The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following are present:

    Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists between the Company and its customers;

    Delivery has occurred or the services have been rendered;

    The price for the service is fixed or determinable; and

    Collectibility is reasonably assured.

        Revenues are invoiced and recorded as part of a periodic billing cycle, and are recognized as the services are provided. At the end of each period, adjustments are recorded to defer revenue relating to services billed in advance and to accrue for earned but unbilled services.

    Telephone, cable television and internet revenues are recognized as the services are provided to customers.

    Bundled services revenue is recognized at the time the services are provided to the customer or the performance of all of the services have been completed. The Company applies the provisions of EITF No 00-21, Accounting for revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables to assess whether the components of the bundled services should be recognized separately.

    Installation revenues  The Company applies the provisions of FASB Statement No. 51, Financial Reporting by Cable Television Companies in relation to connection and activation fees for cable television, as well as telephone and internet services, on the basis that the Company markets and maintains a unified fiber network through which the Company provides all of these services. Installation revenues are recognized at the time the installation has been completed to the extent that those fees are less than direct selling costs. Installation fees in excess of direct selling costs are deferred and amortized over the expected life of the customer's connection.

    Rental revenue in respect of line rentals and rental of equipment provided to customers is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the rental agreement.

F-18


Advertising Expense

        The Company charges the cost of advertising to expense as incurred. Advertising costs were $80.6 million, $60.4 million and $32.8 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company has a number of stock-based employee compensation plans, described more fully in Note 13. Effective January 1, 2003, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, (FAS 123). Under the prospective method of adoption selected by the Company under provision of FASB Statement No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure (FAS 148), the recognition provisions will be applied to all employee awards granted, modified, or settled after January 1, 2003.

        Prior to 2003, the Company's employees participated in the various stock option plans of its former ultimate parent company. The Company accounted for the stock-based compensation plans of its former ultimate parent company under Accounting Principals Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, (APB 25) and related interpretations. No stock-based employee compensation cost was reflected in 2002, as all options granted under these plans had an intrinsic value of zero on the date of the grant. All options to purchase shares of the Company's former ultimate parent company's common stock were cancelled on the Effective Date pursuant to the Plan.

        If the Company had elected to adopt the fair value recognition provisions of FAS 123 as of January 1, 2002, pro forma net income and diluted net income per share for 2002 (Predecessor Company) would be as follows (in millions, except per share data):

(Loss) from continuing operations, as reported   $ (2,469.1 )
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects     (250.4 )
   
 
Pro forma (loss) from continuing operations   $ (2,719.5 )
   
 
Earnings per share:        
Basic and diluted (loss) from continuing operations per share   $ (41.50 )
   
 
Basic and diluted (loss) from continuing operations per share, pro forma   $ (45.71 )
   
 

        Pursuant to the NTL Group Bonus Schemes, participants are eligible to receive a bonus payment equal to a percentage of their base salary as determined by their level of employment based upon the attainment of performance targets. Bonus payments are made in two installments. Half of the bonus owing to various participants is payable in cash and the other half may, at the Company's discretion, be paid in shares of the Company's common stock.

Pensions

        The Company accounts for its defined benefit pension plans using FASB Statement No. 87, Employer's Accounting for Pensions (FAS 87) and the disclosure rules under FASB Statement No. 132 (revised), Employers Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits, an Amendment of FASB Statements 87, 88 and 106. Under FAS 87, pension expense is recognized on an accrual basis over

F-19



employees' approximate service periods. Pension expense calculated under FAS 87 is generally independent of funding decisions or requirements. The Company recognized expense for its defined benefit pension plans of $3.8 million and $2.8 million in 2004 and 2003, respectively.

        The fair value of the Company's pension plans' assets increased from $301.9 million at December 31, 2003 to $380.9 million at December 31, 2004. The Company contributed $28.3 million in cash to its defined benefit pension plans in 2004.

        The calculation of pension expense and the Company's pension liability requires the use of a number of assumptions. Changes in these assumptions can result in different expense and liability amounts, and future actual experience can differ from the assumptions. The Company believes that the two most critical assumptions are the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and the assumed discount rate.

        When calculating pension expense for 2004, the Company assumed that its plans' assets would generate a long-term rate of return of between 7.4% and 7.9%. This range is higher than the assumed rates of between 6.6% and 7.9% used to calculate the 2003 expense. The Company determines its expected long-term rate of return assumption based on historical experience and by evaluating input from the trustee managing the plan's assets, including the trustee's review of asset class return expectations by several consultants and economists as well as long-term inflation assumptions. The Company's expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on a target allocation of assets, which is based on its goal of earning the highest rate of return while maintaining risk at acceptable levels. The plan strives to have assets sufficiently diversified so that adverse or unexpected results from one security class will not have an unduly detrimental impact on the entire portfolio.

        The Company discounted its future pension obligations using rates of between 4.8% and 5.3% at December 31, 2004 and rates of between 5.5% and 6.0% for 2003. The Company determined the appropriate discount rate based on the current rates earned on long-term bonds that receive one of the two highest ratings given by a recognized rating agency. The pension liability and future pension expense both increase as the discount rate is reduced.

        At December 31, 2004, the Company has unrecognized actuarial losses of $29.9 million. These losses will be recognized as a component of pension expense in future years.

        Future changes in plan asset returns, assumed discount rates and various other factors related to the participants in the Company's pension plans will impact its future pension expense and liabilities. The Company cannot predict with certainty what these factors will be in the future.

Derivative Financial Instruments

        The Company is exposed to various market risks, including changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. As some of the Company's indebtedness accrues interest at variable rates, it has exposure to volatility in future cash flows and earnings associated with variable interest rate payments. Also, a substantial portion of the Company's revenue and operating costs are earned and paid in pounds sterling and, to a lesser extent, euros, but it pays interest and principal obligations on some of its indebtedness in U.S. dollars. As a result, the Company has exposure to volatility in future cash flows and earnings associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates on payments of principal and interest on a portion of its indebtedness.

F-20



        The Company's objective in managing its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates is to decrease the volatility of its earnings and cash flows caused by changes in underlying rates. To achieve this objective, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments. The Company has established policies and procedures to govern the strategic management of these exposures through a variety of derivative financial instruments, including interest rate swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps and foreign currency forward rate contracts. By policy, the Company does not enter into derivative financial instruments with a level of complexity or with a risk that is greater than the exposure to be managed.

        In accordance with FASB Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (FAS 133), the Company recognizes derivative financial instruments as either assets or liabilities measured at fair value. Gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value are accounted for depending on the use of the derivative and whether it is designated and qualifies for hedge accounting. To the extent that the derivative instrument is designated and considered to be effective as a cash flow hedge of an exposure to future changes in interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates, the change in fair value of the instrument is deferred in other comprehensive income. Amounts recorded in other comprehensive income are reclassified to the income statement to match the corresponding cash flows on the underlying hedged transaction. Changes in fair value of any instrument not designated as a hedge or considered to be ineffective as a hedge are reported in earnings immediately.

Software Development Costs

        The Company capitalizes costs related to computer software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with SOP 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use. Software obtained for internal use has generally been enterprise-level business and finance software that the Company customizes to meet its specific operational needs. Costs incurred in the application development phase are capitalized and amortized over their useful lives, generally three to five years. The Company has not sold, leased or licensed software developed for internal use to its customers and the Company has no intention of doing so in the future.

Income Taxes

        The Company provides for income taxes in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for income taxes. Judgment is required in determining the Company's provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and the extent to which deferred tax assets can be recognized. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets only if it is more likely than not that sufficient taxable income will be available in the future against which the temporary differences and unused tax losses can be utilized. The Company has considered future taxable income and tax planning strategies in assessing whether deferred tax assets should be recognized.

Loss from Continuing Operations Per Share and Net Loss Per Share

        Basic and diluted loss from continuing operations per share and net loss per share are computed by dividing the loss from continuing operations and net loss respectively by the average number of shares outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, as adjusted for the effect of the rights offering in November 2003. Options to purchase 3.1 million shares and 0.1 million

F-21



shares of restricted stock at December 31, 2004 are excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share, since the inclusion of such options and shares is anti-dilutive. The average number of shares outstanding is computed as follows (in millions):

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
   
   
  (pro forma)

Number of shares outstanding at start of period(1)   86.8   50.5   50.5
Issues of common stock   0.4   3.7  
Adjustment for the effect of the rights offering     9.0   9.0
   
 
 
Average number of shares outstanding   87.2   63.2   59.5
   
 
 

(1)
Excludes 0.1 million shares of restricted stock

        Pro forma basic and diluted loss from continuing operations per share and net loss per share for periods prior to January 1, 2003 are computed as if the 50.0 million shares issued in connection with the reorganization plan and the 500,000 shares issued in connection with the issuance of the Exit Notes were outstanding for those periods. Owing to the effect of the rights offering, the average number of shares outstanding at January 1, 2003 increased by 9.0 million shares.

3.     Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        On December 16, 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement No. 123 (revised 2004), Share Based Payment (FAS 123R), which is a revision of FAS 123. FAS 123R also supersedes APB 25 and amends FASB Statement No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows. The Company previously adopted FAS 123 in 2003 as discussed in Note 2. FAS 123R differs from FAS 123, by requiring all entities to measure liabilities incurred in stock based payment transactions at fair value rather than measuring the liability at its intrinsic value. FAS 123R requires entities to estimate the number of instruments for which the requisite service period is expected to be rendered rather than accounting for forfeitures as they occur. Under FAS 123R, modifications to the terms or conditions of an award are measured by comparing the fair value of the modified awarded with the fair value of the award immediately before the modification, as opposed to measuring the effects of a modification as the difference between the fair value of the modified awarded at the date it is granted and the awards value immediately before the modification. FAS 123R will also clarify and expand current guidance under FAS 123 including the measurement of fair value, classifying an award as either equity or as a liability and attributing compensation cost to reporting periods. FAS 123R amends FAS 95 requiring that the excess tax benefits be reported as a financing cash inflow rather than as a reduction of taxes paid. The statement is effective in the first interim or annual reporting period beginning after June 15, 2005.

        FAS 123R provides two alternatives for adoption: (1) a "modified prospective" method in which compensation cost is recognized for all awards granted subsequent to the effective date of this statement as well as for the unvested portion of awards outstanding as of the effective date and (2) a "modified retrospective" method which follows the approach in the "modified prospective" method, but also permits entities to restate prior periods to reflect compensation cost calculated under FAS 123 for pro forma amounts disclosure. The Company plans to adopt FAS 123R using the modified prospective

F-22



method. As the Company currently accounts for share based payments to employees in accordance with the fair value method under FAS 123, the adoption of FAS 123R is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company's results of operations or financial position.

        In December 2004, the FASB issued Staff Position No. FAS 109-1, Application of FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004. Also in December 2004, the FASB issued Staff Position No. FAS 109-2, Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004. The Company does not expect the adoption of these new tax provisions to have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows, since the Company does not have any substantive operations in the U.S.

4.     Discontinued Operations

        On December 1, 2004, the Company reached an agreement to sell its broadcast operations, a provider of commercial television and radio transmission services, to a consortium led by Macquarie Communications Infrastructure Group. The sale completed on January 1, 2005. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2004, the Company has accounted for the broadcast operations as discontinued operations. Revenue of the broadcast operations, reported in discontinued operations, for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $509.0 million, $439.2 million and $386.6 million respectively. Broadcast's pre-tax income, reported within discontinued operations, for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, was $20.5 million, $34.0 million and $82.1 million respectively. Prior year financial statements for 2003 and 2002 have been restated to present the broadcast operations as discontinued operations.

        The assets and liabilities of the broadcast operations reported as held-for-sale include (in millions):

 
  December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
Current assets held for sale            
  Accounts receivable, net   $ 47.8   $ 52.1
  Prepaid expenses     32.7     15.3
  Other current assets         1.9
   
 
    Current assets held for sale   $ 80.5   $ 69.3
   
 
 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
Other assets held for sale              
  Fixed assets, net   $ 838.8   $ 848.7  
  Reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to identifiable assets     188.2     175.3  
  Customer lists, net     366.2     371.1  
  Investments in and loans to affiliates, net     (10.2 )   (7.2 )
  Other assets     1.2      
   
 
 
    Other assets held for sale   $ 1,384.2   $ 1,387.9  
   
 
 

F-23


 
  December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
Current liabilities of discontinued operations            
  Accounts payable   $ 29.0   $ 10.5
  Accrued expenses     66.7     40.5
  Deferred revenue     48.4     45.5
   
 
    $ 144.1   $ 96.5
   
 
 
  December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
Long-term liabilities of discontinued operations            
  Deferred income taxes   $ 0.2   $ 0.1
  Other long-term liabilities     3.3     2.2
   
 
    $ 3.5   $ 2.3
   
 

5.     Asset Impairments

        Asset impairment charges were $445.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2002. These charges are non-cash charges to write-down certain assets to their estimated fair values based on an assessment that their carrying value was not recoverable. These charges include fixed assets of $56.0 million, license acquisition costs of $29.0 million and goodwill of $360.1 million. The charge with respect to fixed assets was estimated based upon the technological obsolescence of certain network and other equipment. The charge with respect to license acquisition costs and goodwill was determined in accordance with FAS 142.

        There were no asset impairment charges recorded in the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004.

6.     Acquisitions and Disposals

        On November 8, 2004, the Company acquired Virgin Media Group's remaining interests in Virgin Net Limited, together with all the remaining minority interests held by existing and former management, for £23.9 million, or $43.8 million. These acquisitions have taken the Company's ownership of Virgin Net Limited, the joint venture formed by Virgin and the Company in 1996, to 100 per cent. The Company has accounted for the acquisition under the purchase method of accounting in FASB Statement No. 141, Business Combinations. The Company has consolidated the results of operations of Virgin Net in its income statement from November 8, 2004. Prior to that date, the Company accounted for its investment in Virgin Net Limited using the equity method of accounting.

        On December 1, 2004, the Company reached an agreement to sell its broadcast operations, a provider of commercial television and radio transmission services, to a consortium led by Macquarie Communications Infrastructure Group. The sale completed on January 1, 2005. See Note 4—Discontinued Operations.

F-24


7.     Fixed Assets

        Fixed assets consist of (in millions):

 
   
  December 31,
 
 
  Estimated
Useful Life

 
 
  2004
  2003
 
Operating equipment                  
  Cable distribution plant   8–30 years   $ 6,171.8   $ 5,723.2  
  Switches and headends   8–10 years     610.6     567.2  
  Customer premises equipment   5–10 years     1,524.1     1,133.5  
  Other operating equipment   8–20 years     126.5     117.5  
       
 
 
    Total operating equipment         8,433.0     7,541.4  

Other equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Land       8.6     8.0  
  Buildings   30 years     125.2     118.9  
  Leasehold improvements   20 years or, if less,
the lease term
    131.2     122.3  
  Computer infrastructure   3–5 years     438.4     301.5  
  Other equipment   5–12 years     109.6     100.4  
       
 
 
    Total other equipment         813.0     651.1  
       
 
 
          9,246.0     8,192.5  
Accumulated depreciation         (2,409.9 )   (1,218.5 )
       
 
 
          6,836.1     6,974.0  
Construction in progress         97.7     57.8  
       
 
 
        $ 6,933.8   $ 7,031.8  
       
 
 

F-25


8.     Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets consist of (in millions):

 
   
  December 31,
 
  Estimated
useful life

 
  2004
  2003
Intangible assets not subject to amortization:                
  Reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to identifiable assets       $ 383.6   $ 363.8
       
 

Intangible assets subject to amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Cost                
    Non-compete agreements   1 year   $ 5.4   $
    Trademark licences   5 years     6.1    
    Customer lists   3–5 years     1,105.4     996.9
       
 
          1,116.9     996.9
       
 
  Accumulated amortization                
    Non-compete agreements         0.9    
    Trademark licences         0.2    
    Customer lists         407.3     189.1
       
 
          408.4     189.1
       
 
        $ 708.5   $ 807.8
       
 

        Estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years from December 31, 2004 is as follows: $215.8 million in 2005, $209.5 million in 2006, $208.3 million in 2007, $68.2 million in 2008 and $6.7 million in 2009.

        The change in the carrying amount of reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to identifiable assets during the year ended December 31, 2004 is as follows (in millions):

Reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to identifiable assets—January 1, 2004   $ 363.8  
Foreign currency exchange translation adjustments     27.2  
Adjustment to deferred tax accounts     (7.4 )
   
 
Reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to identifiable assets—December 31, 2004   $ 383.6  
   
 

        The increase in reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to identifiable assets during the year ended December 31, 2004 includes a tax benefit of $7.4 million that is primarily attributable to the use of deferred tax assets that existed as of January 10, 2003 that were previously offset by a valuation allowance.

F-26



9.   Leases

        A summary of assets held under capital leases are as follows (in millions).

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
Cable distribution plant   $ 57.8   $ 53.9  
Switches and headends     4.8     4.6  
   
 
 
      62.6     58.5  
Less: accumulated depreciation     (14.5 )   (6.9 )
   
 
 
    $ 48.1   $ 51.6  
   
 
 

        Amortization of assets held under capital leases is included within the depreciation expense.

        Future minimum annual payments at December 31, 2004 are as follows (in millions). The table reflects the Company's contractual obligations.

 
  Capital
Leases

  Operating
Leases

Year ended December 31:            
  2005   $ 8.8   $ 83.4
  2006     8.4     75.4
  2007     8.3     71.6
  2008     7.8     65.0
  2009     7.7     56.2
Thereafter     189.6     358.4
   
 
Total minimum lease payments     230.6   $ 710.0
         
Less: amount representing interest     (156.0 )    
   
     
Present value of net minimum obligations     74.6      
Less: current portion     (1.3 )    
   
     
    $ 73.3      
   
     

        Leases for buildings, offices space and equipment extend through 2031. Total rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 under operating leases was $135.8 million, $110.0 million and $123.7 million respectively.

F-27



10.     Long-Term Debt

        Long-term debt consists of (in millions):

 
  December 31,
2004

  December 31,
2003

 
8.75% Senior Notes due 2014   $ 425.0   $  
9.75% Sterling Senior Notes due 2014     718.5      
8.75% Euro Senior Notes due 2014     304.6      
Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2012     100.0      
Senior credit facility     4,148.1     4,968.6  
11.2% Senior Discount Debentures, less unamortized discount of $115.4 (2003)         401.9  
10% Senior Sterling Notes, less unamortized discount of $38.7 (2003)         202.2  
91/8% Senior Notes, less unamortized discount of $26.5 (2003)         83.4  
Capital leases     74.6     71.4  
Other     3.1     3.2  
   
 
 
      5,773.9     5,730.7  
Less: current portion     (116.8 )   (2.3 )
   
 
 
    $ 5,657.1   $ 5,728.4  
   
 
 

        The effective interest rates on the variable interest rate debt were as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2012   7.07 %  
Senior credit facility          
  Revolving facility     6.55 %
  Term facility   7.13 % 9.05 %

        In April 2004 the Company completed its refinancing transaction from which it raised approximately $5.9 billion of new indebtedness and repaid approximately $5.5 billion of its existing indebtedness. The refinancing transaction extended the maturities on substantially all of the Company's debt and lowered its weighted average interest expense. In particular:

    On April 13, 2004, the Company's wholly owned, newly formed subsidiary, NTL Cable PLC, issued £375 million aggregate principal amount of 9.75% senior notes due 2014, $425 million aggregate principal amount of 8.75% senior notes due 2014, €225 million aggregate principal amount of 8.75% senior notes due 2014 and $100 million aggregate principal amount of floating rate senior notes due 2012, together referred to as the Senior Notes.

    Also, on April 13, 2004, the Company entered into a new £2,425 million senior secured credit facility, which the Company refers to as its senior credit facility, and which includes a £250 million revolving credit facility. On April 14, 2004 the Company drew down £2,175 million of its senior credit facility, which, together with some of the proceeds from the issuance of the new notes and cash on hand, the Company used to repay its then-existing senior credit facility. At December 31, 2004, the revolving facility is undrawn. The senior credit facility is secured by most of the Company's assets.

F-28


    The remaining proceeds from the notes offering, together with cash on hand, were used on May 13, 2004 to redeem the 10% Senior Sterling Notes due 2008, the 91/8% Senior Notes due 2008 and the 11.2% Senior Discount Debentures due 2007 and pay transaction costs.

        The refinancing transaction resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt as follows (in millions):

Redemption price         $ 5,508.9
Net carrying amount:            
  Face value   $ 5,497.5      
  Unamortized discount     (163.3 )    
  Unamortized issue costs     (115.4 )    
   
     
            5,218.8
         
Loss on extinguishment of debt         $ 290.1
         

Outstanding Public Notes

        The terms of the Senior Notes and senior credit facility as at December 31, 2004 are summarized below.

Senior Notes

    9.75% Senior Notes due April 15, 2014—The principal amount at maturity is £375 million. Interest is payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 commencing October 15, 2004.

    8.75% Senior Notes due April 15, 2014—The principal amount at maturity is $425 million. Interest is payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 commencing October 15, 2004.

    8.75% Senior Notes due April 15, 2014—The principal amount at maturity is €225 million. Interest is payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 commencing October 15, 2004.

    Floating Rate Senior Notes due October 15, 2012—The principal amount at maturity is $100 million. The interest rate on the floating rate senior notes is the three-month LIBOR plus 5.00%. Interest is payable quarterly on January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15, commencing July 15, 2004.

Senior credit facility

    The principal amount outstanding is £2,165.0 million or $4,148.1 million. The Company's senior credit facility comprises a term facility denominated in a combination of pound sterling, euros and U.S. dollars totaling £2,165.0 million or $4,148.1 million, and a revolving facility of £250 million, or $479.0 million. The term facility was fully drawn and the revolving facility was undrawn at December 31, 2004.

    The Company's senior credit facility bears interest at LIBOR plus mandatory costs plus a margin rate. The term facility and the revolving facility have different margin rates. At December 31, 2004, the effective average annual interest rate on the term facility was 7.13%. Interest is payable at least semi-annually.

F-29


    The principal amount outstanding under the term facility is repayable by semi-annual installments beginning September 2004.

    The senior credit facility is secured over most of the Company's assets.

    The Company is subject to financial maintenance tests under its senior credit facility, including a test of liquidity, coverage and leverage ratios applied to the Company and some of its subsidiaries. As at December 31, 2004, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

        The agreements governing the Senior Notes and the senior credit facility significantly restrict the ability of the Company's subsidiaries to transfer funds to the Company in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances. In addition, the agreements significantly, and, in some cases, absolutely restrict the Company's ability and the ability of most of its subsidiaries to:

    Incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;

    Pay dividends or make other distributions, or redeem or repurchase equity interests or subordinated obligations;

    Make investments;

    Sell assets, including the capital stock of subsidiaries;

    Enter into sale/leaseback transactions;

    Create liens;

    Enter into agreements that restrict the restricted subsidiaries' ability to pay dividends, transfer assets or make intercompany loans;

    Merge or consolidate or transfer all or substantially all of its assets; and

    Enter into transactions with affiliates.

        During 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company recognized $17.2 million, $58.8 million and $96.7 million, respectively, of original issue discount as interest expense.

        Long-term debt repayments, excluding capital leases, as of December 31, 2004 are due as follows (in millions).

Year ended December 31:      
2005   $ 115.4
2006     229.6
2007     365.7
2008     497.5
2009     489.1
Thereafter     4,002.0
   
Total debt payments   $ 5,699.3
   

        On February 4, 2005, the Company voluntarily prepaid £500 million of the senior credit facility which included the scheduled repayments due in 2005. As a consequence, scheduled repayments in

F-30



2006 and beyond have also reduced. The effects of the voluntary prepayment are not reflected in the table above.

11.   Derivative Financial Instruments

        The Company is exposed to various market risks, including changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. As some of the Company's indebtedness accrues interest at variable rates, it has exposure to volatility in future cash flows and earnings associated with variable interest rate payments. Also, substantially all of the Company's revenue and operating costs are earned and paid in pounds sterling and, to a lesser extent, euros, but it pays interest and principal obligations on some of its indebtedness in U.S. dollars. As a result, the Company has exposure to volatility in future cash flows and earnings associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates on payments of principal and interest on a portion of its indebtedness.

        The Company's objective in managing its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates is to decrease the volatility of its earnings and cash flows caused by changes in underlying rates. To achieve this objective, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments. The Company has established policies and procedures to govern the strategic management of these exposures through a variety of derivative financial instruments, including interest rate swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps and foreign currency forward rate contracts. By policy, the Company does not enter into derivative financial instruments with a level of complexity or with a risk that is greater than the exposure to be managed.

        In accordance with FAS 133, the Company recognizes derivative financial instruments as either assets or liabilities measured at fair value. Gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value are accounted for depending on the use of the derivative and whether it is designated and qualifies for hedge accounting. To the extent that the derivative instrument is designated and considered to be effective as a cash flow hedge of an exposure to future changes in interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates, the change in fair value of the instrument is deferred in other comprehensive income. Amounts recorded in other comprehensive income are reclassified to the income statement to match the corresponding cash flows on the underlying hedged transaction. Changes in fair value of any instrument not designated as a hedge or considered to be ineffective as a hedge are reported in earnings immediately.

F-31



        The fair values of the Company's derivative instruments were as follows (in millions):

 
  December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
Included within other assets:            
  Interest rate swaps   $ 2.3   $
   
 
Included within other current liabilities:            
  Foreign currency forward rate contracts   $ 3.9   $
   
 
Included within deferred revenue and other long-term liabilities            
  Foreign currency forward rate contracts   $ 64.6   $
  Interest rate swaps     48.2    
   
 
    $ 112.8   $
   
 

Interest Rate Swaps—Hedging of Interest Rate Sensitive Obligations

        As of December 31, 2004, the Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements to manage the exposure to variability in future cash flows on the interest payments associated with £1,250 million of its outstanding senior credit facility, which accrues at variable rates based on LIBOR. The interest rate swaps allow the Company to receive interest based on LIBOR in exchange for payments of interest at fixed rates of 5.30% and 5.10%. The interest rate swaps became effective on October 14, 2004 and mature on April 14, 2007. The net settlement of $1.6 million under the hedges is included within interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2004.

        The Company has designated these interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges under FAS 133, because they hedge against changes in the amount of future cash flows attributable to changes in LIBOR. As of December 31, 2004, the Company recorded $25.1 million of unrealized losses in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as a result of the decrease in fair market value of these interest rate hedges. There was no realized gain or loss arising from any ineffectiveness of the hedges.

Cross-Currency Interest Rate Swaps—Hedging the Interest Payments of Senior Notes and senior credit facility

        At December 31, 2004, the Company has entered into cross-currency interest rate swaps with principal amounts of $920.2 million and €151.0 million. The Company currently hedges the pound sterling value of interest payments on the U.S. dollar denominated 8.75% Senior Notes due 2014, interest payments on its U.S. dollar denominated Floating Rate Notes due 2012, interest payments on its U.S. dollar denominated senior credit facility, and the pound sterling value of interest payments on the euro denominated senior credit facility. Under these cross-currency swaps, the Company receives interest in U.S. dollars at a fixed rate of 8.75% and variable rate based on LIBOR, and in euros at variable rate based on LIBOR, in exchange for payments of interest in pound sterling at a fixed rate of 9.42%, and variable rate LIBOR based on the pound sterling equivalent of $920.2 million and €151.0 million. The net settlement of $4.6 million under the hedges is included within interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2004.

F-32



        The Company has designated these cross-currency swaps as cash flow hedges under FAS 133 because they hedge the changes in the pound sterling value of the interest payments on its U.S. dollar denominated Senior Notes and U.S. dollar and euro denominated senior credit facility, that result from changes in the U.S. dollar, euro and pound sterling exchange rates. As of December 31, 2004, the Company recorded $23.1 million of unrealized losses and $2.3 million of unrealized gains in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as a result of the changes in fair market value of these cross currency interest rate hedges. There was no realized gain or loss arising from any ineffectiveness of the hedges.

Foreign Currency Forward Rate Contracts—Hedging the Principal Obligations of the U.S. Dollar Senior Notes and senior credit facility

        As of December 31, 2004, the Company has entered into foreign currency forward rate contracts to purchase $820.2 million and €151.0 million, maturing in April 2009. These contracts hedge changes in the pound sterling, U.S. dollar and euro value of the principal obligation of the 8.75% Senior Note due 2014, and variable rate LIBOR senior credit facility, caused by changes in the U.S. dollar, euro and pound sterling exchange rates.

Foreign Currency Forward Rate Contracts—Hedging the stock repurchase program

        As of December 31, 2004, the Company has entered into foreign currency forward rate contracts to sell £100 million and option contracts to sell an additional £100 million maturing in March 2005. These contracts are associated with the Company's recently announced stock repurchase program and hedge changes in the pound sterling value of the Company's stock price caused by changes in the U.S. dollar pound sterling exchange rate. On January 31, 2005, the Company announced that it intends to use up to £475 million of the proceeds from the sale of the broadcast operations to repurchase shares of its common stock. In February 2005, the Company used approximately $130 million to effect repurchases in the open market.

        The forward rate contracts are not effective hedges under FAS 133. As such, the contracts are carried at fair value on the Company's balance sheet with changes in the fair value recognized immediately in the income statement. The forward rate contracts do not subject the Company to material volatility in its earnings and cash flows because changes in the fair value directionally and partially mitigate the gains or losses on the translation of its U.S. dollar denominated debt into its functional currency pound sterling in accordance with FASB Statement No. 52, "Foreign Currency Translation". Changes in fair value of these contracts are reported with foreign exchanges gains (losses).

        Net changes in the fair value of the forward rate contracts recognized in (loss) from continuing operations for the three years ended December 31, 2004 were as follows (in millions):

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
  Reorganized
Company

  Reorganized
Company

  Predecessor
Company

Net loss in fair value of forward rate contracts   $ 68.5   $   $

F-33


12.   Fair Values of Financial Instruments

        The Company in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments used the following methods and assumptions:

        Cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash:    The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximate fair value.

        Marketable securities:    The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximate fair value.

        Long-term debt:    The carrying amounts of the bank credit facilities approximate their fair values. The fair values of the Company's other debt in the following table are based on the quoted market prices.

        The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company's financial instruments are as follows (in millions):

 
  December 31, 2004
  December 31, 2003
 
  Carrying
Amount

  Fair
Value

  Carrying
Amount

  Fair
Value

Cash and cash equivalents   $ 240.0   $ 240.0   $ 795.9   $ 795.9
Restricted cash     31.4     31.4     26.9     26.9
Marketable securities     22.1     22.1        
Long-term debt:                        
  8.75% Senior Notes due 2014   $ 425.0   $ 482.4   $   $
  9.75% Sterling Senior Notes due 2014     718.5     774.3        
  8.75% Euro Senior Notes due 2014     304.6     340.3        
  Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2012     100.0     103.5        
  Senior credit facility     4,148.1     4,148.1     4,968.6     4,968.6
  11.2% Debentures             401.9     522.5
  10% Sterling Notes             202.2     248.7
  91/8% Notes             83.4     113.7

F-34



NTL INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

13.   Stock-Based Compensation Plans

        At December 31, 2004, the Company has a number of stock-based compensation plans, which are described below. The Company accounts for the fair value of its grants under these plans in accordance with FAS 123. The compensation cost that has been charged against income for these plans was $26.4 million, $12.6 million and $nil for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

    Stock Option Plans

        The NTL Stock Option Plans are intended to provide incentives to certain employees of the Company and its subsidiaries to foster and promote the long-term growth and performance of the Company and to better align such employees' interests with the stockholders of the Company. Under the NTL Stock Option Plans, options to purchase up to 8.6 million shares of the Company's common stock may be granted from time to time to certain employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. Accordingly, the Company has reserved 8.6 million shares of common stock for issuance under the NTL Stock Option Plans.

        All options have a 10 year term and vest and become fully exercisable over a period of 3 to 5 years of continued employment. For the NTL Stock Option Plans, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of FAS 123. Under the prospective method of adoption selected by the Company under the provisions of FAS 148, the recognition provisions have been applied to all employee awards granted, modified, or settled after January 1, 2003.

        Prior to 2003, the Company's employees participated in the various stock option plans of its former ultimate parent company. The Company accounted for stock options using the intrinsic value method under APB 25 and related Interpretations.

        Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share, as presented in Note 2, is required by FAS 123, as amended by FAS 148, and has been determined as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options under the fair value method of that Statement upon its initial effective date. The fair value for these options was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions for 2004, 2003 and 2002:

 
  For the Year ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
  Reorganized
Company

  Reorganized
Company

  Predecessor
Company

Risk-free Interest Rate   3.97%   3.91%   4.47%
Expected Dividend Yield   0%   0%   0%
Expected Volatility   0.837   0.869   0.702
Expected Lives   3.438   3.443   10

F-35


A summary of the activity and related information of the NTL Stock Option Plans and the Company's former parent's stock option plans for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
  Reorganized Company
  Reorganized Company
  Predecessor Company
 
  Options
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Options
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Options
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 
  (in millions)

   
  (in millions)

   
  (in millions)

   
Outstanding-beginning of year     3.2   $ 13.85       $   71.9   $ 36.13
Granted     0.8     47.04     3.9     13.85      
Exercised     (0.7 )   13.03     (0.2 )   13.94      
Expired                      
Forfeited     (0.2 )   12.67     (0.5 )   13.80   (3.7 )  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding-end of year     3.1   $ 22.84     3.2   $ 13.85   68.2   $ 36.06
   
 
 
 
 
 
Exercisable at end of the year     0.4   $ 20.51     0.3   $ 12.54   34.3   $ 30.37
   
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the year   $ 50.21         $ 6.14              
   
       
       
     

        All of the options to purchase shares of the Company's former ultimate parent company were cancelled on the Effective Date pursuant to the reorganization plan.

        Exercise prices for options outstanding as of December 31, 2004 are as follows:

Range of exercise prices

  Number of options
outstanding

  Weighted average
exercise price

  Weighted average
remaining
contractual life

  Number of shares
currently
exercisable

  Weighted average
exercise price

$0.01   200,000   $   0.01   9.3   33,333   $   0.01
$9.00 to $15.00   2,242,677     13.39   8.3   317,477     14.40
$40.00 to $50.00   160,000     44.53   9.1   25,000     40.00
$50.01 to $60.00   131,300     59.08   9.3   2,500     58.32
$60.01 to $70.00   207,000     60.40   9.7      
$70.01 to $80.00   200,000     71.60   9.0   40,000     71.60

NTL Group Bonus Schemes

        Participants in the NTL Group Bonus Schemes are eligible to receive a bonus payment equal to a percentage of their base salary as determined by their level of employment based upon the attainment of performance targets. Bonus payments are made in two installments. Half of the bonus owing to various participants is payable in cash and the other half may, at the Company's discretion, be paid in shares of common stock.

        In accordance with the NTL Group Bonus Schemes, 33,259 shares were awarded in June 2003, 38,265 shares were awarded in December 2003 and 27,819 shares were awarded in June 2004.

F-36



Restricted Stock Grants

        The Company has granted a total of 267,500 shares of restricted common stock to its chairman and certain employees. The shares vest over periods of up to three years. The Company has also granted a total of 40,000 shares of restricted common stock to persons who were then employees of W.R. Huff Asset Management Co., L.L.C. or its affiliates, as discussed in Note 17.

        In connection with its emergence from Chapter 11, the Company granted a total of 133,912 shares of restricted common stock to its then-executive officers and other employees.

14.   Employee Benefit Plans

        Certain subsidiaries of the Company operate defined benefit pension plans in the United Kingdom and Republic of Ireland. The assets of the Plans are held separately from those of the Company and are invested in specialized portfolios under the management of an investment group. The pension cost is calculated using the projected unit method. The Company's policy is to fund amounts to the defined benefit plans necessary to comply with the funding requirements as prescribed by the laws and regulations in the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland.

        The Company's defined benefit pension plans use a measurement date of December 31:

Obligations and Funded Status

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
 
  (In millions)

 
Change in Projected Benefit Obligation              
Benefit obligation at beginning of year   $ 458.8   $ 363.7  
Service cost     12.0     11.4  
Interest cost     25.8     20.3  
Members contributions     3.5     3.1  
Plan amendments         0.1  
Actuarial losses     31.4     24.9  
Benefits paid     (12.3 )   (11.5 )
FAS 88 events     2.4     2.7  
Expenses         (0.7 )
Foreign currency exchange rate changes     37.1     44.8  
   
 
 
Benefit obligation at end of year   $ 558.7   $ 458.8  
   
 
 

F-37



 


 

Year Ended December 31,


 
 
  2004
  2003
 
 
  (In millions)

 
Change in Plan Assets              
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year   $ 301.9   $ 234.1  
Actual return on plan assets     34.7     38.7  
Employer contributions     28.3     8.7  
Employee contributions     3.5     3.1  
FAS 88 events          
Benefits paid     (12.3 )   (11.5 )
Expenses         (0.7 )
Foreign currency exchange rate changes     24.8     29.5  
   
 
 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year   $ 380.9   $ 301.9  
   
 
 

 


 

Year Ended December 31,


 
 
  2004
  2003
 
 
  (In millions)

 
Funded status   $ (177.8 ) $ (156.8 )
Unrecognized net losses     29.9     5.6  
Unamortized prior service costs     0.1     0.1  
Unrecognized transition obligation          
   
 
 
Net amount recognized   $ (147.8 ) $ (151.1 )
   
 
 

 


 

Year Ended December 31,


 
 
  2004
  2003
 
 
  (In millions)

 
Amounts Recognized in the Statement of Financial Position Consist of:              
Prepaid benefit cost   $   $  
Accrued benefit liability     (151.9 )   (151.8 )
Intangible asset          
Accumulated other comprehensive income     4.1     0.7  
Other          
   
 
 
Net amount recognized   $ (147.8 ) $ (151.1 )
   
 
 

        The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit plans was $511.4 million and $424.1 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

F-38



Information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
 
  (In millions)

Accumulated benefit obligation   $ 511.4   $ 424.1
Fair value of plan assets     380.9     301.9

Information for pension plans with an projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
 
  (In millions)

Projected benefit obligation   $ 558.7   $ 458.8
Fair value of plan assets     380.9     301.9

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Costs

 
  Year ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  Reorganized
Company

  Reorganized
Company

  Predecessor
Company

 
 
  (In millions)

 
Service cost   $ 12.0   $ 11.4   $ 11.1  
Interest cost     25.8     20.3     17.7  
Expected return on plan assets     (25.7 )   (19.8 )   (21.5 )
Amortization of transition obligation             0.9  
Amortization of prior service costs             0.4  
Recognized actuarial loss     (0.1 )       0.1  
FAS 88 adjustment     2.4     3.5     1.8  
   
 
 
 
Total net periodic benefit cost   $ 14.4   $ 15.4   $ 10.5  
   
 
 
 

        The Company has retained the earned pension and other post-retirement benefits liabilities related to the broadcast operations. Accordingly, the information disclosed in the tables above includes continuing and discontinued operations.

Additional Information

 
  December 31,
 
  2004
  2003
 
  (in millions)

Increase in minimum liability included in other comprehensive income   $ 3.4   $ 0.7

F-39


Assumptions

        Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
Discount rate   5.24 % 5.51 %
Rate of compensation increase   3.03 % 3.02 %

        Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit costs

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
Discount rate   5.51 % 5.51 %
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets   7.49 % 6.70 %
Rate of compensation increase   3.02 % 3.87 %

        Where investments are held in bonds and cash, the expected long-term rate of return is taken to be yields generally prevailing on such assets at the measurement date. The higher rate of return is expected on equity investments, which is based more on realistic future expectations than on the returns that have been available historically. The overall expected long-term rate on assets is then the average of these rates taking into account the underlying assets portfolios of the pension plans.

Plan Assets

        NTL's pension plan weighted-average assets allocations at December 31, 2004, and 2003, by asset category are as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
Asset Category          
Equity Securities   66.7 % 76.2 %
Debt Securities   31.6 % 22.5 %
Real Estate   0.2 % 0.0 %
Other   1.5 % 1.3 %
   
 
 
  Total   100.0 % 100.0 %
   
 
 

        The trustees of the main defined benefit pension plan, which makes up over 80% of the assets of the five defined benefit pension plans of the company, have in place an agreement with the investment managers that targets an allocation of 64% equities and 36% bonds and cash at December 31, 2004. Deviations from these central targets are permitted from time to time. Because the main defined benefit pension plan is now closed to new entrants, the investment strategy is moving towards a higher proportion of bonds over time to reflect the steadily maturing profile of liabilities.

        There were no shares of the Company's common stock included in the Equity Securities at December 31, 2004 and 2003 respectively.

F-40



Cash flows

Contributions

        At December 31, 2004, all of the Company's pension plans have projected benefit obligations exceeding plan assets totaling $177.8 million. The Company will need to fund these deficits in accordance with the laws and regulations of the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland. The Company expects to contribute a total of approximately £60.3 million, or $115.6 million, during 2005, of which £56.6 million ($108.4 million) relates to a single contribution to reduce deficits in two of the Company's pension plans.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

        The benefits expected to be paid out of the pension plans in total are set out below for each of the next five years and the following fives years in aggregate. The benefits expected to be paid are based on the same assumptions used to measure the Company's benefit obligation at December 31, 2004 and include estimated future employee services.

 
  Pension Benefits
 
  (in millions)

2005   $ 12.8
2006     13.8
2007     15.1
2008     16.3
2009     17.6
Years 2010 - 2014     110.3

Defined Contribution Pension Plans

        The Company's subsidiaries operate defined contribution pension plans in the UK and Republic of Ireland. The Company's expense in relation to these plans was $17.9 million, $16.5 million and $13.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 respectively.

15.   Other Charges Including Restructuring Charges

        Other charges of $43.7 million in 2004 relate to the Company's announcement to consolidate call centers and include $22.8 million for involuntary employee termination and related costs for approximately 2,000 employees, of whom approximately 250 were still employed by the Company at December 31, 2004, $4.4 million for lease exit costs and $16.5 million for other costs including recruitment and training costs. On April 7, 2004, the Company announced the consolidation over the next 18 months of its 13 UK customer service call centers into three equipped to handle anticipated expansion of its customer base. Following an internal review, three specialist call centers will be retained and developed and will be supported by four sales and customer support sites, located throughout the UK. As part of the consolidation, the Company intends to make additional investments in technology and training in order to streamline processes and generate efficiencies. As of December 31, 2004, the Company has incurred £23.8 million, or $43.7 million, and it expects to incur a total of approximately £29.0 million, or $55.6 million, of costs to fully execute this program.

F-41



        Other charges of $37.9 million in 2003 include restructuring charges of $33.9 million and $4.0 million of professional fees. Other charges of $382.7 million in 2002 include restructuring charges of $98.3 million and non-cash charges of $284.4 million primarily for allowances for the cancellation of receivables from the Company's former ultimate parent company and certain of its subsidiaries in accordance with the Plan.

        Restructuring charges of $33.9 million and $98.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, relate to the Company's actions to reorganize, re-size and reduce operating costs and create greater efficiency in various areas. An aggregate of $7.5 million of the 2002 restructuring charges were for the write-off of equipment and other assets that are not in use and will not require any future cash outlays. There were no such costs in 2003. The employee severance and related costs in 2003 were for approximately 940 employees all of whom were terminated by the Company as of December 31, 2004. These costs in 2002 were for approximately 680 employees to be terminated, all of whom were terminated by the Company as of December 31, 2004.

        The following table summarizes the restructuring charges incurred and utilized in 2002, 2003 and 2004 (in millions):

 
  Involuntary Employee Termination and Related Costs
  Lease
Exit
Costs

  Agreement
Modifications

  Fixed
Assets

  Other
  Total
 
Balance, December 31, 2001   $ 66.0   $ 33.5   $ 27.7   $   $   $ 127.2  
Released     (0.6 )   (15.1 )   (11.5 )           (27.2 )
Charged to expense     31.8     78.9     1.2     7.5     6.1     125.5  
Utilized     (78.4 )   (18.6 )   (16.2 )   (7.5 )   (4.8 )   (125.5 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2002     18.8     78.7     1.2         1.3     100.0  
Foreign currency exchange translation adjustments     1.6     13.3     0.1         0.2     15.2  
Released     (3.4 )   (1.2 )   (0.3 )       (1.6 )   (6.5 )
Charged to expense     38.9     0.8     0.5           0.2     40.4  
Utilized     (55.9 )   (19.5 )   (1.0 )         (0.1 )   (76.5 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2003         72.1     0.5             72.6  
Foreign currency exchange translation adjustments     0.1     4.5                 4.6  
Released                          
Charged to expense     22.8     4.4             16.5     43.7  
Utilized     (19.6 )   (23.3 )   (0.2 )       (16.5 )   (59.6 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2004   $ 3.3   $ 57.7   $ 0.3   $   $   $ 61.3  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-42


16.   Income Taxes

        The expense (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following (in millions):

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  Reorganized
Company

  Reorganized
Company

  Predecessor
Company

 
Current:                    
  Federal   $ 0.2   $   $  
  State and local     2.4     1.6     (1.2 )
  Foreign     0.5          
   
 
 
 
Total current     3.1     1.6     (1.2 )
   
 
 
 
Deferred:                    
  Federal     6.6          
  Foreign     0.8     (1.5 )   (13.3 )
   
 
 
 
Total deferred     7.4     (1.5 )   (13.3 )
   
 
 
 
    $ 10.5   $ 0.1   $ (14.5 )
   
 
 
 

        The Company's 2004 current tax expense relates to federal alternative minimum tax, state and local taxes, and to foreign taxes not covered by net operating losses. The deferred tax expense relates to the use of deferred tax assets that were covered by a valuation allowance that existed as of January 10, 2003.

        Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of deferred tax liabilities and assets are as follows (in millions):

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
Deferred tax liabilities:              
  Intangibles   $ 201.7   $ 238.2  
  Depreciation and amortization     51.6     50.2  
   
 
 
Total deferred tax liabilities     253.3     288.4  
Deferred tax assets:              
  Net operating losses     1,887.7     1,813.4  
  Capital losses     9,709.5     9,195.9  
  Depreciation and amortization     2,355.5     2,051.0  
  Purchase accounting liabilities     15.9     32.6  
  Other     52.7     67.1  
   
 
 
Total deferred tax assets     14,021.3     13,160.0  
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets     (13,768.0 )   (12,871.6 )
   
 
 
Net deferred tax assets     253.3     288.4  
   
 
 
Net deferred tax liabilities   $   $  
   
 
 

F-43


        At December 31, 2004, December 31, 2003 and January 10, 2003, the Company had a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets to the extent it was not more likely than not that such assets would be realized in the future. To the extent the Company realizes a benefit attributable to the valuation allowance that existed as of January 10, 2003, such benefit would reduce excess reorganization value, then reduce other intangible assets existing at that date, then be credited to paid in capital. Substantially all of the valuation allowance at December 31, 2004 would be treated in this way. In 2004, the Company recognised such a benefit to the extent of $7.4 million, resulting in a deferred tax expense and a reduction in reorganization value of this amount.

        On the adoption of Fresh Start reporting, adjustments were made to the Company's deferred tax balance, which were refined during 2003 giving rise to an adjustment to reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to identifiable assets. The net effect of these adjustments was a decrease in the deferred tax liability of $92.7 million.

        As discussed in note 21, the Company emerged from Chapter 11 bankruptcy on January 10, 2003. The restructuring of the Company's debt gave rise to cancellation of debt income in 2003, which was non-taxable since the debt cancellation was in connection with a bankruptcy reorganization. However, to the extent that such amount was excluded from U.S. taxable income, certain tax attributes were subject to reduction, including certain U.S. net operating loss carryforwards. The reduction of tax attributes, which is reflected in the above table, had no impact on the Company's financial statement position since the deferred tax assets related to these tax attributes were offset by a corresponding valuation allowance. Furthermore, the reorganization caused an ownership change pursuant to Internal Revenue Service Code Section 382. Section 382 will limit the Company's ability to utilize any remaining U.S. net operating loss carryforwards that existed at January 10, 2003. In addition, Section 382 will severely limit the Company's ability to utilize remaining U.S. capital loss carryforwards within the five-year carryforward period.

        At December 31, 2004, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $400 million for U.S. federal income tax purposes that expire in varying amounts commencing in 2010. This excludes net operating loss carryforwards of certain companies that are taxable in both the U.S. and the United Kingdom. In addition, the Company has capital loss carryforwards of approximately $7.7 billion for U.S. federal income tax purposes that expire in 2006. The Company does not expect to realize any significant benefit from these capital losses for various reasons, including the Section 382 limitation discussed above. The Company has United Kingdom net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $5.7 billion that have no expiration date. Pursuant to United Kingdom law, these losses are only available to offset income of the separate entity that generated the loss. A portion of the United Kingdom net operating loss carryforward relates to dual resident companies, of which the U.S. net operating loss carryforward amount is approximately $2.2 billion. Section 382 will severely limit the Company's ability to utilize a significant portion of these losses for U.S. purposes. The Company also has United Kingdom capital loss carryforwards of approximately $23.3 billion that have no expiration date. However, the Company does not expect to realize any significant benefit from these capital losses, which can only be used to the extent the Company generates United Kingdom taxable capital gain income in the future.

        At December 31, 2004, the Company had fixed assets on which future United Kingdom tax deductions can be claimed of approximately $14.5 billion. The maximum that can be claimed in any one year is 25% of the remaining balance, after additions, disposals and prior claims.

F-44



        The reconciliation of income taxes computed at U.S. federal statutory rates to income tax expense is as follows (in millions):

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  Reorganized
Company

  Reorganized
Company

  Predecessor
Company

 
(Benefit) at federal statutory rate (35%)   $ (311.5 ) $ (334.0 ) $ (869.3 )
Add:                    
  Non-deductible assets impairments             155.8  
  Non-deductible expenses     118.0     45.9      
  Foreign losses with no benefit     159.7     208.0     541.2  
  U.S. losses with no benefit         43.4     159.0  
  Difference in U.S. and foreign tax rates     41.6     35.2      
  State and local income tax     2.3     1.6     (1.2 )
  Other     0.4          
   
 
 
 
    $ 10.5   $ 0.1   $ (14.5 )
   
 
 
 

17.   Related Party Transactions

        The Company has identified the following persons as being related parties of the Company with whom it has entered into transactions as described below:

    Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC. Franklin Mutual Advisers LLC is one of the principal stockholders and owned 8.3% of the Company's common stock as of December 31, 2004;

    NTL Europe, Inc., the Company's former ultimate parent company. NTL Europe ceased to be a related party on January 10, 2003 when the Company emerged from bankruptcy under Chapter 11;

    Oaktree Capital Management, LLC. Oaktree Capital Management LLC is one of the principal stockholders and owned 7.1% of the Company's common stock as of December 31, 2004; and

    W.R. Huff Asset Management Co., L.L.C. W.R. Huff Asset Management Co., L.L.C., through its managed accounts and affiliates, is one of the principal stockholders and in that manner owned 11.9% of the Company's common stock as of December 31, 2004. In addition, William R. Huff is a member of the board of directors of the Company and the president of the managing member of W.R. Huff Asset Management Co., L.L.C.

Refinancing Transactions

        In November 2003, the Company effected an approximately $1.4 billion rights offering in which the Company distributed to each of its stockholders proportionate rights to purchase shares of its common stock. The rights were transferable, subject to various exceptions. The proceeds from the rights offering were used in part to prepay in full an outstanding principal amount of approximately $554.1 million under the Company's 19% Senior Secured Notes due 2010 and to repay in full a working capital facility with an outstanding principal amount of approximately $684.9 million.

F-45



        In connection with the Company's rights offering, on September 26, 2003, the Company entered into two separate participating purchaser agreements with each of W.R. Huff Asset Management Co., L.L.C., on behalf of certain of its affiliates and managed accounts, and Franklin Mutual Advisers LLC, as agent and investment advisor for certain funds. Each participating purchaser held shares of the Company's common stock or was the general partner or investment manager of managed funds and third party accounts that directly held shares of the Company's common stock.

        Pursuant to these agreements, W.R. Huff Asset Management Co., L.L.C., on behalf of managed accounts and affiliates, and Franklin Mutual Advisers LLC, on behalf of funds for which it acts as an agent or investment advisor, each agreed in advance of the rights offering to exercise the basic subscription privilege for all of the rights distributed to their respective managed accounts, affiliates and funds in the rights offering. The rights offering prospectus indicated to the Company's stockholders that these parties had made advance commitments. Other stockholders did not have to commit to exercise their subscription privileges in advance.

        W.R. Huff Asset Management Co., L.L.C., on behalf of managed accounts and affiliates, purchased 4,582,594 shares of the Company's common stock for $40.00 and Franklin Mutual Advisers LLC, on behalf of funds for which it acts as an agent or investment advisor, purchased 2,974,908 shares of the Company's common stock for $40.00. This was the same price offered to all recipients of rights in the offering. W.R. Huff Asset Management Co., L.L.C., on behalf of managed accounts and affiliates, also purchased approximately 25,000 shares of the Company's common stock for $40.00 pursuant to the over-subscription privilege available to all rights holders in the offering. Franklin Mutual Advisers LLC, on behalf of funds for which it acts as an agent or investment advisor, also purchased 35,752 shares of the Company's common stock for $40.00 pursuant to the over-subscription privilege available to all rights holders in the offering.

        The shares of the Company's common stock that each participating purchaser received upon the exercise of the rights that the participating purchaser had committed to exercise constituted restricted stock for the purposes of the Securities Act of 1933. Accordingly, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement with each participating purchaser. The Company filed a registration statement on February 13, 2004 to fulfill its obligations under these agreements.

        The Company completed a transaction on April 13, 2004 in which the Company's indirect wholly owned subsidiary, NTL Cable PLC, issued £375 million aggregate principal amount of 9.75% senior notes due 2014, $425 million aggregate principal amount of 8.75% senior notes due 2014, €225 million aggregate principal amount of 8.75% senior notes due 2014 and $100 million aggregate principal amount of floating rate senior notes due 2012. Some of the Company's significant stockholders were holders of the 10% senior sterling notes due 2008 and 91/8% senior notes due 2008 of Diamond Holdings Limited and of the 11.2% discount debentures due 2007 of NTL (Triangle) LLC, which were redeemed on May 13, 2004 in connection with the transaction. Some of these stockholders, including managed accounts and affiliates of W.R. Huff Asset Management Co., L.L.C., acquired a substantial quantity of the notes issued in the transaction. On behalf of managed accounts and affiliates, W.R. Huff Asset Management Co., L.L.C. is a significant participant in the market for non-investment grade debt securities.

        Pursuant to the participating purchaser agreements, and in consideration for their advance commitments in the rights offering, managed accounts and affiliates for which W.R. Huff Asset Management Co., L.L.C. acts as an investment adviser were paid fees totaling $5.3 million on

F-46



March 24, 2004 and funds for which Franklin Mutual Advisers LLC acts as an agent or investment adviser were paid fees totaling $3.1 million on November 24, 2003 and $0.3 million on March 17, 2004. In consideration for financial and business services, subject to the successful completion of the refinancing, a related entity of W.R. Huff Asset Management Co., L.L.C. was paid $7.5 million on April 27, 2004.

        In May 2004, the Company's board granted to each of Eric Koza and Karim Samii, who were then each employees of W.R. Huff Asset Management Co., L.L.C. or its affiliates, the right to receive 20,000 restricted shares of the Company's common stock under the 2003 Stock Option Plan. The restricted stock award was made in consideration of financial and business services provided to the Company by Messrs. Koza and Samii. Mr. Samii is no longer an employee of W. R. Huff Asset Management Co., L.L.C. or its affiliates. Shares authorized under the 2003 Stock Option Plan, including those granted to Messrs. Koza and Samii, were registered under a registration statement on Form S-8 that the Company filed with the SEC on May 6, 2004.

Chapter 11 Reorganization and Exit Notes

        At the time of the Company's emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization, the Company issued shares of its common stock and Series A warrants to various former creditors and stockholders of the entity then known as NTL Europe, Inc., or NTL Europe, and some of its subsidiaries, including the Company, which was then one of NTL Europe's subsidiaries. The Company's principal stockholders were creditors or stockholders of NTL Europe and, accordingly, received a significant amount of their present equity interest in the Company from that issuance.

Registration Rights Agreements

        At the time of the Company's emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization, the Company granted various registration rights to some of the persons who were then stockholders and warrantholders of the Company. In connection with the rights offering, the Company granted various registration rights to the participating purchasers as described above, and to affiliates of Oaktree Capital Management, LLC.

Relationship with NTL Europe

        At the time of the completion of the Plan, the Company had entered into several agreements with NTL Europe, now known as PTV, Inc., including a Demerger Agreement and a Tax Sharing Agreement.

Demerger Agreement

        The Demerger Agreement enables NTL Europe and the Company to have access to records and documents that NTL Europe and the Company require but which are held by or in the control of the other. In addition, the agreement provides that, to the extent possible, all warranties, indemnities or liabilities relating to assets or companies which the Company currently owns, but which were originally acquired by NTL Europe or one of its subsidiaries before being transferred to the Company or one of the Company's subsidiaries, are transferred to the Company or the Company is given the benefit of the warranties, covenants and indemnities relating to these assets or companies.

F-47



Tax Sharing Agreement

        Until consummation of the Plan, the Company was a part of a federal consolidated income tax group having NTL Europe as the common parent corporation. Under the Plan, the Company separated from the NTL Europe consolidated group, becoming a separate federal consolidated tax group. The Company entered into a Tax Sharing Agreement which allocates rights and responsibilities for tax matters between the Company and NTL Europe and its affiliates.

        In general, the Company has control over, and is responsible for, the preparation and filing of the Company's own tax returns and also any joint tax returns that include the Company and the NTL Europe companies.

        For 2002 and the portion of 2003 during which the Company was included in a joint tax return with NTL Europe, the Company would be liable for any tax liability attributable to the Company and NTL Europe would be liable for any tax liability attributable to NTL Europe and its affiliates. The Company has the exclusive right to determine the portion of tax liability attributable to the Company and NTL Europe on any reasonable basis. Any refunds of taxes paid with respect to joint returns will also be reasonably apportioned between the Company and NTL Europe on a similar basis.

        NTL Europe's U.K. affiliates are required, as the Company may direct, to surrender group relief up to the maximum permitted by law to some of the Company's U.K. affiliates for tax periods before, or that include, the date of the completion of the Plan as the Company may direct. This group relief allows the Company's U.K. affiliates to use deductions from NTL Europe's U.K. affiliates to reduce foreign taxable income. The Company also has the ability to cause NTL Europe's U.K. affiliates to amend any claims for the surrender of group relief in order to give effect to such surrender.

        The Company has the exclusive right to control, contest and represent its interests and NTL Europe's interest in any audit relating to a joint tax return. The Company also has the right to resolve, settle or agree to any deficiency, claim or adjustment proposed, asserted or assessed in connection with any joint return if the matter involved could affect the Company. However, NTL Europe has the exclusive authority to handle audits that relate solely to NTL Europe or its affiliates to the extent the asserted liability or matter either:

    is with respect to tax issues for which NTL Europe escrowed amounts pursuant to this tax sharing agreement and the amount at issue does not exceed any amounts escrowed by NTL Europe for these taxes or

    could not otherwise create liability for the Company or its affiliates.

        The Company has an obligation to provide NTL Europe with information in order to keep NTL Europe informed and to permit NTL Europe an opportunity to participate in discussions with tax authorities regarding tax issues that involve NTL Europe or its affiliates. The Company has the right to reasonably apportion any of the costs associated with its responding to an audit, claim or asserted deficiency of NTL Europe.

        NTL Europe's ability to perform its continuing obligations under the Tax Sharing Agreement could be affected by a sale of some or all of its assets or by a change of control. Accordingly, NTL Europe is required to provide the Company with notice of any change of control of it or any of its affiliates. The Company and NTL Europe have customary rights and obligations to cooperate, exchange information, provide notice and resolve disputes with respect to tax matters.

F-48


18.   Shareholders' Equity

Series A Warrants

        On the effective date of the Plan, the Company issued Series A warrants to some of its former creditors and stockholders. The Series A warrants were initially exercisable for a total of 8,750,496 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $309.88 per share. After adjustment to account for the rights offering in accordance with the anti-dilution adjustment provisions described below, the Series A warrants are exercisable for a total of 10,313,158 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $262.93 per share. The Series A warrants expire on January 10, 2011. The agreement governing the Series A warrants is governed by New York law. The Series A warrants are listed on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "NTLIW." The Series A warrants may be subject to further change.

Stock repurchase program

        On January 31, 2005, the Company announced that it intended to use up to £475.0 million of the proceeds from the sale of its broadcast operations to repurchase shares of its common stock. In February 2005, the Company used approximately $130.0 million to effect share repurchases in the open market.

19.   Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

        At December 31, 2004, the Company was committed to pay approximately $315.5 million for equipment and services and for investment in, and loans to, affiliates. This amount includes approximately $70.2 million for operations and maintenance contracts and other commitments from January 1, 2006 to 2013. The aggregate amount of the fixed and determinable portions of these obligations for the succeeding five fiscal years is as follows (in millions):

Year ended December 31:      
  2005   $ 245.3
  2006     68.2
  2007     2.0
  2008    
  2009    
   
    $ 315.5
   

        The Company is involved in certain disputes and litigation arising in the ordinary course of its business. None of these matters are expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        The Company's banks have provided guarantees in form of performance bonds on the Company's behalf as part of the Company's contractual obligations. The fair value of the guarantees has been

F-49



calculated by reference to the monetary value for each performance bond. The amount of commitment expires over the following periods (in millions):

Year ended December 31:      
  2005   $ 22.3
  2006     0.2
  2007    
  2008    
  2009    
Thereafter     15.9
   
    $ 38.4
   

20.   Industry Segments

        The Company implemented a reorganization of its business segments during the fourth quarter of 2004. As a result, the Company has one reportable segment. The Company describes its different products and services offered over its broadband communications network and its routes to market in Note 1, but the products and services are solely multiple services offered to customers in bundled packages. The products and services have similar economic characteristics, are all communications related, have similar or the same distribution methods and have the same regulatory environment.

Geographic information

 
  United
States

  United
Kingdom

  Ireland
  Total
 
  (In millions)

2004                        
Revenues   $   $ 3,667.1   $ 133.0   $ 3,800.1
Long-lived assets     1.3     8,098.4     163.9     8,263.6

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Revenues   $   $ 3,087.5   $ 118.5   $ 3,206.0
Long-lived assets     2.3     8,264.3     176.1     8,442.7

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Revenues   $   $ 2,788.5   $ 90.0   $ 2,878.5
Long-lived assets     163.6     11,185.1     137.9     11,486.6

21.   Reorganization and Emergence from Chapter 11

Background of Restructuring

        Both the equity and debt capital markets experienced periods of significant volatility in 2001 and 2002, particularly for securities issued by telecommunications and technology companies. As a result, the ability of the Company's former ultimate parent company and its subsidiaries to access those markets as well as its ability to obtain financing from its bank lenders and equipment suppliers became severely restricted. In addition, the Company's former ultimate parent company and its subsidiaries,

F-50



including the Company, had no further funds available, or were unable to draw upon funds, under the Company's credit facilities. As a result of these factors, together with its substantial leverage, on January 31, 2002, the Company's former ultimate parent company announced that it had appointed professional advisors to advise on strategic and recapitalization alternatives to strengthen its balance sheet, reduce debt and put an appropriate capital structure in place for its business.

        Promptly upon obtaining the requisite waivers from the lenders under its credit facilities in March 2002, the Company's former ultimate parent company and certain of its subsidiaries commenced negotiations with a steering committee of the unofficial committee of its bondholders and the committee's legal and financial advisors.

        The Company's former ultimate parent company and its subsidiaries failed to make interest payments on some of the outstanding notes starting on April 1, 2002. The Company's former ultimate parent company also failed to declare or pay dividends on certain series of its outstanding preferred stock owing to a lack of available surplus under Delaware law.

        On April 16, 2002, the Company's former ultimate parent company announced that it and an unofficial committee of its bondholders had reached an agreement in principle on a comprehensive recapitalization of the former NTL group. To implement the proposed recapitalization plan, on May 8, 2002, the Company, the Company's former ultimate parent company and certain of the other subsidiaries of the Company's former ultimate parent company filed cases and a pre-arranged joint reorganization plan under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. In connection with the filing, some members of the unofficial creditors' committee of bondholders entered into a credit facility agreement (the "DIP facility") committing to provide a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company with up to $500.0 million in new debt financing. NTL Delaware committed to provide up to an additional $130.0 million under the DIP facility.

        As a result of the payment defaults, as well as the voluntary filing under Chapter 11 by the Company's former ultimate parent company and certain of its subsidiaries on May 8, 2002, there was an event of default under all of the Company's former ultimate parent company and its subsidiaries' credit facilities and the indentures governing all of their publicly traded debt, other than debt of NTL (Triangle) LLC.

        The Bankruptcy Court confirmed the Plan on September 5, 2002. During the fall of 2002, the Company's former ultimate parent company negotiated with a group of lenders to enter into a new financing arrangement to repay the DIP facility, to repay certain obligations and to provide liquidity to the Company and its subsidiaries. The Plan became effective on January 10, 2003 (the "Effective Date"), at which time the Company emerged from Chapter 11 reorganization. In connection with the Company's emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries issued $558.249 million aggregate principal face amount of 19% Senior Secured Notes due 2010 (the "Exit Notes") on January 10, 2003. Initial purchasers of the Company's Exit Notes also purchased 500,000 shares of the Company's common stock on that date. The gross proceeds from the sale of the Exit Notes and such shares totaled $500.0 million. The proceeds were used in part to repay amounts outstanding under the DIP facility and to purchase from NTL Delaware a £90.0 million note of the Company's subsidiary, NTL (UK) Group Inc., and to repay certain other obligations. Also on January 10, 2003, the Company and its lending banks amended the Company's existing credit facilities. The Exit Notes were repaid on November 17, 2003 following the Company's rights offering.

F-51



        In connection with the Company's Chapter 11 reorganization, UBS Securities LLC provided advisory services to the Company for which they received customary fees, including an amount of up to $4.0 million payable in April 2004 in shares of the Company's common stock. The shares will be issued if the value of the shares received by the Company's former debt holders in the Chapter 11 reorganization exceeds specified levels. The shares will be valued for these purposes based upon the market price of the shares over the 60-day trading period commencing January 10, 2004.

Reorganization Value

        The Company adopted fresh-start reporting upon its emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization in accordance with SOP 90-7. The Company engaged an independent financial advisor to assist in the determination of its reorganization value as defined in SOP 90-7. The Company and its independent financial advisor determined the Company's reorganization value was $11,247.5 million. This determination was based upon various valuation methods, including discounted projected cash flow analysis, selected comparable market multiples of publicly traded companies and other applicable ratios and economic information relevant to the operations of the Company. Certain factors that were incorporated into the determination of the Company's reorganization value included the following:

    Reporting unit 10-year cash flow projections.

    Corporate income tax rates of 30% in the UK and 12.5% in Ireland.

    Present value discount factors of 14.5%, 15.0% and 16.0% depending upon the reporting unit.

    Residual value representing the sum of the value beyond 10 years into perpetuity was calculated using the Gordon Growth Model.

        The cash flow projections were based on economic, competitive and general business conditions prevailing when the projections were prepared. They were also based on a variety of estimates and assumptions which, though considered reasonable by management, may not be realized, and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the Company's control. A change in the estimates and assumptions about revenue, operating cash flow, tax rates and capital expenditures may have had a significant effect on the determination of the Company's reorganization value.

        The Company determined that its reorganization value computed as of the Effective Date, consisted of the following (in millions):

Present value of discounted cash flows of the emerging entity   $ 9,811.0
Current assets     1,237.0
Other assets     199.5
   
Reorganization value   $ 11,247.5
   

        The Company adopted fresh-start reporting because the holders of its voting common shares immediately before filing and confirmation of the Plan received less than 50% of the voting shares of

F-52



the emerging company, and because the Company's reorganization value is less than its post-petition liabilities and allowed claims, as shown below (in millions):

Allowed claims:        
  Liabilities subject to compromise   $ 10,157.8  
Post petition liabilities:        
  Current liabilities     7,965.3  
  Deferred income taxes     94.4  
   
 
      18,217.5  
Reorganization value     (11,247.5 )
   
 
    $ 6,970.0  
   
 

Gain on Debt Discharge

        The Company realized a gain of $8,451.6 million in connection with the recapitalization of its debt in accordance with the Plan. This gain has been reflected in the results of operations of the Predecessor Company on January 1, 2003. A summary of the gain on debt discharge follows (in millions):

Liabilities subject to compromise:        
  Pre-petition long-term debt subject to compromise   $ 9,814.2  
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses     1.6  
  Interest payable     316.8  
  Due to NTL Europe, Inc.     25.2  
   
 
      10,157.8  
  Unamortized deferred financing costs     (127.9 )
   
 
      10,029.9  
Claims assumed and consideration exchanged:        
  Diamond Holdings' notes assumed     327.3  
  Interest payable assumed     38.0  
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses assumed     1.6  
  Due to NTL Europe, Inc. assumed     25.2  
  Value of Reorganized Company's common stock     1,186.2  
   
 
      1,578.3  
   
 
    $ 8,451.6  
   
 

F-53


Recapitalization Expense

        The joint reorganization plan provided that recapitalization costs be allocated between the Company and NTL Europe. Recapitalization expense consisted of the following (in millions):

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  Reorganized
Company

  Reorganized
Company

  Predecessor
Company

 
Payroll and related   $   $   $ (36.2 )
Professional fees             (116.7 )
   
 
 
 
    $   $   $ (152.9 )
   
 
 
 

 


 

January 1,
2003


 
 
  Predecessor
Company

 
Payroll and related   $  
Professional fees     (8.0 )
   
 
    $ (8.0 )
   
 

        Details of operating cash receipts and payments resulting from the recapitalization are as follows (in millions):

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  Reorganized
Company

  Reorganized
Company

  Predecessor
Company

 
Payroll and related costs paid   $   $   $ (32.9 )
Professional fees             (39.0 )
   
 
 
 
Net operating cash flows from recapitalization items   $   $   $ (71.9 )
   
 
 
 

 


 

January 1,
2003


 
 
  Predecessor
Company

 
Payroll and related costs paid   $  
Professional fees     (8.0 )
   
 
Net operating cash flows from recapitalization items   $ (8.0 )
   
 

Fresh-start reporting

        In accordance with SOP 90-7, the Company adopted the provisions of fresh-start reporting as of January 1, 2003. The following reconciliation of the Predecessor Company's consolidated balance sheet

F-54



as of December 31, 2002 to that of the Reorganized Company as of January 1, 2003 gives effect to the emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization and the adoption of fresh-start reporting.

        The Company engaged an independent financial advisor to assist in the determination of the reorganization value (or fair value) of its assets and the present value of its liabilities. This determination resulted in the fresh-start reporting adjustments to write-down fixed assets and write-up intangible assets to their fair values. In addition, the Company's total reorganization value exceeded the amounts allocable to identifiable assets that resulted in a new indefinite-lived intangible asset.

        The adjustments titled "Emergence from Chapter 11" reflect the consummation of the Plan, including the cancellation of a substantial portion of the Company's outstanding debt and the issuance of shares of new common stock and Series A warrants to various former creditors and stockholders of the Company's former ultimate parent company and certain of its subsidiaries, including the Company. The adjustments titled "Fresh-Start" reflect the adoption of fresh-start reporting.

F-55


 
  December 31, 2002
   
   
  January 1, 2003
 
 
  Predecessor
company

  Emergence
from
Chapter 11

  Fresh-
start

  Reorganized
company

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Assets                          
Current assets:                          
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 502.0   $ 138.7   $   $ 640.7  
  Marketable securities     5.2             5.2  
  Accounts receivable—trade, net     355.4             355.4  
  Current assets held for sale     55.2             55.2  
  Due from affiliates     1.6             1.6  
  Prepaid expenses     156.9             156.9  
  Other current assets     94.4     (72.4 )       22.0  
   
 
 
 
 
    Total current assets     1,170.7     66.3         1,237.0  
Fixed assets, net     10,602.1         (3,567.6 )   7,034.5  
Intangible assets, net     395.3         504.0     899.3  
Investments in and loans to affiliates, net     13.5             13.5  
Reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to identifiable assets             352.3     352.3  
Other assets held for sale     481.7         1,038.1     1,519.8  
Other assets, net     378.1     (187.0 )       191.1  
   
 
 
 
 
Total assets   $ 13,041.4   $ (120.7 ) $ (1,673.2 ) $ 11,247.5  
   
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and shareholders' equity (deficit)                          
Liabilities not subject to compromise                          
Current liabilities:                          
  Accounts payable   $ 374.7   $ 0.7   $   $ 375.4  
  Accrued expenses     715.5     6.6     (32.7 )   689.4  
  Accrued construction costs     70.4             70.4  
  Interest payable     177.3     38.0         215.3  
  Deferred revenue     327.4             327.4  
  Current liabilities of discontinued operations     73.1             73.1  
  Other current liabilities     271.5     (234.6 )       36.9  
  Current portion of long-term debt     5,955.4     (5,952.3 )       3.1  
   
 
 
 
 
    Total current liabilities     7,965.3     (6,141.6 )   (32.7 )   1,791.0  
Long-term debt         6,540.1         6,540.1  
Long-term debt discount             (221.3 )   (221.3 )
Other             47.2     47.2  
Deferred income taxes     47.8         (27.8 )   20.0  
Long-term liabilities of discontinued operations     46.6         96.3     142.9  
Commitments and contingent liabilities                          
Liabilities subject to compromise     10,157.8     (10,157.8 )        
Shareholders' equity (deficit):                          
  Common stock—old                  
  Common stock—new         0.5         0.5  
  Additional paid-in capital     14,045.5     1,194.1     (12,312.5 )   2,927.1  
  Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income     (653.6 )   0.4     653.2      
  (Deficit) retained earnings     (18,568.0 )   8,443.6     10,124.4      
   
 
 
 
 
      (5,176.1 )   9,638.6     (1,534.9 )   2,927.6  
   
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity (deficit)   $ 13,041.4   $ (120.7 ) $ (1,673.2 ) $ 11,247.5  
   
 
 
 
 

F-56


Pro Forma Results of Operations

        The consolidated pro forma results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2002 assuming the emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization and the adoption of fresh-start reporting occurred on January 1, 2002 follows (in millions, except per share data). The pro forma results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the results that would have occurred had the emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization and the adoption of fresh-start reporting occurred on January 1, 2002, or that might occur in the future.

 
  Year ended December 31,
 
 
  2002
 
Total revenue   $ 2,878.5  
Loss from continuing operations     (1,686.7 )
Loss from continuing operations per share     (28.35 )

F-57



NTL INCORPORATED

SCHEDULE I—CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

(In millions, except per share data)

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
Assets              
Current assets              
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 73.1   $ 112.8  
  Marketable securities     22.1      
  Other current assets     0.8     6.7  
   
 
 
    Total current assets     96.0     119.5  
Investments in and loans to affiliates, net     2,953.9     3,607.3  
   
 
 
Total assets   $ 3,049.9   $ 3,726.8  
   
 
 
Liabilities and shareholders' equity              
Current liabilities   $ 24.2   $ 28.8  
Shareholders' equity              
  Preferred stock—$.01 par value; authorized 5.0 (2004 and 2003); issued and outstanding none          
  Common stock—$.01 par value; authorized 400.0 (2004 and 2003) shares issued and outstanding 87.7 (2004) and 86.9 (2003) shares     0.9     0.9  
  Additional paid-in capital     4,376.9     4,325.0  
  Unearned stock compensation     (29.8 )   (15.0 )
  Accumulated other comprehensive income     512.0     341.3  
  (Deficit)     (1,834.3 )   (954.2 )
   
 
 
    Total shareholders' equity     3,025.7     3,698.0  
   
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity   $ 3,049.9   $ 3,726.8  
   
 
 

See accompanying notes.

F-58



NTL INCORPORATED

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

(In millions)

 
  Year ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  Reorganized
Company

  Reorganized
Company

  Predecessor
Company

 
Costs and expenses                    
  General and administrative expenses   $ (38.3 ) $ (34.3 ) $ (37.9 )
  Other charges         (12.3 )   (154.8 )
  Depreciation             (0.5 )
  Amortization             (26.2 )
   
 
 
 
Operating (loss)     (38.3 )   (46.6 )   (219.4 )
Other income (expense)                    
  Interest income and other, net     1.2     2.0     9.4  
  Interest expense (contractual interest of $831.3 (2002))         (112.0 )   (280.3 )
  Recapitalization expense             (87.8 )
  Foreign currency transaction (losses) gains     (3.9 )   1.9     (282.0 )
   
 
 
 
(Loss) before income taxes and equity in net (loss) of subsidiaries     (41.0 )   (154.7 )   (860.1 )
Income tax (expense) benefit     (2.6 )   (1.6 )   1.2  
   
 
 
 
(Loss) before equity in net (loss) of subsidiaries     (43.6 )   (156.3 )   (858.9 )
Equity in net (loss) of subsidiaries     (836.5 )   (797.9 )   (1,516.9 )
   
 
 
 
Net (loss)   $ (880.1 ) $ (954.2 ) $ (2,375.8 )
   
 
 
 
 
  January 1,
2003

 
 
  Predecessor
Company

 
Gain on debt discharge   $ 7,322.8  
Fresh-start adoption—fixed assets     (0.8 )
Recapitalization expense     (8.0 )
Share of (losses) from equity investments     (511.3 )
   
 
Net income   $ 6,802.7  
   
 

See accompanying notes.

F-59



NTL INCORPORATED

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(In millions)

 
  Year ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  Reorganized
Company

  Reorganized
Company

  Predecessor
Company

 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities   ($ 25.6 ) ($ 189.2 ) $ 52.9  
Investing activities                    
  Purchase of marketable securities     (22.1 )       (10.8 )
  Proceeds from sales of marketable securities         5.2     5.6  
  Investments in and loans to affiliates         (814.3 )   (93.9 )
   
 
 
 
    Net cash (used in) investing activities     (22.1 )   (809.1 )   (99.1 )
   
 
 
 
Financing activities                    
  Contribution from NTL (Delaware), Inc.             3.9  
  Net proceeds from rights offering         1,367.0      
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options     8.0     3.0      
  Principal payments on long-term debt         (554.1 )    
   
 
 
 
    Net cash provided by financing activities     8.0     815.9     3.9  
   
 
 
 
(Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     (39.7 )   (182.4 )   (42.3 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     112.8     295.2     78.5  
   
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 73.1   $ 112.8   $ 36.2  
   
 
 
 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Cash paid for interest   $   $ 47.3   $ 96.4  
Income taxes paid     0.3          

Supplemental schedule of non-cash financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Contribution from NTL (Delaware) Inc.   $   $   $ 123.9  
 
  January 1,
2003

 
 
  Predecessor
Company

 
Net cash (used in) operating activities   $ (69.7 )
Net cash provided by investing activities     (171.3 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     500.0  
   
 
Increase in cash and cash equivalents     259.0  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     36.2  
   
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 295.2  
   
 

See accompanying notes.

F-60



NTL INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

1. Corporate Restructuring

        On January 10, 2003, the Company emerged from reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. Pursuant to the plan of reorganization, which is referred to as the Plan, the Company's former parent, NTL Europe, Inc., or NTL Europe, and its subsidiaries and affiliates were split into two separate groups, with the Company and NTL Europe, each emerging as independent public companies. The Company was renamed "NTL Incorporated" and became the holding company for the former NTL group's principal UK and Ireland assets. NTL Europe became the holding company for the former NTL group's continental European and various other assets. All of the outstanding securities of NTL Europe and some of its subsidiaries, including the Company, were cancelled. The Company issued shares of its common stock and Series A warrants and NTL Europe issued shares of its common stock and preferred stock to various former creditors and stockholders. As a result, the Company is no longer affiliated with NTL Europe.

2. Basis of Presentation

        In the Company's condensed financial statements, the Company's investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost plus equity in the undistributed earnings of the subsidiaries. The Company's share of net loss of its subsidiaries is included in net loss using the equity method of accounting. The condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's consolidated financial statements.

3. Leases

        Leases for office space end in 2007. Total rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 under operating leases was $0.4 million, $1.1 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

        Future minimum lease payments under noncancellable operating leases as of December 31, 2004 are $0.4 million.

4. Other

        On the Effective Date, the Company loaned Communications Cable Funding Corp., (a wholly-owned subsidiary), $160.6 million for the repayment of debt to NTL Delaware, Inc. Interest is payable on demand at a rate of 5.28516% per annum and will be increased to 15% per annum. On December 22, 2003, Communications Cable Funding Corp. repaid $4.6 million of the loan and on April 7, 2004, the Company contributed the remaining $156.0 million of the loan to the capital of Communications Cable Funding Corp.

        In addition, on the Effective Date, the Company acquired the public debt of Diamond Cable Communications Limited aggregating $1,373.1 million (including interest of $136.5 million). On February 4, 2003, the Company released Diamond Cable Communications Limited from its obligations under these notes.

        On September 28, 2001, the Company loaned NTL Europe, Inc. $150.0 million in cash and received 15.0% Promissory Notes due December 31, 2004. Interest is payable monthly in cash at a rate of 15.0% per year beginning on October 31, 2001. Upon emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization and in accordance with the Plan, these notes were canceled.

        No cash dividends were paid to the registrant by subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002.

F-61



NTL INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Col. A

  Col. B
  Col. C
  Col. D
  Col. E
 
   
  Additions
   
   
Description

  Balance at
Beginning of
Period

  (1)
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses

  (2)
Charged to
Other Accounts
Describe

  (Deductions)/
Additions Describe

  Balance at
End of
Period

 
  (In millions)

Reorganized Company                              
Year ended December 31, 2004                              
  Allowance for doubtful accounts   $ 24.9   $ 55.7   $   $ 10.1 (a) $ 90.7
   
 
 
 
 

Year ended December 31, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Allowance for doubtful accounts   $   $ 23.8   $   $ 1.1 (b) $ 24.9
   
 
 
 
 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Year ended December 31, 2002                              
  Allowance for doubtful accounts   $ 121.7   $ 53.7   $   $ (89.2 )(c) $ 86.3
   
 
 
 
 

(a)
Uncollectible accounts written-off, net of recoveries of $5.5 million and $4.6 million foreign currency translation adjustments.

(b)
Uncollectible accounts written-off, net of recoveries of $1.1million, offset by $2.2 million foreign currency exchange translation adjustments

(c)
Uncollectible accounts written-off, net of recoveries of $99.5 million, offset by $10.3 million foreign currency exchange translation adjustments.

F-62




QuickLinks

NTL INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES FORM 10-K FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004 TABLE OF CONTENTS
NOTE CONCERNING HISTORICAL STRUCTURE OF THE COMPANY AND FRESH-START REPORTING
PART I
PART II
PART III
PART IV
EXHIBIT INDEX
SIGNATURES
FORM 10K—Item 15(a)(1) and (2) NTL INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
NTL INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
NTL INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
NTL INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NTL INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NTL INCORPORATED SCHEDULE I—CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS (In millions, except per share data)
NTL INCORPORATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (In millions)
NTL INCORPORATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (In millions)
NTL INCORPORATED NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
NTL INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
EX-4.13 2 a2153226zex-4_13.htm EXHIBIT 4.13
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.13

NTL Incorporated
NTL Cable PLC
Communications Cable Funding Corp.
NTL (UK) Group, Inc.
NTL Communications Limited
NTL Investment Holdings Limited

£375,000,000 of 9.75% Senior Notes due 2014
U.S.$425,000,000 of 8.75% Senior Notes due 2014
€225,000,000 of 8.75% Senior Notes due 2014
U.S.$100,000,000 of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2012

Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement

April 13, 2004    

Credit Suisse First Boston (Europe) Limited
One Cabot Square
London E14 4QJ
England

and

Deutsche Bank AG London
Winchester House
1 Great Winchester Street
London EC2N 2DB
England

and

Goldman Sachs International
Peterborough Court
133 Fleet Street
London EC4A 2BB
England

and

Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited
25 Cabot Square
London E14 4QA
England

        On behalf of themselves and as representatives of the several Initial Purchasers who are named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement.



Ladies and Gentlemen:

        NTL Cable PLC, a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales (the "Company"), proposes to issue and sell to the Initial Purchasers (as defined herein) upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement (as defined herein) an aggregate of £375,000,000 principal amount of the 9.75% Senior Notes due 2014, an aggregate of U.S.$425,000,000 principal amount of the 8.75% Senior Notes due 2014, an aggregate of €225,000,000 principal amount of the 8.75% Senior Notes due 2014 and an aggregate of U.S.$100,000,000 principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2012. The Securities (as defined herein) are to be unconditionally guaranteed as to payments of principal and interest by NTL Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the "Parent"). Additionally, Communications Cable Funding Corp, a Delaware corporation ("CCFC"), NTL (UK) Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("NTL UK"), and NTL Communications Limited, a limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales ("NTL Communications" and, together with CCFC and NTL UK, the "Intermediate Guarantors") will each unconditionally guarantee the Securities as to payments of principal and interest. The Securities will also be guaranteed on a subordinated and conditional basis by NTL Investment Holdings limited, a limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales ("NTL Holdings" and together with the Parent and the Intermediate Guarantors, the "Guarantors"). As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers thereunder, the Company and the Guarantors agrees with the Initial Purchasers for the benefit of holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Registrable Securities (as defined herein) as follows:

        1.    Certain Definitions.    For purposes of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

            "Base Interest" shall mean the interest that would otherwise accrue on each class of Securities under the terms thereof and the Indenture, without giving effect to the provisions of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

            The term "broker-dealer" shall mean any broker or dealer registered with the Commission under the Exchange Act.

            "Closing Date" shall mean the date on which the Securities are initially issued.

            "Commission" shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, whichever is the relevant statute for the particular purpose.

            "Effective Time," in the case of (i) an Exchange Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Exchange Registration Statement effective or as of which the Exchange Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective and (ii) a Shelf Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Shelf Registration Statement effective or as of which the Shelf Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective.

            "Electing Holder" shall mean any holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(ii) or 3(d)(iii) hereof.

            "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor thereto, as the same shall be amended from time to time.

            "Exchange Offer" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

            "Exchange Registration" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 3(c) hereof.

            "Exchange Registration Statement" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

2



            "Exchange Securities" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

            The term "holder" shall mean each of the Initial Purchasers and other persons who acquire Registrable Securities from time to time (including any successors or assigns), in each case for so long as such person owns any Registrable Securities.

            "Indenture" shall mean the Indenture, dated as of April 13, 2004, among the Company, the Parent, the Intermediate Guarantors, NTL Holdings and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, as the same shall be amended from time to time, pursuant to which the Securities will be issued.

            "Initial Purchasers" shall mean the Initial Purchasers named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement, as such Schedule may be adjusted in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 4(b) thereto.

            "Notice and Questionnaire" means a Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

            The term "person" shall mean a corporation, association, partnership, organization, business, individual, government or political subdivision thereof or governmental agency.

            "Participating Broker-Dealer" means any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Registrable Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities.

            "Purchase Agreement" shall mean the Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 2, 2004, among the Initial Purchasers and the Company, the Parent, the Intermediate Guarantors and NTL Holdings relating to the Securities.

            "Registrable Securities" shall mean the Securities; provided, however, that a Security shall cease to be a Registrable Security when (i) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(a) hereof, the Security has been exchanged for an Exchange Security in an Exchange Offer as contemplated in Section 2(a) hereof (provided that any Exchange Security that, pursuant to the last two sentences of Section 2(a), is included in a prospectus for use in connection with resales by broker-dealers shall be deemed to be a Registrable Security with respect to Sections 5 and 7 until resale of such Registrable Security has been effected within the 180-day period referred to in Section 2(a)); (ii) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(b) hereof, a Shelf Registration Statement registering such Security under the Securities Act has been declared or becomes effective and such Security has been sold or otherwise transferred by the holder thereof pursuant to and in a manner contemplated by such effective Shelf Registration Statement; (iii) such Security is sold pursuant to Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by such Security relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed by the Company or pursuant to the Indenture; (iv) such Security is eligible to be sold pursuant to paragraph (k) of Rule 144 (that is, without limitation under clauses (c), (e), (f) and (h) of Rule 144); or (v) such Security shall cease to be outstanding.

            "Registration Default" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c) hereof.

            "Registration Expenses" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 4 hereof.

            "Resale Period" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

            "Restricted Holder" shall mean (i) a holder that is an affiliate of the Company and the Parent within the meaning of Rule 405, (ii) a holder who acquires Exchange Securities outside the ordinary course of such holder's business, (iii) a holder who has arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing Exchange Securities and (iv) a Participating Broker-Dealer.

3



            "Rule 144," "Rule 405" and "Rule 415" shall mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as the same shall be amended from time to time.

            "Securities" shall mean, collectively, the aggregate principal amount of £375,000,000 of 9.75% Senior Notes due 2014, the aggregate principal amount of U.S.$425,000,000 of 8.75% Senior Notes due 2014, the aggregate principal amount of €225,000,000 of 8.75% Senior Notes due 2014 and the aggregate principal amount of U.S.$100,000,000 of the Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2012 of the Company to be issued and sold to the Initial Purchasers, and securities issued in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof pursuant to the Indenture.

            "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, or any successor thereto, as the same shall be amended from time to time.

            "Shelf Registration" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b) hereof.

            "Shelf Registration Statement" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b) hereof.

            "Special Interest" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c) hereof.

            "Trust Indenture Act" shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, or any successor thereto, and the rules, regulations and forms promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be amended from time to time.

        Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a "Section" or "Clause" refers to a Section or Clause, as the case may be, of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, and the words "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision.

4


        2.    Registration Under the Securities Act.    

            (a)   Except as set forth in Section 2(b) below, the Company and the Guarantors agree to file under the Securities Act no later than 360 days after the Closing Date, a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange (provided that if such registration statement has not been filed at the time the Parent or the Company files its next annual report on Form 10-K or Form 20-F, as soon as practicable thereafter) (such registration statement, the "Exchange Registration Statement", and such offer, the "Exchange Offer") any and all of the Registrable Securities for a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities issued by the Company, which debt securities are substantially identical to the Securities, including the currency denominations, (and are entitled to the benefits of an indenture which is substantially identical to the Indenture or is the Indenture and which has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act), except that they have been registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and do not contain provisions for the additional interest contemplated in Section 2(c) below (such new debt securities hereinafter called "Exchange Securities"). (Interest on the Exchange Securities will be paid in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, including that interest on each Exchange Security will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Securities surrendered in exchange thereof or, if no interest has been paid on such Securities, from the date of its original issue.) The Company and the Guarantors agree to use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable, but no later than 435 days after the Closing Date. The Exchange Offer will be registered under the Securities Act on the appropriate form and will comply with all applicable tender offer rules and regulations under the Exchange Act. The Company and the Guarantors further agree to use their reasonable best efforts to commence and complete the Exchange Offer promptly, hold the Exchange Offer open for at least 30 days (or longer if required by applicable law) and exchange Exchange Securities for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn on or prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer. Notwithstanding the above, if the Exchange Offer has not been completed within 45 days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the initial effective date of the Exchange Registration Statement, Special Interest, as defined in Section 2(c), accrues as set forth therein. A holder who wishes to exchange Securities for Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer will be required to represent that it is not, and will not become, a Restricted Holder; provided, however, that if it is an affiliate, it may participate in the Exchange Offer if it represents that it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable. Each Participating Broker-Dealer will be required to acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of Exchange Securities. The Exchange Offer will be deemed to have been "completed" only if the debt securities received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Securities are, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and without material restrictions under the blue sky or securities laws of a substantial majority of the States of the United States of America. The Exchange Offer shall be deemed to have been completed upon the Company having exchanged, pursuant to the Exchange Offer, Exchange Securities for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn before the expiration of the Exchange Offer. The Company and the Guarantors agree (x) to include in the Exchange Registration Statement a prospectus for use in any resales of Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers and (y) to keep such Exchange Registration Statement effective for a period (the "Resale Period") beginning when Exchange Securities are first issued in the Exchange Offer and ending upon the earlier of the expiration of the 180th day after the effective date of the Exchange Registration Statement (unless extended by Section 3(e)) or such time as such Participating Broker-Dealers are no longer required by law to deliver such a prospectus. With respect to such Exchange Registration Statement, such holders shall have the benefit of the rights of indemnification and contribution set forth in Sections 5(a), (c), (d) and (e) hereof.

5


            (b)   If (i) on or prior to the time the Exchange Offer is completed existing interpretations by the Staff of the Commission are changed such that the debt securities received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Securities are not or would not be, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act, (ii) for any other reason the Exchange Offer has not been completed within 465 days following the Closing Date or (iii) the Exchange Offer is not available to any holder of the Securities and such holder provides notice to the Company, the Company and the Guarantors shall, in lieu of (or, in the case of Clause (iii), after) conducting the Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 2(a), file under the Securities Act as soon as practicable, but no later than 45 days after the time such obligation to file arises, a "shelf" registration statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis by the holders of, all of the Registrable Securities, pursuant to Rule 415 or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission (such filing, the "Shelf Registration" and such registration statement, the "Shelf Registration Statement"), provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to file any Shelf Registration Statement until the earlier of 45 days after the Exchange Offer is completed or 360 days following the Closing Date but, if the Exchange Registration Statement has been filed on or prior to that time, within 465 days following the Closing Date. The Company and the Guarantors agree to use their reasonable best efforts (x) to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective no later than 90 days after such Shelf Registration Statement is filed and, except as subject to Section 3(e), to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period ending on the earlier of the second anniversary of the Effective Time (unless extended by Section 3(e)) or such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities outstanding, provided, however, that no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities unless such holder is an Electing Holder, and (y) after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, promptly upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, to take any action reasonably necessary to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, any action necessary to identify such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement, provided, however, that nothing in this Clause (y) shall relieve any such holder of the obligation to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(iii) hereof. During the time the Company and the Guarantors are required to keep such Shelf Registration Statement effective as set forth above, the Company and the Guarantors further agree to supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement, as and when required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company and the Guarantors for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registration, and the Company and the Guarantors agree to furnish to each Electing Holder copies of any such supplement or amendment prior to its being used or promptly following its filing with the Commission.

6



            (c)   In the event that (i) the Company and the Guarantors have not filed the Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement on or before the date on which such registration statement is required to be filed pursuant to Section 2(a) or 2(b), respectively, or (ii) such Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement has not become effective or been declared effective by the Commission on or before the date on which such registration statement is required to become or be declared effective pursuant to Section 2(a) or 2(b), respectively, or (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been completed within 45 days, or longer if required by applicable law, after the initial effective date of the Exchange Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer (if the Exchange Offer is then required to be made) or (iv) any Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement required by Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) hereof is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter either be withdrawn by the Company, voluntarily suspended by the Company for longer than the period allowed pursuant to Section 3(e) or shall become subject to an effective stop order issued pursuant to Section 8(d) of the Securities Act suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement without being succeeded immediately by an additional registration statement filed and declared effective (each such event referred to in Clauses (i) through (iv), a "Registration Default" and each period during which a Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, a "Registration Default Period"), then, as liquidated damages for such Registration Default, subject to the provisions of Section 7(b), special interest ("Special Interest"), in addition to the Base Interest, shall accrue on the Securities at a per annum rate of 0.25% for the first 90 days of the Registration Default Period, at a per annum rate of 0.50% for the second 90 days of the Registration Default Period, at a per annum rate of 0.75% for the third 90 days of the Registration Default Period and at a per annum rate of 1.0% thereafter for the remaining portion of the Registration Default Period in the aggregate regardless of the number of periods in which a registration default occurs or is continuing.

            (d)   The Company and the Guarantors shall take all actions reasonably necessary or advisable to be taken by them to ensure that the transactions contemplated herein are effected as so contemplated.

            (e)   Any reference herein to a registration statement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time and any reference herein to any post-effective amendment to a registration statement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time.

        3.    Registration Procedures.

        If the Company and the Guarantors file a registration statement pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), the following provisions shall apply:

            (a)   At or before the Effective Time of the Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration, as the case may be, the Company shall qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

            (b)   In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

7



            (c)   In connection with the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors with respect to the registration of Exchange Securities as contemplated by Section 2(a) (the "Exchange Registration"), if applicable, the Company and the Guarantors shall, as soon as practicable (or as otherwise specified):

              (i)    prepare and file with the Commission, as soon as practicable but no later than 360 days after the Closing Date, an Exchange Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and which shall permit the Exchange Offer and resales of Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers during the Resale Period to be effected as contemplated by Section 2(a), and use their reasonable best efforts to cause such Exchange Registration Statement to become effective as soon as practicable thereafter, but no later than 435 days after the Closing Date;

              (ii)   prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement for the periods and purposes contemplated in Section 2(a) hereof and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Exchange Registration Statement, and promptly provide each Participating Broker-Dealer holding Exchange Securities with such number of copies of the prospectus included therein (as then amended or supplemented), in conformity in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, as such Participating Broker-Dealer reasonably may request prior to the expiration of the Resale Period, for use in connection with resales of Exchange Securities;

              (iii)  promptly notify each Participating Broker-Dealer that has requested or received copies of the prospectus included in such Exchange Registration Statement, and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Exchange Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information (provided that such comments themselves need not be provided to any such broker-dealer), (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) of the receipt by the Company or the Guarantors of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Exchange Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, or (E) at any time during the Resale Period when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Exchange Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

8



              (iv)  in the event that the Company and the Guarantors would be required, pursuant to Section 3(c)(iii)(E) above, to notify any Participating Broker-Dealer holding Exchange Securities, without delay prepare and furnish to each such holder a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to Initial Purchasers of such Exchange Securities during the Resale Period, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

              (v)   use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;

              (vi)  use their reasonable best efforts to (A) register or qualify the Exchange Securities under the securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are contemplated by Section 2(a) no later than the commencement of the Exchange Offer, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions until the expiration of the Resale Period and (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each Participating Broker-Dealer holding Exchange Securities to consummate the disposition thereof in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein they would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(c)(vi), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction, (3) subject themselves to taxation in any jurisdiction where they are not subject to taxation prior to any such action or (4) make any changes to their respective organizational documents or any agreement between them and their respective stockholders;

              (vii) use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether U.S. federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Exchange Registration, the Exchange Offer and the offering and sale of Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers during the Resale Period;

              (viii)   provide a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities, not later than the applicable Effective Time;

              (ix)  comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable but no later than eighteen months after the effective date of such Exchange Registration Statement, an earnings statement of the Parent complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Parent, Rule 158 thereunder).

9



            (d)   In connection with the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors with respect to the Shelf Registration, if applicable, the Company and the Guarantors shall, as soon as practicable (or as otherwise specified):

              (i)    prepare and file with the Commission, as soon as practicable but in any case within the time periods specified in Section 2(b), a Shelf Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and which shall register all of the Registrable Securities for resale by the holders thereof in accordance with such method or methods of disposition as may be specified by such of the holders as, from time to time, may be Electing Holders and use their reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective as soon as practicable but in any case within the time periods specified in Section 2(b);

              (ii)   not more than 30 calendar days after the filing of the Shelf Registration Statement, mail the Notice and Questionnaire to the holders of Registrable Securities; no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement as of the Effective Time, and no holder shall be entitled to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities at any time, unless such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company by the deadline for response set forth therein; provided, however, holders of Registrable Securities shall have at least 28 calendar days from the date on which the Notice and Questionnaire is first mailed to such holders to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company;

              (iii)  after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, upon the written request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, promptly send a Notice and Questionnaire to such holder; provided that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to take any action to name such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities until as soon as practicable after such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company;

              (iv)  prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement for the period specified in Section 2(b) hereof (subject to any extension pursuant to Section 3(e)) and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Shelf Registration Statement, and furnish to the Electing Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment simultaneously with or prior to its being used or filed with the Commission (for the avoidance of doubt, any such supplement or amendment filed by EDGAR shall be considered simultaneously furnished to the Elected Holders);

              (v)   comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Electing Holders provided for in such Shelf Registration Statement;

              (vi)  provide not more than one counsel for all the Electing Holders (selected in accordance with Section 4(h)) the opportunity to participate in the preparation of such Shelf Registration Statement, each prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission and each amendment or supplement thereto;

10



              (vii) for a reasonable period prior to the filing of such Shelf Registration Statement, and throughout the period specified in Section 2(b), make available at reasonable times at the Parent's principal place of business or such other reasonable place for inspection by the persons referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) who shall certify to the Company that they have a current intention to sell the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration, and that they are not direct or indirect competitors of the Company or the Guarantors, such financial and other information and books and records of the Company and the Guarantors, and cause the officers, employees, counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Parent to respond to such inquiries, as shall be reasonably necessary, in the judgment of the respective counsel referred to in such Section, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that each such party shall be required to maintain in confidence and not to disclose to any other person any information or records reasonably designated by the Company or the Guarantors as being confidential, until such time as and to the extent (A) such information becomes a matter of public record (whether by virtue of its inclusion in such registration statement or otherwise), or (B) such person shall be required so to disclose such information pursuant to a subpoena or order of any court or other governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the matter (subject to the requirements of such order, and only after such person shall have given the Company or the Guarantors prompt prior written notice of such requirement), or (C) such information is required to be set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or in an amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to such prospectus in order that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement, as the case may be, complies with applicable requirements of the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Commission and does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing; provided, further, that if any such information is identified by the Company or the Guarantors as being confidential or proprietary, prior to being given such information, each person receiving such information shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information, including if reasonably necessary, executing a customary confidentiality agreement.

11



              (viii)   promptly notify each of the Electing Holders or holders requesting a Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 2(b), as applicable, and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information (provided that such comments need not be provided to any such Electing Holders), (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) of the receipt by the Company or the Guarantors of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, or (E) if at any time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing (for the avoidance of doubt, the obligation to comply with this provision shall apply in respect of an Electing Holder only after such Electing Holder has delivered a Notice and Questionnaire);

              (ix)  use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;

              (x)   if requested by any Electing Holder, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as is required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and as such Electing Holder specifies should be included therein relating to the terms of the sale of such Registrable Securities, including information with respect to the principal amount of Registrable Securities being sold by such Electing Holder, the name and description of such Electing Holder, the offering price of such Registrable Securities and with respect to any other terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold by such Electing Holder; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment promptly after notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

12



              (xi)  furnish to each Electing Holder and the counsel referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) a conformed copy of such Shelf Registration Statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto (including, upon request, all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein) and such number of copies of such Shelf Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein unless specifically so requested by such Electing Holder) and of the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), in conformity in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and such other documents, as such Electing Holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the offering and disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Electing Holder and to permit such Electing Holder to satisfy the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and the Company and the Guarantors hereby consents to the use of such prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto by each such Electing Holder, in each case in the form most recently provided to such person by the Company, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) or any supplement or amendment thereto;

              (xii) use their reasonable best efforts to (A) register or qualify the Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Registration Statement under such securities laws or blue sky laws of the States of the United States of America as any Electing Holder shall reasonably request, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions during the period the Shelf Registration is required to remain effective under Section 2(b) above (subject to any extension pursuant to Section 3(e)) and (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such Electing Holder to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Registrable Securities; provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein they would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(d)(xii), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction, (3) subject themselves to taxation in any jurisdiction where they are not subject to taxation prior to any such action or (4) make any changes to their respective organizational documents or any agreement between them and their respective stockholders;

              (xiii) use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether U.S. federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Shelf Registration or the offering or sale in connection therewith or to enable the selling holder or holders to offer, or to consummate the disposition of, their Registrable Securities;

              (xiv) unless any Registrable Securities shall be in book-entry only form, cooperate with the Electing Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold, which certificates, if so required by any securities exchange upon which any Registrable Securities are listed, shall be penned, lithographed or engraved, or produced by any combination of such methods, on steel engraved borders, and which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends;

              (xv) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities, not later than the applicable Effective Time;

13



              (xvi) (A) make such representations and warranties to the Electing Holders in form, substance and scope as are customarily made in connection with an offering of debt securities pursuant to any appropriate agreement or to a registration statement filed on the form applicable to the Shelf Registration; (B) obtain an opinion of counsel to the Company and the Parent (which may be inside counsel to the Company or the Parent) in customary form and covering such matters, of the type customarily covered by such an opinion as counsel to the Electing Holders (selected in accordance with Section 4(h)) may reasonably request, addressed to such Electing Holder or Electing Holders and dated the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement, it being agreed that the matters to be covered by such opinion shall include the due incorporation and good standing of the Parent and its significant subsidiaries within the meaning of Regulation S-X (any such reference to "subsidiary" or "subsidiaries" of the Parent shall include the Company and NTL Holdings); the qualification of the Parent and its significant subsidiaries within the meaning of Regulation S-X to transact business as foreign corporations in any jurisdiction where such qualification is material; the due authorization, execution and delivery of the relevant agreement of the type referred to in this Section 3(d)(xvi); the due authorization, execution, authentication and issuance, and the validity and enforceability, of the Securities in accordance with their terms; the filing of the Shelf Registration Statement and the sale of Securities thereunder will not cause a breach by the Parent or any of its subsidiaries of, or a default under, material agreements binding upon the Parent or any subsidiary of the Parent; the absence of governmental approvals required to be obtained in connection with the Shelf Registration, the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities or this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, except such approvals as may be required under state securities or blue sky laws or otherwise obtained; the material compliance as to form of such Shelf Registration Statement and any documents incorporated by reference therein and of the Indenture with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, respectively; and, as of the date of the opinion and of the Shelf Registration Statement or most recent post-effective amendment thereto, as the case may be, the absence from such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein, as then amended or supplemented, and from the documents incorporated by reference therein (in each case other than the financial statements and other financial information contained therein) of an untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (in the case of such documents, in the light of the circumstances existing at the time that such documents were filed with the Commission under the Exchange Act)); (C) if requested by counsel to the Electing Holders, obtain a "cold comfort" letter or letters from the independent certified public accountants of the Parent addressed to the selling Electing Holders, dated (i) the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) the effective date of any prospectus supplement to the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement which includes unaudited or audited financial statements as of a date or for a period subsequent to that of the latest such statements included in such prospectus (and, if such Shelf Registration Statement contemplates an underwritten offering pursuant to any prospectus supplement to the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement which includes unaudited or audited financial statements as of a date or for a period subsequent to that of the latest such statements included in such prospectus, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement relating thereto), such letter or letters to be in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by letters of such type; (D) deliver such documents and certificates, including officers' certificates, as may be reasonably requested by counsel to the Electing Holders to evidence the accuracy of the representations and warranties made pursuant to Clause (A) above and the compliance with or satisfaction of any agreements

14



      or conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company and the Guarantors; and (E) undertake such obligations relating to expense reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as are provided in Section 5 hereof;

              (xvii)   notify in writing each holder of Registrable Securities of any proposal by the Company to amend or waive any provision of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to Section 7(h) hereof and of any amendment or waiver effected pursuant thereto, each of which notices shall contain the text of the amendment or waiver proposed or effected, as the case may be; and

              (xviii)   comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable but in any event not later than eighteen months after the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement, an earning statement of the Parent and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Parent, Rule 158 thereunder).

            (e)   Subject to the limitations set forth below, the Company may give notice of a suspension of the offering and sale under the Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement for a period or periods the Board of Directors of the Company reasonably determines to be necessary, upon the occurrence of any material corporate development or the existence of any pending material corporate development (including the acquisition or divestiture of assets or the acquisition of other business entities, sale or merger with another business entity, necessary public filings with the Commission and similar events), if as a result of such material corporate development or pending material corporate development, the Board of Directors determines in its reasonable good faith judgment that such suspension is in the best interests of the Company. Any such suspensions shall not exceed 120 days in aggregate during any 12-month period. If the Company gives such notice to suspend the resale of the Exchange Securities (during the applicable Resale Period) utilizing the prospectus contained in the Exchange Registration Statement or the disposition of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall extend the period during which the Exchange Registration Statement shall be kept effective as set forth in Section 2(a) or the Shelf Registration Statement shall be kept continuously effective as set forth in Section 2(b) by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Participating Broker-Dealers or the Electing Holders shall have received copies of such amended or supplemented prospectus necessary to resume such resale or dispositions, respectively.

            (f)    In the event that the Company and the Guarantors would be required, pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(E) above, to notify the Electing Holders, the Company shall without delay prepare and furnish to each of the Electing Holders a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing.

15



            (g)   Each Electing Holder agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(E) or Section 3(e) hereof, such Electing Holder shall forthwith discontinue the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement applicable to such Registrable Securities until such Electing Holder shall have received copies of such amended or supplemented prospectus, and if so directed by the Company, such Electing Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company's expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Electing Holder's possession of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice.

            (h)   In the event of a Shelf Registration, in addition to the information required to be provided by each Electing Holder in its Notice Questionnaire, the Company may require such Electing Holder to furnish to the Company such additional information regarding such Electing Holder and such Electing Holder's intended method of distribution of Registrable Securities as may be required in order to comply with the Securities Act. Each such Electing Holder agrees to notify the Company as promptly as practicable of any inaccuracy or change in information previously furnished by such Electing Holder to the Company or of the occurrence of any event in either case as a result of which any prospectus relating to such Shelf Registration contains or would contain an untrue statement of a material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder's intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities or omits to state any material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder's intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and promptly to furnish to the Company any additional information required to correct and update any previously furnished information or required so that such prospectus shall not contain, with respect to such Electing Holder or the disposition of such Registrable Securities, an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing.

            (i)    Until the expiration of two years after the Closing Date, the Parent and the Company will not resell any of the Securities that have been reacquired by any of them except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

16



        4.    Registration Expenses.

        The Company and the Guarantors agree to bear and to pay or cause to be paid promptly all expenses incident to the Company's and the Guarantors' performance of or compliance with this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, including (a) all Commission and any NASD registration, filing and review fees and expenses including fees and disbursements of counsel for the placement or sales agent or underwriters in connection with such registration, filing and review, (b) all fees and expenses in connection with the qualification of the Securities for offering and sale under the state securities and blue sky laws referred to in Section 3(d)(xii) hereof and determination of their eligibility for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Electing Holders may designate, including any reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Electing Holders in connection with such qualification and determination, as selected by the Electing Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by Electing Holders (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Parent), (c) all expenses relating to the preparation, printing, production, distribution and reproduction of each registration statement required to be filed hereunder, each prospectus included therein or prepared for distribution pursuant hereto, each amendment or supplement to the foregoing, the expenses of preparing the Securities for delivery and any blue sky or legal investment memoranda and all other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of Securities to be disposed of (including certificates representing the Securities), (d) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses relating to the offering, sale or delivery of Securities and the preparation of documents referred in Clause (c) above, (e) fees and expenses of the Trustee under the Indenture, any agent of the Trustee and any counsel for the Trustee and of any collateral agent or custodian, (f) internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of the Company's and the Parent's officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (g) fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Parent (including the expenses of any opinions or "cold comfort" letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance), (h) fees, disbursements and expenses of one counsel for the Electing Holders retained in connection with a Shelf Registration, as selected by the Electing Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by Electing Holders (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Parent), (i) any fees charged by securities rating services for rating the Securities, and (j) reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any other persons, including special experts, retained by the Company or the Guarantors in connection with such registration (collectively, the "Registration Expenses"). To the extent that any Registration Expenses are incurred, assumed or paid by any holder of Registrable Securities, the Company and the Guarantors shall reimburse such person for the full amount of the Registration Expenses so incurred, assumed or paid promptly after receipt of a request therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of the Registrable Securities being registered shall pay all transfer taxes, agency fees and commissions and underwriting discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of such Registrable Securities and the fees and disbursements of any counsel or other advisors or experts (and any counsel, they in turn may retain) retained by such holders (severally or jointly), other than the counsel and experts specifically referred to above.

17



        5.    Indemnification.    

            (a)   Indemnification by the Company and the Guarantors. The Company and the Guarantors will indemnify and hold harmless each of the holders of Registrable Securities included in an Exchange Registration Statement and each of the Electing Holders of Registrable Securities included in a Shelf Registration Statement against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such holder may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, under which such Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein or furnished by the Company or the Guarantors to any such holder or Electing Holder, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse such holder or such Electing Holder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be liable to any such person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, or preliminary, final or summary prospectus, or amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such person expressly for use therein; provided further that the foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to any preliminary prospectus or prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Participating Broker-Dealers or any Electing Holders from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased the Securities, or any person controlling such Participating Broker-Dealer or Electing Holder, if a copy of the prospectus (or prospectus as then amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) was not sent or given by or on behalf of such Participating Broker-Dealer or Electing Holder to such person, if required by law so to have been delivered and if the prospectus (or prospectus as so amended or supplemented) would have cured the defect giving rise to such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, unless such failure was a result of the Company's failure to comply with its obligations, including prompt delivery of the prospectus (or prospectus as so amended or supplemented) to the Participating Broker-Dealers or Electing Holders.

18


            (b)   Indemnification by the Holders. The Company and the Guarantors may require, as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof, that the Company and the Guarantors shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to them (for the avoidance of doubt, such undertaking shall be satisfied by a completed Notice and Questionnaire) from the Electing Holder of such Registrable Securities, severally and not jointly, to (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Guarantors and their officers and directors, any underwriters and their affiliates, and all other holders of Registrable Securities and any others selling under the Shelf Registration Statement, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company and the Guarantors, or such other holders of Registrable Securities may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein or furnished by the Company or the Guarantors to any such Electing Holder, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Electing Holder expressly for use therein, including, as applicable, the information in the Notice and Questionnaire, and (ii) reimburse the Company or the Guarantors for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or the Guarantors in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that no such Electing Holder shall be required to undertake liability to any person under this Section 5(b) for any amounts in excess of the dollar amount of the proceeds to be received by such Electing Holder from the sale of such Electing Holder's Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration.

            (c)   Notices of Claims, Etc. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of written notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party pursuant to the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by this Section 5, notify such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of such action; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by Section 5(a) or 5(b) hereof. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, such indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, such indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

19



            (d)   Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section 5(a) or Section 5(b) are unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or by such indemnified party, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 5(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the holders or all of them were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 5(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5(d), no holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the dollar amount of the proceeds received by such holder from the sale of any Registrable Securities (after deducting any fees, discounts and commissions applicable thereto) exceeds the amount of any damages which such holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The holders' obligations in this Section 5(d) to contribute shall be several in proportion to the principal amount of Registrable Securities registered by them and not joint.

            (e)   The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 5 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Guarantors may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer, director and partner of each holder, and each person, if any, who controls any holder, within the meaning of the Securities Act; and the obligations of the holders contemplated by this Section 5 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective holder may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company and the Guarantors including any person who, with his consent, is named in any registration statement as about to become a director of the Company or the Guarantors and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or the Guarantors within the meaning of the Securities Act.

20



        6.    Rule 144.

        The Company and the Guarantors covenant to the holders of Registrable Securities that to the extent they shall be required to do so under the Exchange Act, the Company and the Guarantors shall timely file the reports required to be filed by them under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act (including the reports under Section 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1) of Rule 144 adopted by the Commission under the Securities Act) and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder, and shall take such further action as any holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitations of the exemption provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar or successor rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission. Upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities in connection with that holder's sale pursuant to Rule 144, the Company or each of the Guarantors shall deliver to such holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

        7.    Miscellaneous.    

            (a)   No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and the Guarantors represent, warrant, covenant and agree that they have not granted, and shall not grant, registration rights with respect to Registrable Securities or any other securities which would be inconsistent with the terms contained in this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

            (b)   Specific Performance. The parties hereto acknowledge that there would be no adequate remedy at law if the Company or the Guarantors fail to perform any of their obligations hereunder and that the Initial Purchasers and the holders from time to time of the Registrable Securities may be irreparably harmed by any such failure, and accordingly agree that the Initial Purchasers and such holders, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to compel specific performance of the obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, in any court of the United States or any State thereof having jurisdiction.

            (c)   Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if delivered personally or by courier, or five days after being deposited in the first class mail (registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested) or the next day if by air courier with guaranteed overnight delivery as follows: If to the Company or either of the Guarantors, to it at 909 Third Avenue, Suite 2863, New York, NY 10022, United States, and if to a holder, to the last address of such holder set forth in the security register or other records of the Company, or to such other address as the Company or any such holder may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

21



            (d)   Parties in Interest. All the terms and provisions of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and the holders from time to time of the Registrable Securities and the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto and such holders. In the event that any transferee of any holder of Registrable Securities shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by gift, bequest, purchase, operation of law or otherwise, such transferee shall, without any further writing or action of any kind, be deemed a beneficiary hereof for all purposes and such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such transferee shall be entitled to receive the benefits of, and be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by all of the applicable terms and provisions of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement. If the Company shall so request, any such successor, assign or transferee shall agree in writing to acquire and hold the Registrable Securities subject to all of the applicable terms hereof.

            (e)   Survival. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and each other provision set forth in this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement or made pursuant hereto shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation (or statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any holder of Registrable Securities, any director, officer or partner of such holder, any agent or underwriter or any director, officer or partner thereof, or any controlling person of any of the foregoing, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and the transfer and registration of Registrable Securities by such holder and the consummation of an Exchange Offer.

            (f)    Governing Law. This Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

            (g)   Headings. The descriptive headings of the several Sections and paragraphs of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement are inserted for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

            (h)   Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and the other writings referred to herein (including the Indenture and the form of Securities) or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument duly executed by the Company, the Parent, the Intermediate Guarantors and NTL Holdings and the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities at the time outstanding affected, or which will be affected, by that amendment or waiver. Each holder of any Registrable Securities at the time or thereafter outstanding shall be bound by any amendment or waiver effected pursuant to this Section 7(h), whether or not any notice, writing or marking indicating such amendment or waiver appears on such Registrable Securities or is delivered to such holder.

22



            (i)    Inspection. For so long as this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement shall be in effect, this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement and a complete list of the names and addresses of all the holders of Registrable Securities shall be made available for inspection and copying on any business day by any holder of Registrable Securities for proper purposes only (which shall include any purpose related to the rights of the holders of Registrable Securities under the Securities, the Indenture and this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement) at the offices of the Company at the address thereof set forth in Section 7(c) above or at the office of the Trustee under the Indenture.

            (j)    Counterparts. This Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement may be executed by the parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

23


        If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us 10 counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Initial Purchasers, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement by and among each of the Initial Purchasers and the Company, the Parent, the Intermediate Guarantors and NTL Holdings. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Initial Purchasers is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement Among Purchasers, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

    Very truly yours,

 

 

NTL Cable PLC

 

 

By:

/s/  
SCOTT E. SCHUBERT      
Name: Scott E. Schubert
Title: Director

 

 

NTL Incorporated

 

 

By:

/s/  
SCOTT E. SCHUBERT      
Name: Scott E. Schubert
Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Communications Cable Funding Corp.

 

 

By:

/s/  
SCOTT E. SCHUBERT      
Name: Scott E. Schubert
Title: Director

 

 

NTL (UK) Group, Inc.

 

 

By:

/s/  
NIGEL ROBERTS      
Name: Nigel Roberts
Title: Director

 

 

NTL Communications Limited

 

 

By:

/s/  
SCOTT E. SCHUBERT      
Name: Scott E. Schubert
Title: Director

 

 

NTL Investment Holdings Limited

 

 

By:

/s/  
SCOTT E. SCHUBERT      
Name: Scott E. Schubert
Title: Director

[Registration Rights Agreement]


Accepted on behalf of each of the Initial Purchasers as of the date hereof:

Credit Suisse First Boston (Europe) Limited

By: /s/  MARISA D. DREW      
Name: Marisa D. Drew
Title: Managing Director
 

Deutsche Bank AG London

 

By:

/s/  
BRIAN BASSETT      
Name: Brian Bassett
Title: Managing Director

 

Goldman Sachs International

 

By:

/s/  
FRANCESCA MCWILLIAMS      
Name: Francesca McWilliams
Title: Authorized Signatory

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited

 

By:

/s/  
A. BARKLAM      
Name: A. Barklam
Title: Executive Director

 

[Registration Rights Agreement]



Exhibit A

NTL Cable PLC

INSTRUCTION TO DTC PARTICIPANTS
AND
ACCOUNT HOLDERS OF EUROCLEAR AND CLEARSTREAM, LUXEMBOURG

(Date of Mailing)

URGENT—IMMEDIATE ATTENTION REQUESTED

DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE: [DATE] *

        The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") or Euroclear System as operated by Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. ("Euroclear") or Clearstream Banking, S.A. ("Clearstream, Luxembourg") has identified you as a DTC Participant or Account Holder of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be, through which beneficial interests in the aggregate principal amount of £375,000,000 principal amount of the 9.75% Senior Notes due 2014, an aggregate of U.S.$425,000,000 principal amount of the 8.57% Senior Notes due 2014 and an aggregate of €225,000,000 principal amount of the 8.75% Senior Notes due 2014 and U.S.$100,000,000 principal amount of the Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2012 (the "Securities") of NTL Cable PLC (the "Company") are held.

        The Company is in the process of registering the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933 for resale by the beneficial owners thereof. In order to have their Securities included in the registration statement, beneficial owners must complete and return the enclosed Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire.

        It is important that beneficial owners of the Securities receive a copy of the enclosed materials as soon as possible, as their rights to have the Securities included in the registration statement depend upon their returning the Notice and Questionnaire by [Deadline For Response]. Please forward a copy of the enclosed documents to each beneficial owner that holds interests in the Securities through you. If you require more copies of the enclosed materials or have any questions pertaining to this matter, please contact NTL Cable PLC, c/o NTL Incorporated, 909 Third Avenue, Suite 2863, New York, NY 10022; Telephone +1-610-667-5554, Attention: [Secretary].

   
   
    


*
Not less than 28 calendar days from date of mailing.

A-1


NTL Cable PLC

Notice of Registration Statement
and
Selling Securityholder Questionnaire

(Date)

        Reference is hereby made to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (the "Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement") between NTL Cable PLC (the "Company"), NTL Incorporated (the "Parent"), Communications Cable Funding Corp. ("CCFC"), NTL (UK) Group, Inc. ("NTL UK"), NTL Communications Limited ("NTL Communications"), NTL Investment Holdings Limited ("NTL Holdings") and the Initial Purchasers named therein. Pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement on Form S-4 (the "Shelf Registration Statement") for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), of the aggregate principal amount of up to [£[    •    ] principal amount of the 9.75% Senior Notes due 2014, an aggregate of U.S.$[    •    ] principal amount of the 8.75% Senior Notes due 2014, an aggregate of €[    •    ] principal amount of the 8.75% Senior Notes due 2014 and an aggregate of U.S.$[    •    ] principal amount of the Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2012] (the "Securities") of the Company. A copy of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement is attached hereto. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

        Each beneficial owner of Registrable Securities (as defined below) is entitled to have the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it included in the Shelf Registration Statement. In order to have Registrable Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement, this Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire ("Notice and Questionnaire") must be completed, executed and delivered to the Company's counsel at the address set forth herein for receipt ON OR BEFORE [Deadline for Response]. Beneficial owners of Registrable Securities who do not complete, execute and return this Notice and Questionnaire by such date (i) will not be named as selling securityholders in the Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) may not use the Prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities.

        Certain legal consequences arise from being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

        The term "Registrable Securities" is defined in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

A-2


ELECTION

        The undersigned holder (the "Selling Securityholder") of Registrable Securities hereby elects to include in the Shelf Registration Statement the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item (3). The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, agrees to be bound with respect to such Registrable Securities by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 3(g), 3(h) and 5 of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, as if the undersigned Selling Securityholder were an original party thereto.

        Upon any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder will be required to deliver to the Company and Trustee the Notice of Transfer set forth in Exhibit B to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

        The Selling Securityholder hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants that such information is accurate and complete:

A-3


QUESTIONNAIRE


(1)

 

(a)

 

Full Legal Name of Selling Securityholder:

 

 

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                            

 

 

(b)

 

Full Legal Name of Registered Holder (if not the same as in (a) above) of Registrable Securities Listed in Item (3) below:

 

 

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                            

 

 

(c)

 

Full Legal Name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (b) above) Through Which Registrable Securities Listed in Item (3) below are Held:

 

 

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                            

(2)

 

Address for Notices to Selling Securityholder:

 

 

 

 

                                                                                                      

 

 

 

 

                                                                                                      

 

 

 

 

                                                                                                      
    Telephone:
                                                                                                              
    Fax:
                                                                                                              
    Contact Person:
                                                                                                              

(3)

 

Beneficial Ownership of Securities:

 

 

Except as set forth below in this Item (3), the undersigned does not beneficially own any Securities.

 

 

(a)

 

Principal amount of Registrable Securities beneficially owned:                                                                        

 

 

 

 

CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities:                                                                                                   

 

 

(b)

 

Principal amount of Securities other than Registrable Securities beneficially owned:
                                                                                                                                                                           
CUSIP No(s). of such other Securities:                                                                                                             

 

 

(c)

 

Principal amount of Registrable Securities which the undersigned wishes to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:
                                                                                                                                                                           

 

 

 

 

CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:
                                                                                                                                                                           

(4)

 

Beneficial Ownership of Other Securities of the Company and the Parent:

 

 

Except as set forth below in this Item (4), the undersigned Selling Securityholder is not the beneficial or registered owner of any other securities of the Company or the Parent, other than the Securities listed above in Item (3).

 

 

State any exceptions here:

(5)

 

Relationships with the Company and the Parent:

 

 

Except as set forth below, neither the Selling Securityholder nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (5% or more) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company or the Parent (or their predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.

 

 

State any exceptions here:
         

A-4



(6)

 

Plan of Distribution:

 

 

Except as set forth below, the undersigned Selling Securityholder intends to distribute the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3) only as follows (if at all): Such Registrable Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the undersigned Selling Securityholder or, alternatively, through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents. Such Registrable Securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions) (i) on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registered Securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, (ii) in the over-the-counter market, (iii) in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market, or (iv) through the writing of options. In connection with sales of the Registrable Securities or otherwise, the Selling Securityholder may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Registrable Securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Securityholder may also sell Registrable Securities short and deliver Registrable Securities to close out such short positions, or loan or pledge Registrable Securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such securities.

 

 

State any exceptions here:

By signing below, the Selling Securityholder acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply, and agrees that it will comply, with the provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, particularly Regulation M, or any successor provision under the Exchange Act.

In the event that the Selling Securityholder transfers all or any portion of the Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) above after the date on which such information is provided to the Company, the Selling Securityholder agrees to notify the transferee(s) at the time of the transfer of its rights and obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

By signing below, the Selling Securityholder consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (6) above and the inclusion of such information in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. The Selling Securityholder understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation of the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

In accordance with the Selling Securityholder's obligation under the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (including Section 3(d)) to provide such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement and related prospectus, the Selling Securityholder agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein which may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Shelf Registration Statement remains in effect. All notices hereunder and pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in writing, by hand-delivery, first-class mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery as follows:

(i)

 

To the Company:

 

NTL Cable PLC
c/o NTL Incorporated
909 Third Avenue, Suite 2867
New York, NY 10012
United States
Attention: [Secretary]

(ii)

 

With a copy to:

 

Fried, Frank, Harris Shriver & Jacobson (London) LLP
99 City Road
London EC1Y 1AX
England
        Attention: Jeffrey Bagner, Esq.
Daniel Bursky, Esq.

A-5


        Once this Notice and Questionnaire is executed by the Selling Securityholder and received by the Company's counsel, the terms of this Notice and Questionnaire, and the representations and warranties contained herein, shall be binding on, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives, and assigns of the Company and the Selling Securityholder (with respect to the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Securityholder and listed in Item (3) above). This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.

Dated:                                                          

                                                                                                                                                                              
Selling Securityholder
(Print/type full legal name of beneficial owner of Registrable Securities)

 

 

By:

                                                                                                                                                             
    Name:
Title:

PLEASE RETURN THE COMPLETED AND EXECUTED NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE FOR RECEIPT ON OR BEFORE [DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE] TO THE COMPANY'S COUNSEL AT:


        NTL Cable PLC
        c/o NTL Incorporated
        909 Third Avenue, Suite 2867
        New York, NY 10012
        United States
        Attention: [Secretary]

A-6



Exhibit B

NOTICE OF TRANSFER PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT

The Bank of New York
NTL Cable PLC
c/o The Bank of New York
One Canada Square
London E14 5AL
England

Attention: [Trust Officer]

    Re:
    NTL Cable PLC (the "Company")

Dear Sirs:

Please be advised that                        has transferred (complete all that apply):

£                          aggregate principal amount of the    [•]% Senior Notes due 2014;

                         aggregate principal amount of the    [•]% Senior Notes due 2014; and/or

€                          aggregate principal amount of the    [•]% Senior Notes due 2014.

pursuant to an effective Registration Statement on Form [    ] (File No. 333-            ) filed by the Company.

We hereby certify that the prospectus delivery requirements, if any, of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, have been satisfied and that the above-named beneficial owner of the Notes is named as a "Selling Holder" in the Prospectus dated [date] or in supplements thereto, and that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes transferred are the Notes listed in such Prospectus opposite such owner's name.

Dated:

    Very truly yours,

 

 


(Name)

 

 

By:

  

(Authorized Signature)

B-1




QuickLinks

NOTICE OF TRANSFER PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT
EX-10.18 3 a2153226zex-10_18.htm EXHIBIT 10.18
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.18


NTL INCORPORATED
909 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022

22nd December 2004

Mr. Rick Martin
Rundle House
Charters Road
Sunningdale
SL5 9QD

Confirmation of Amendment of Employment Agreement dated as of 4th March 2003 (the "Agreement")

Dear Rick:

As we have discussed, now that NTL Incorporated (the "Company") has emerged from its Chapter 11 reorganisation and has successfully completed its $1.4 billion equity offering and multibillion bond and credit agreement financings, it is entering into a new phase of its existence. The Company therefore has new initiatives and projects which require the reshaping of the management team. In particular, as we previously agreed, on 30th June 2004 we assigned you as Project Director of the Broadcast sale process and you have been leading the team in this role as of that date.

The employment term under your Agreement expires on 30th June 2005 (the "Termination Date") and we have discussed together your own plans and the Company's plans on a going forward basis.

This letter confirms our prior agreement that your Employment Term under the Agreement will not be renewed and your employment with the Company will terminate on the Termination Date. (Terms not otherwise defined in this Letter are used as defined in the Agreement.)

1.
Amendment of Agreement. Subject to the agreements set forth in this Letter which amend and supplement the Agreement, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until the Termination Date unless otherwise terminated in accordance with its terms.

2.
Non-Renewal. It has been agreed between us that the Employment Term shall end on 30th June 2005 and, for the avoidance of doubt, this Letter constitutes formal written notice of non-renewal of the Employment Term. Accordingly, as soon as practicable following the Termination Date and your execution and delivery of the general release as provided for by the terms of Section 7c of the Agreement, the Company shall pay to you a lump-sum severance payment of cash equal to the product of the Base Salary times 2 (as provided by Section 7c). Notwithstanding the foregoing, should there be a Termination Without Cause or a Constructive Termination Without Cause in advance of 30th June 2005, the Company shall, as soon as practicable following such termination and the Executive's execution and delivery to the Company of the general release of claims set forth in Section 7(f), pay to you a lump-sum severance payment of cash equal to the product of the Base Salary times 3 (as provided by Section 7b).

3.
Duties; title. From and after 30th June 2004 you have been acting as the Company's Project Director for the ntl: Broadcast transaction, reporting to Scott Schubert (Executive Vice President—Corporate Development) and Bryan Hall (Secretary and General Counsel). You have been assigned full-time to the separation and strategic execution of ntl: Broadcast's operations and such other similar duties as may be requested from time to time.


You may serve on the board of directors for no more than one for-profit company, subject however to prior notification to be provided to the President of the Company and provided that such endeavours do not interfere with the conduct of your duties and that the identity of such company is subject to the reasonable consent of the Company. Any and all travel expenses and other expenses associated with such position shall be borne by such other company or you.

4.
Base Salary: Benefits. Your Base Salary will remain unchanged by the signing of this Letter, but you shall remain eligible for any general salary increases through the Termination Date. You will continue to be eligible for all bonuses as per the Agreement and all benefits including ex-patriate benefits (on a pro rata basis as may be appropriate). In addition, you will be a participant in the Company's Long Term Incentive Plan ("LTIP") and notwithstanding that the Termination Date is prior to the date the LTIP payments will be made, you will remain eligible to receive those payments pro-rated to the Termination Date; provided that (i) you have not been Terminated for Cause; (ii) you have not resigned from your position and (iii) you are not in breach of the Agreement. (Actual amounts paid, if any, will of course be subject to the terms of the LTIP). Vacation days for the calendar year will be determined on a pro rata basis. You will be permitted to carry over all unused days from your 2004 holiday entitlement, as approved by Simon Duffy (Chief Executive Officer) on 14th November 2004.

5.
Options. Your options which are subject to vesting on 11th April 2006 will vest on the Termination Date (even if the Company has effected a Termination Without Cause); provided that (i) you have not been Terminated for Cause; (ii) you have not resigned from your position and (iii) you are not in breach of the Agreement. The terms of the options will continue in full force and effect.

6.
Exchange Rates. As per the terms of the Agreement, you will be entitled to designate at one time during each calendar year (commencing on or after 1st January 2005) a percentage of cash compensation not yet paid to be paid in US Dollars, with the exchange rate set on the date such designation is made as provided by Section 3a of the Agreement. The foregoing designation right applies with respect to years occurring after termination of the Employment Term in which any cash payments will be made.

7.
Miscellaneous. This Letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to the principles of conflicts of laws. This Letter shall be subject to all other terms of the Agreement (such as address for notices, jurisdiction, etc). The parties agree that the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect except as modified by the terms hereof.

*******

Please acknowledge your agreement with the foregoing by executing a copy of this Letter in the space provided below.

    Sincerely,

 

 

NTL INCORPORATED

 

 

By

 

/s/  
BRYAN H. HALL      
    Name:   Bryan H Hall
    Title:   Secretary

 

 

 

 

 
    AGREED & ACCEPTED:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  
RICHARD MARTIN      
Richard Martin



QuickLinks

NTL INCORPORATED 909 Third Avenue New York, New York 10022
EX-10.19 4 a2153226zex-10_19.htm EXHIBIT 10.19
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.19


RULES OF THE ntl LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 
 
   
 
 
1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1

The words and expressions set out below shall have the meanings specified against them:

 

"Acceleration Event"

 

any one of the following events:

 

 

 

(a)

any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company) representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities, excluding any Person who becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (i) of sub-paragraph (c) below; or

 

 

 

(b)

the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving: individuals who, on the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the date hereof or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; or

 

 

 

(c)

there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other Company, other than

 

 

 

 

(i)

a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) at least 50% of the combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or

 

 

 

 

(ii)

a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company) representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities;
           


 

 

 

(d)

the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets, other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such sale; or

 

 

 

(e)

there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets comprising one or more of the Company's business divisions or business segments, provided that any sale or disposition under this paragraph (d) shall only be an Acceleration Event as regards those Participants who are to be transferred along with the assets to be sold or disposed of.

 

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an "Acceleration Event" shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the Shares of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Company immediately following such transaction or series of transactions;

 

"Affiliate"

 

has the meaning given in Rule 12b-2 under Section 12 of the Exchange Act;

 

"Annual Bonus Plan"

 

the annual bonus plan operated by ntl;

 

"Award"

 

a right to receive either a cash sum, or Shares, or an option (on such terms as the Award Committee shall determine) over Shares, or any form of security (on such terms as the Award Committee shall determine) (or a combination of the above) as determined by the Award Committee in accordance with these rules (provided that the issuance of any such Shares, options or other securities shall be subject to the approval of the Company's stockholders to the extent required by the Nasdaq or other applicable authority);

 

"Award Committee"

 

the compensation committee of the Board, which may delegate to one or more of its members or to one or more agents (including the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Group HR Director of ntl) such administrative duties as it may deem advisable, and the Award Committee or any person to whom it has delegated duties as aforesaid may employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Committee or such person may have under the Plan;

 

"Base Salary"

 

annual earnings payable to the Participant by the Group (not including benefits in kind or bonus payments) as are liable to be paid under deduction of tax as at 31 December 2005 or where a payment is made under rule 5 or rule 6 as at such other date as the Award Committee may determine;
           


 

"Base Salary Value"

 

the value payable to a Participant pursuant to an Award in accordance with these rules which shall be a proportion of the LTIP Percentage;

 

"Beneficial Owner"

 

the meaning set out in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall not be deemed to be the Beneficial Owner of any securities which are properly filed on a Form 13-G;

 

"Board"

 

the board of directors of the Company or a duly authorised committee thereof;

 

"Cash Equivalent"

 

the cash sum equal to the Base Salary Value;

 

"Company"

 

NTL Incorporated;

 

"Eligible Employee"

 

directors (who are not employees) of a member of the Group or any Affiliate thereof; employees (including officers) of a member of the Group or any Affiliate thereof; and independent contractors to a member of the Group or any Affiliate thereof;

 

"Exchange Act"

 

the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time;

 

"Group"

 

the Company and any Subsidiary and "member of the Group" shall be construed accordingly;

 

"LTIP Percentage"

 

the percentage payable to the Participant for on target earnings under the Annual Bonus Plan multiplied by four (4) provided that if during the Performance Period the percentage payable to the Participant for on target earnings under the Annual Bonus Plan changes, the Award Committee may adjust the LTIP Percentage to take account of such change on a pro rata basis;

 

"Notional Share Price"

 

the weighted average price of a Share for the last 10 trading days in 2005;

 

"Participant"

 

an individual to whom an Award has been made under the Plan;

 

"Performance Condition"

 

the performance conditions that must be satisfied in order to receive payment in respect of an award, as established and determined by the Award Committee;

 

"Performance Period"

 

the period of three financial years of the Company ending on 31 December 2005;

 

"Person"

 

has the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, except that such term shall not include (i) the Company or any of its Affiliates, (ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (iv) a Company owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

"Plan"

 

the ntl Long Term Incentive Plan;

 

"Plan Payment Date"

 

(save as specifically provided in these rules) the date upon which a Participant is entitled to be paid in respect of his Award which shall be not later than March 15, 2006;
           


 

"Shares"

 

fully paid ordinary non-redeemable shares of common stock in the capital of the Company;

 

"Subsidiary"

 

a company wheresoever incorporated which is for the time being a subsidiary of the Company in accordance with section 736 of the UK Companies Act 1985;

 

"Vest/Vesting"

 

the time when a Participant becomes entitled to receive a payment under his Award on the Plan Payment Date.
 
 
 
 
1.2 References in the Plan to a statute or a statutory provision shall include any modification, re-enactment or extension thereof.

1.3

References in the Plan to the masculine shall include the feminine and vice versa.

2.

AWARDS

2.1

The Award Committee may, after consultation with the Board, make Awards to such Eligible Employees as it may, in its absolute discretion, select. The Performance Conditions applicable to any such Award shall be as the Award Committee shall determine.

2.2

As soon as practicable after making an Award the Award Committee shall notify each Participant that an Award has been made to him.

3.

LIMITS

3.1

If an Eligible Employee has not worked within the Group throughout the entire Performance Period, then the Award Committee may, after consultation with the Board, determine that the Participant will only receive a payment in respect of his Award that reflects the period of time during which he has worked for the Group.

4.

VESTING OF AWARDS

4.1

Subject to the provisions of rules 5 and 6 no Award may Vest prior to 31 December 2005.

4.2

An Award may only Vest if or may only Vest to the extent that the Performance Condition has been satisfied. To the extent that an Award does not Vest it will lapse once the Award Committee has determined the extent to which, if any, the Performance Condition has been met. When an Award Vests, a Participant will not be entitled to any payment in respect of the Award until the Plan Payment Date. The decision as to how an Award will be paid will be at the absolute discretion of the Award Committee (after consultation with the Board).

4.3

If an Award is paid wholly or partly in Shares or an option over Shares then the number of Shares that the Participant will receive (or will receive an option over) on the Plan Payment Date shall be calculated by dividing the Base Salary Value in respect of which the Award has Vested by the Notional Share Price. If an Award is paid wholly or partly in cash then the cash sum payable on the Plan Payment Date shall be the Cash Equivalent. If an Award is paid wholly or partly in any other form of security then the Award Committee will, after consultation with the Board, determine how the Award is to be paid.

4.4

In any case where any company is obliged to account:

 

4.4.1

for any tax (or similar liabilities) in any jurisdiction; and/or
       


 

4.4.2

for any social security contributions (or similar liabilities) in any jurisdiction for which the person in question is liable by virtue of the acquisition, holding or Vesting of an Award or any payment pursuant to an Award or the acquisition or holding of the Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan (together, the "Tax Liability") the Award Committee may recover the tax from the person in question in such manner as the Award Committee shall think fit and (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) no payment shall be made pursuant to an Award to that person unless that person has either:

 

 

(i)

made a payment to the Award Committee (or such other person as the Award Committee shall direct) of an amount equal to the Tax Liability; or

 

 

(ii)

entered into an undertaking to make such payment (in the form set out at Schedule 1 or such other form as the Award Committee shall prescribe).

 

Provided that, to the extent that an Award is satisfied in cash, the Award Committee may deduct an amount equal to the Tax Liability from such cash payment in order to satisfy the Participant's obligations under this rule 4.4.

5.

CESSATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND TRANSFER OF AWARDS

5.1

If a Participant ceases to be an employee within the Group prior to 31 December 2005 and such cessation is by reason of his dismissal without cause or his death, injury, disability or redundancy, then the Award Committee may, after consultation with the Board, determine whether any payment should be made to that Participant under the Plan, the level of any such payment and when such payment should be made. In all other circumstances the Participant's Award will lapse upon such cessation.

5.2

For the purposes of these Rules, where a Participant ceases to be an employee within the Group because his employment is terminated by his employer without notice or where he terminates his employment with or without notice, his employment shall be deemed to cease on the date on which the termination takes effect or, if earlier, the date of giving such notice. If the Participant's employment is terminated by his employer with notice, his employment shall be deemed to cease on the date when such notice expires.

5.3

A director who is not an employee of a member of the Group or any Affiliate thereof shall "cease to be an employee" for purposes of these rules when he or she ceases to hold office in any capacity with any member of the Group or any Affiliate thereof. An independent contractor to any member of the Group or any Affiliate thereof shall "cease to be an employee" for purposes of these rules when he or she ceases to provide services to any member of the Group or any Affiliate thereof.

5.4

An Award shall be personal to the Participant and may not, save as herein otherwise specifically provided, be transferred, assigned or charged and shall immediately become void and of no effect in the event of the bankruptcy of the Participant.

6.

ACCELERATION EVENT

6.1

Awards may Vest on the occurrence of an Acceleration Event. The extent to which the Awards will Vest (if any) on an Acceleration Event will be calculated by the Award Committee (after consultation with the Board, according to the Company's relative performance against the Performance Condition as if the Performance Period expired on the date of the event that caused the Award to Vest. In such circumstances the Payment Date will be such date as the Award Committee shall determine. To the extent that Awards do not Vest in respect of the Acceleration Event they shall lapse once this has been determined by the Award Committee.
       


7.

GENERAL

7.1

Participation in this Plan is a matter entirely separate from any pension right or entitlement a Participant may have and from his terms and conditions of employment and in particular (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing) any individual who leaves the employment of the Company and its Subsidiaries or who otherwise ceases to be an employee shall not be entitled to any compensation for any loss of any right or benefit or prospective right or benefit under the Plan which he might otherwise have enjoyed whether such compensation is claimed by way of damages for wrongful dismissal or other breach of contract or by way of compensation for loss of office or otherwise howsoever.

7.2

Any notice in writing to be given to any Participant under the Plan shall be sufficiently given if sent through the post in a prepaid cover addressed to them at their address last known to the Award Committee. A Participant shall notify the Company in writing of any change of address.

7.3

If any matter arises in connection with the Plan or its operation for which provision is not made in these rules such matter shall be resolved, dealt with or provided for in such manner as the Award Committee shall in its absolute discretion (after consultation with the Board) think fit.

7.4

The Plan and the rights and obligations of the Company shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware provided that nothing contained in this rule shall be taken to have limited the right of the Company to proceed in the courts of a competent jurisdiction.

7.5

No term in this Agreement is enforceable under the Contract (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 but this does not affect any rights or remedy of a third party which exits or is available apart from the Act.

8.

MODIFICATIONS TO THE PLAN

8.1

The Award Committee may (after consultation with the Board) from time to time make alterations to these rules.

8.2

The Award Committee's decision on any matter concerning the Plan shall (subject as expressly provided to the contrary in these rules) be final and binding.


THE NTL LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
SCHEDULE 1
FORM OF UNDERTAKING

 
 
To: Carolyn Walker
Group HR Director
ntl Group Limited (the "Company")
Bartley Wood Business Park
Hook
Hampshire
RG27 9UP

Dear Carolyn

With reference to my participation in the ntl Long Term Incentive Plan (the "Plan") and to any payment that might be made to me pursuant to an Award under the Plan, I hereby undertake and confirm that I shall pay to the Company any Tax Liability that may arise.

I agree that the Company shall have the right to deduct from any payment of cash to me (including, but not limited, to any wages due to me) an amount equal to the Tax Liability in satisfaction of my obligation to pay the Tax Liability. I further agree that I shall not be entitled to the payment of an Award, and none shall be paid to me, unless I have signed and returned this letter to you.

Definitions used in this letter shall be as defined in the Plan rules.

Yours truly

 
 

(signed here)



(insert name)



(insert date)

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 



QuickLinks

RULES OF THE ntl LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
THE NTL LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN SCHEDULE 1 FORM OF UNDERTAKING
EX-10.25 5 a2153226zex-10_25.htm EXHIBIT 10.25
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.25


NTL INCORPORATED
RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

        THIS AGREEMENT, made as of the 6th day of May, 2004, between NTL Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and James F. Mooney (the "Grantee").

        WHEREAS, the Company wishes to grant to the Grantee, and the Grantee wishes to accept from the Company, shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (the "Restricted Stock"), to be granted pursuant to the Amended and Restated NTL 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan");

        NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

        1.    Grant of Stock

        The Company hereby grants to the Grantee, and the Grantee hereby accepts from the Company, 50,000 shares of Restricted Stock on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement is also subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

        2.    Rights of Grantee

        Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Grantee shall be entitled, at all times on and after the date that the shares of Restricted Stock are issued, to exercise all the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock (whether or not the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed), including the right to vote the shares of Restricted Stock and the right, subject to Section 6 hereof, to receive dividends thereon. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to an applicable Lapse Date (as defined below), the Grantee shall not be entitled to transfer, sell, pledge, hypothecate, assign, or otherwise dispose of or encumber, the shares of Restricted Stock subject to such Lapse Date (collectively, the "Transfer Restrictions").

        3.    Vesting and Lapse of Transfer Restrictions

        The Transfer Restrictions on the Restricted Stock shall lapse and the Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall vest as follows:

    (i)
    as to 4,167 shares on April 15, 2004;

    (ii)
    as to an additional 4,167 shares on July 15, 2004;

    (iii)
    as to an additional 4,167 shares on October 15, 2004;

    (iv)
    as to an additional 4,166 shares on January 15, 2005;

    (v)
    as to an additional 4, 167 shares on April 15, 2005;

    (vi)
    as to an additional 4,167 shares on July 15, 2005;

    (vii)
    as to an additional 4,167 shares on October 15, 2005;

    (viii)
    as to an additional 4,166 shares on January 15, 2006;

    (ix)
    as to an additional 4,167 shares on April 15, 2006;

    (x)
    as to an additional 4,167 shares on July 15, 2006;

    (xi)
    as to an additional 4,166 shares on October 15, 2006; and

    (xii)
    as to the final 4,166 shares on January 15, 2007 (each such vesting date, a "Lapse Date").

        4.    Escrow and Delivery of Shares


    4.1
    Certificates representing the shares of Restricted Stock shall be issued and held by the Company in escrow and shall remain in the custody of the Company until their delivery to the Grantee or the Grantee's estate as set forth in Section 4.2 hereof, subject to the Grantee's delivery of any documents which the Company in its discretion may require as a condition to the issuance of shares and the delivery of shares to the Grantee or the Grantee's estate.

    4.2
    (a)    Certificates representing those shares of Restricted Stock in respect of which the Transfer Restrictions have lapsed pursuant to Section 3 hereof shall be delivered to the Grantee as soon as practicable following the applicable Lapse Date, provided that the Grantee has satisfied all applicable Withholding Tax requirements with respect to the Restricted Stock.


    (b)    The Grantee may receive, hold, sell, or otherwise dispose of those shares delivered to the Grantee pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 4.2 free and clear of the Transfer Restrictions, but subject to compliance with all federal and state securities laws.

    4.3
    (a)    Prior to the applicable Lapse Date, each stock certificate evidencing shares of Restricted Stock as to which the Transfer Restrictions have not lapsed shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

              "This certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture, restrictions against transfer and rights of repurchase, if applicable) contained in the Restricted Stock Agreement (the "Agreement") between the registered owner of the shares represented hereby and the Company. Release from such terms and conditions shall be made only in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement, a copy of which is on file in the office of the Secretary of NTL Incorporated."


    (b)    As soon as practicable following each applicable Lapse Date, the Company shall issue new certificates in respect of the shares that have vested as of such Lapse Date which shall not bear the legend set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 4.3, which certificates shall be delivered in accordance with Section 4.2 hereof.

        5.    Effect of Termination of Employment for any Reason

        Upon termination of the Grantee's employment with the Company and its Affiliates, if applicable, for any reason, the Grantee shall forfeit the shares of Restricted Stock which are subject to the Transfer Restrictions, and, from and after such forfeiture, the Executive shall have no rights with respect thereto.

        6.    Voting and Dividend Rights

        All dividends declared and paid by the Company on shares of Restricted Stock shall be deferred until the lapsing of the Transfer Restrictions pursuant to Section 3 hereof (and shall be subject to forfeiture upon forfeiture of the shares of Restricted Stock as to which such deferred dividends relate). The deferred dividends shall be held by the Company for the account of the Grantee. Upon each applicable Lapse Date, the dividends allocable to the shares of Restricted Stock as to which the Transfer Restrictions have lapsed shall be paid to the Grantee (without interest). The Company may require that the Grantee invest any cash dividends received in additional Restricted Stock which shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the Restricted Stock granted under this Agreement.

        7.    No Right to Continued Employment

        Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to confer upon the Grantee any right with respect to continuance of employment by the Company or any of its Affiliates, nor shall this Agreement interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any such Affiliate to terminate the Grantee's employment at any time.



        8.    Withholding of Taxes

        The Grantee shall pay to the Company the applicable federal, state and local income taxes required by law to be withheld (the "Withholding Taxes"), if any, upon the vesting and delivery of the Stock. The Company shall have the right to deduct from any payment of cash to the Grantee an amount equal to the Withholding Taxes in satisfaction of the Grantee's obligation to pay Withholding Taxes.

        9.    Modification of Agreement

        This Agreement may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated, and any terms or conditions may be waived, but only by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto.

        10.    Severability

        Should any provision of this Agreement be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected by such holding and shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

        11.    Governing Law

        The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

        12.    Successors in Interest; Transfer

        This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon any successor to the Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Grantee's heirs, executors, administrators and successors. All obligations imposed upon the Grantee and all rights granted to the Company under this Agreement shall be binding upon the Grantee's heirs, executors, administrators and successors. This Agreement is not assignable by the Grantee.

[signature page follows]

 
   
   
    NTL INCORPORATED

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Scott E Schubert

    Name:   Scott E Schubert
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer
 
   
   
ACCEPTED AND AGREED    

By:

 

/s/ James F Mooney


 

 
Name:   James F Mooney    
Title:   Grantee    



QuickLinks

NTL INCORPORATED RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
EX-12.1 6 a2153226zex-12_1.htm EXHIBIT 12.1
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 12.1


NTL INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

 
  Year ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002(1)
  2001
  2000
 
 
  Reorganized
Company

  Reorganized
Company

  Predecessor
Company

  Predecessor
Company

  Predecessor
Company

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Fixed charges:                                
Interest   $ 496.6   $ 751.9   $ 857.9   $ 1,337.9   $ 1,015.2  
Interest portion of rental expense     27.3     24.4     43.4     21.4     11.7  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed charges   $ 523.9   $ 776.3   $ 901.3   $ 1,359.3   $ 1,026.9  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(Loss) from continuing operations   $ (890.1 ) $ (988.1 ) $ (2,483.6 ) $ (11,789.8 ) $ (2,523.2 )
Fixed charges     523.9     776.3     901.3     1,359.3     1,026.9  
Less: capitalized interest         (5.5 )   (46.3 )   (67.7 )   (95.1 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ (366.2 ) $ (217.3 ) $ (1,628.6 ) $ (10,498.2 ) $ (1,591.4 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Deficiency     (890.1 )   (993.6 )   (2,529.9 )   (11,857.5 )   (2,618.3 )

        The ratio of earnings to fixed charges and combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends is not meaningful for the periods that result in a deficit.

(1)
In accordance with SOP 90-7, the Company discontinued accruing interest on certain of its debt. For the year ended December 31, 2002, contractual interest was $1,425.4 million, which was $645.2 million in excess of reported interest expense.

(2)
For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, the deficit of earnings to fixed charges was $890.1 million, $993.6 million, $2,529.9 million, $11,857.5 million, and $2,618.3 million, respectively.



QuickLinks

NTL INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
EX-23.1 7 a2153226zex-23_1.htm EX-23.1
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1


Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

        We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(1)
Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-112787) of NTL Incorporated,

(2)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-107513) pertaining to the 2003 Stock Option Plan, the Executive Group Compensation Bonus Plan and Employment Agreements between the Company and the employees party thereto of NTL Incorporated,

(3)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-115210) pertaining to the Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, the Group 2004 Bonus Scheme and the Sharesave Plan of NTL Incorporated,

(4)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-115881) pertaining to employment arrangements between the Company and certain employees of NTL Incorporated,

(5)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-118880) pertaining to employment arrangements between the Company and a certain employee of NTL Incorporated;

of our reports dated March 16, 2005, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedules of NTL Incorporated, NTL Incorporated management's assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of NTL Incorporated, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2004.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
London, United Kingdom
March 16, 2005




QuickLinks

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
EX-31.1 8 a2153226zex-31_1.htm EXHIBIT 31.1
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Simon P. Duffy, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of NTL Incorporated.

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report.

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report.

4.
The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;

d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 16, 2005   /s/  SIMON P. DUFFY      
Simon P. Duffy
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director



QuickLinks

CERTIFICATIONS
EX-31.2 9 a2153226zex-31_2.htm EXHIBIT 31.2
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Jacques Kerrest, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of NTL Incorporated.

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report.

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report.

4.
The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;

d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 16, 2005   /s/  JACQUES KERREST      
Jacques Kerrest
Chief Financial Officer



QuickLinks

CERTIFICATIONS
EX-32.1 10 a2153226zex-32_1.htm EXHIBIT 32.1
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.1

Certification of CEO and CFO Pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

        In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of NTL Incorporated (the "Company") for the year ended December 31, 2004 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), Simon P. Duffy, as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Jacques Kerrest, as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of his knowledge, that:

        (1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

        (2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/  SIMON P. DUFFY      
Name: Simon P. Duffy
Title: Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
Date: March 16, 2005
 

/s/  
JACQUES KERREST      
Name: Jacques Kerrest
Title: Chief Financial Officer
Date: March 16, 2005

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.




QuickLinks

Certification of CEO and CFO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
GRAPHIC 11 g730832.jpg G730832.JPG begin 644 g730832.jpg M_]C_X``02D9)1@`!`0$!KP&O``#__@`Z1$E32S`S-#I;,#5,3TXP+C`U3$]. M,3,X,"Y/5510551=,3,X,%].5$Q?1DQ/5U]#2$%25"Y%4%/_VP!#``<%!@8& M!0<&!@8("`<)"Q(,"PH*"Q<0$0T2&Q<<'!H7&AD=(2HD'1\H(!D:)3(E*"PM M+S`O'2,T.#0N-RHN+R[_P``+"`(]`.(!`1$`_\0`'``!``("`P$````````` M``````0&!0<"`P@!_\0`51````4#``(,"0D&`P\#!N7V;_)3?>\#!N7V;_)3?>\#!N7V;_`"4WWG)[P-R^S?Y* M;[SD]X&Y?9O\E-]YR>\#!N7V;_)3?>"=X+G''O!W;3KKBG'%4]HU*6>3,]'?,Q:QK_`,!7[J+<]"Y_JK&P M````````````````!Q=_PU?<8T%9-Q5J-:%%88J"T--Q$)2DDIU$1?<,\5T5 M_!?[R<__`%3V"P^`K]U%N>A<_P!58V`````````````````.+O\`AK^XQYKM M'@O2/PJ!FRWB%[\!7[J+<]"Y_JK&P````````````!\-22,B,RR>]]H$I)F9 M$9&9#Z``.+O^&O[C'FNT>"](_"H&;+>(7OP%?NHMST+G^JL;```%1\(#MPL1 MJ4JV):&J@N9H$R\E)M24DVXLVU&993G0P2BQC(Q]/N5RYGZ0[2IDB`IYN6S+ MB.(3I1I+:4^0X1EDE)4K.-62P>\8Z">K2/"5&M==PSUPE4)4Q:M%DEJ>)Y*- M+.AJ+!GJWAV4&57$>$:30I]B1X(_O(<&;NB2*W(H\6G5%]R,IK9GFVDFTA#B%*0YI:6M)DD]XC/66 MH?(UW1Y*G64TV:W+*`=1:C/$E"W65C8 MBP,Y043([]KQ3;6TXU2#;FM*_P`NB31)TOMTB7C[-(7$``<7?\-?W&/-=H\% MZ1^%0,V6\0O?@*_=1;GH7/\`56-@``#$5J!-FRZ2]%<80B'*^4.$X1F:RT%H MP6-[4LSS]@@;48#=ZHNR*I3,I<=;$EI/S'S/1T5F7UR).,^H7.Q+@J3)AMPT,+; M61I2A1J)1J(]9GI'JP+!36:HU"=.?)COS5K6M.QH-#:"_P`J2(S,\$1%D_.> M3U;PH])L.K4^U*-0/&4)PZ954U!+VPK+9")U3IH,LZCRHRSG>+>$B99E85*F MU*#4XC-0*L^-H1K94I"3-@F%-.%DC-*D%OE@R,QE4T&LM5B',YWB^\89J!*KE;\(E#8E168\^4RT^M1&IQ+:HK25FDMX\D1I(SQ@ M\[^,#.OVI,0W<-/@2V$4RN&I3I.),W(REMDVX:,:E$:4D9$>,'G?+4.^E6S+ MIM9K"](_"H&;+>(7OP%?NHMST+G^JL;``````````````` M``'%W_#7]QCS7:/!>D?A4#-EO$+WX"OW46YZ%S_56-@````````````````# MB[_AK^XQYKM'@O2/PJ!FRWB%KL:%?UIVI3;>*W*/+^1H4G9_'"D:>5J5G1V$ M\?.QOCA,\(=TPY;T5VSZ?LC*S0K1K!XR7_X1T[IER\SX'O@^Y#=,N7F?`]\' MW(;IER\SX'O@^Y#=,N7F?`]\'W(;IER\SX'O@^Y#=,N7F?`]\'W(;IER\SX' MO@^Y#=,N7F?`]\'W(;IER\SX'O@^Y#=,N7F?`]\'W(;IER\SX'O@^Y$9[PL5 M]F;%AKL^'LLDG#1BKGCR"(SR>Q?:0D[IER\SX'O@^Y#=,N7F?`]\'W(;IER\ MSX'O@^Y#=,N7F?`]\'W(;IER\SX'O@^Y#=,N7F?`]\'W(;IER\SX'O@^Y#=, MN7F?`]\'W(;IER\SX'O@^Y#=,N7F?`]\'W(;IER\SX'O@^Y#=,N7F?`]\'W( M^*\)=RJ2:=J$#66/I@^Y%,H,1V!18$)_1V5AE*%Z)Y+)<1C)%O$-]C5%>H-9 M?K4]YFFOK:6^I25$18,L[^^,?M=PU:+\NI=CR9,)3CB&WCJ+"-/06I!GHJ/):TF)6V*\?Z?2?>D;M#;%>/]/I M/O2-VAMBO'^GTGWI&[0VQ7C_`$^D^](W:&V*\?Z?2?>D;M#;%>/]/I/O2-VA MMBO'^GTGWI&[0VQ7C_3Z3[TC=H;8KQ_I])]Z1NT-L5X_T^D^](W:,)4G[UFW M+1*TFQ7D(IR)*%-G4XYFO94I(L'I>;1_ZC-[8KQ_I])]Z1NT-L5X_P!/I/O2 M-VAMBO'^GTGWI&[0VQ7C_3Z3[TC=H;8KQ_I])]Z1NT-L5X_T^D^](W:&V*\? MZ?2?>D;M#;%>/]/I/O2-VAMBO'^GTGWI&[0VQ7C_`$^D^](W:.+MS7>TTMUS MP?R20A)J4?C2-O$6>,66@5-NM4*FUAIM33H\;W]A*``,4WP3\!('II7ZET7(?%* M2E)J49$DBR9F>HA'ASH4TE'#F,2"3\XV7$KQ]^#$D``!Q6M+:%+6HDH265*, M\$1<8B,U6F/G$2S48CAS$J5&)#R3VCNH=:5K2M"B4 M1_<9#@N9$;EM0G)3*93J34VRIPB6LBWS).^9$#DR(U*9AN2F427B,VF5+(EN M$19/"=\\?8$.7%G1TRH4EF3'69DEUE9+29D9D>#+5J,C+[R'>`"+4_HZ7Z%? M5,>=K6X,4;\$SU"&\['X+POS]$^[*S<;%#ORFNU5!OTQ$9UB6PP3 M2MC>WVS+)[V#+2+7@^/6,].K=Q2:O6:-1/DZI=(:CJ-3YI2AY:R-9FLM]*,% MHY3K(\GKQ@=[%1N*H7E4:7'J,!B##9ARD_[(;BG$N[*2D&K3(O\`(1Z1%_85 M^AW)=M17;*G:E`05:5-CK2B">&%,FLTN)RO)F9(Q@]6O[-J%58M^:_"A5"/3DRYB MXY;,EQQ3BVR2DE;R2-LS5Y_*(LEC)UKP?3GHM.\'<-3<13,B#--:UL^6VI!D M?D+,_)(\ZR^PM8RM-N6M2YC<%4UITIM&D3FYC,?1;2XA:$D;)*UJ;PYJ-9:\ M$9&9&(]N5ZK^([+H[;ZGIM3HYS5R5:!+\E#?DEI:E'ES)YUX2?'DKW1UU"30 MF?';<3Y>;9HDHCJTVM,LD>,^;5O'O;PU#;1SS_\`9O?0F%#7%\3S#TU/F2M] MW7HZ!EDOO_N+C:]1F28M$MR%)3"-FWHDPWMC):EFLM!)$1ZM$M`S/S^46LA@ MW;CD2)MHW'48:"EQ8=9^4-L9)*U,$25:&=>%&V9EG.^)ZG*A-NCP=U.7-9>. M8B4\26VB)+1KBZ1$D\Y-.#QKUGC.2WAU4.OUZ5"M")#=IL%-6-/E,-;OC M1I+,S2?<_:I26$_YM1EYC+!CHG63;4^5&F2Z>IR1'9)@G/E#A*<;(\Z#ADK] MJG.O"\^<9)FB4YFJR:LTRM$V2TEEUPGEX4A.=$M'."QD\8+5D^,0XEIT&'XO M*-$<;\7N..1<2'#V)3F=,RRK7G)Y(\EK/C$:18]L28+$)RGKV*/(7)96B2ZE MQIU9Y6I+A*TDZ1F9F1'@\B4NU*$I=/<1"-AR`V;3"X[JVE)0>M2#-)D:DF99 M,E9R>O?"-:=`BG3?D]/)M--0XW$0EU>BTE?SRT,MX4HRT=18+>+&K`ZG;%MAVE0*4NGN?)H"].(I,IU+K!X MQY#A*TTE@B+!'C!$7F&EDB/)Y(CQK/C')%KT9IN"AAAYE4%HV8[C< MEQ+C;9XRWIZ633J+R3/!8+&\0[-K=%V>G/%")*J2 M+7DCR(U/L^WZ>N&N+#6DX2EJB$J0XHHVF6%$V1J,D%@]XM1>8S4QC9W-C15'XKS;S MJB-2R<(S-23P>4Y+6>=8MEMTZ12Z2W#DRGI#B5K41O/J>4@C49DC9%^4HDD> M,JUG@941:G]'2_0KZICSM:W!BC?@F>H0WG8_!>%^?KF+```8IO@GX"0/32OU M+HN0```*/1YDJYKKN)M^7(8IE&D(A,QH[JFC=Q2G*#/9I9U%5,=EN+;_8O$[L1922C M/1->K2+>R0R174A%=BTF33WXZIDAZ-&-Q226XII*E<Y(42%:*LZ\%J+)# M'0[\*1+@)70IT>'+J+M+^4..-GL#-M19(=='NJGQ8*4)5.7)E MU.:RVU/?TU)4VXK9/*+.BVG&"(LX(TD.Y-]L.>+F6J8^B=-9==;BR7$L+6;: M]!2$:6I:LZR(M].OSBZ@```BU/Z.E^A7U3'G:UN#%&_!,]0AO.Q^"\+\_7,6 M```Q3?!/P$@>FE?J71<@```59ZV9<2XIE>H%2;B/5!*"FQI#&S,O*06$N$1* M2I*\:C,CP9$62SK'.9;LQ^93JL55S5H2W,.*9_9+;<21+:T",C)/DI,CTC,C M+.3WA%79RSE09B:BA,AJK*JTA1Q\D\X;1M:)%I%HI)!D1;YZB/C'2W94A$:( MSXW;/Y-7'*P1_)3UJ6I:C;^?O9<5K^[4,1:5&D5BGSH#09DE62+66K(RD:RIK%4@S3K3;A0ZJ_4$Z43]HZ3J5I-"UZ>L MTDO"5$18(B+!X')NR9*(T-GQPT9QJVY6"5\D/RE+4M1MXT][+BM?W".JPIK3 M4=^#>,CU%YR$JM6=,K=/.!5:NS-:=9 M-+IOQ-:'349D\UA1;&I)'A._O$9F9YS=K6X,4;\$SU"&\['X+POS] M39%?D.L.OF;L?Y.;:B4\M9&6D\1[RBWR(=\GPGM17W([]G7(AUL\*3L<<\'_ M`&>'5NK1>:-Q]&QWH;JT7FCANK1>:-Q]&QWH;JT7FC MANK1>:-Q]&QWH;JT7FCCI<\+ MU.;D,QEVM<27GB4;:-C8RHDD1J_XOFR0[MU:+S1N/HV.]#=6B\T;CZ-CO0W5 MHO-&X^C8[T-U:+S1N/HV.]#=6B\T;CZ-CO0W5HO-&X^C8[T-U:+S1N/HV.]# M=6B\T;CZ-CO0W5HO-&X^C8[T-U:+S1N/HV.]'3,\*,9^(^RFTKB)3C:DD9ML M8R9&7\44"WV'HM!ID60@T/,Q6VUI/_*HDD1D-W6/P7A?GZYBP``#X9%Q#45S MP)SEP5!QN%(6A3IF2DM*,CU%Y\#%>+:CR?*Z!78'BVH\GRN@5V!XMJ/)\KH% M=@>+:CR?*Z!78'BVH\GRN@5V!XMJ/)\KH%=@>+:CR?*Z!78'BVH\GRN@5V!X MMJ/)\KH%=@PE2I\XKIH"#@R24IN7HI-E63PA&<:AF_%M1Y/E=`KL#Q;4>3Y7 M0*[`\6U'D^5T"NP/%M1Y/E=`KL#Q;4>3Y70*[`\6U'D^5T"NP/%M1Y/E=`KL M#Q;4>3Y70*[`\6U'D^5T"NP/%M1Y/E=`KL#Q;4>3Y70*[`\6U'D^7T*NP;6L MMMQFVX;;K:VUEIY2M)D9>6?F,9T`````````%,N+]XMF^AJ'4:%S```````` M``````````%,N+]XMF^AJ'4:%S```````````4Y/A&M9>D;3M3>0E2D:;-)E M.(,TJ-)X4ELR/61EJXA]W0[;XJQ[EF=T&Z';?%6/66@:T()&K M8\GDTGO"R[H=M\58]RS.Z#=#MOBK'N69W0;H=M\58]RS.Z#=#MOBK'N69W0; MH=M\58]RS.Z#=#MOBK'N69W0;H=M\58]RS.Z#=#MOBK'N69W0;H=M\58]RS. MZ#=#MOBK'N69W0*\(EM)2:E>-R(BR9G19FHNB%GILZ+4Z?%J,)S98LII+S*\ M&6DA19(\'K+48D@``8IO@GX"0/32OU+HN6`P&`P&`P&`P&`P&`P&`P&`P&`P M&`P&!$JA?[ME^A7U3%7\'56I;5@6PVY48J%II<8E)4\DC(]B3J/6+>P\S(:2 M\PZAUM6\M"B,C_N0[``#%-\$_`2!Z:5^I=%R`````````````!%J?T=+]"OJ MF/.UK<&*-^"9ZA#>=C<%X7Y^N8L``!BF^"?@)`]-*_4NBY```&0`,D`$>0(\ M@&0`=$F5'BI0J0ZELEJT2-7G/!G_`-B,_L(C,1*;6Z74RS!F(=\M39E@R,EI M(C-)D9$9'@R/'$9'O#)``BU/Z.E^A7U3'G:UN#%&_!,]0AO.Q^"\+\_7,6`` M`Q3?!/P$@>FE?J71<@`4"_Z55)U?HLBWYIPZQ%C27V#-1[%(-"FOV3I>="B6 MHL^8SR0AT*;2[VKKSC(>#]AI%[W[HIP3,]EMHLGAM) MLI4:4EYB-1F>H9;PI5J;0+"K%5IJR;EM(0AMW1TMB-:TH->/^4E&>OB$@[.H MQTIJ&VEQ+R#0LIQ.&2/.,8$+;1)*XXE&F1(QLSIDB&E M+3AN*:)#:EI4M1>3E24'Y&I2=(M_6*OX/ZY5:7;=FQY<.*[1:D9PDO)=4;[; MIFXI)J298-)Z)EJ/):M\2+,KCE/HE/HD".;DN3)JKR#T%.);::F+3K21D9ZU MI+?U%G["/8%*=D56AL.5:F*AOR&L2(;JB7H'O&G):C+_`,&-.>#RGU>JVQ:, MFEQY+,ABJ/.SJFX^1)<)31EI&IS2(DI(C+!8SDL"X>"=EM,R]EDG6U<, MB.WDS/0:2E!I06=XB,SU%QCNI!IN._[H:JQ;/&HJX\>'#6N.XLS0TM;)((TEKT4Y01&1:BTS,BWQ MP9IU75)IORUF,B7XP^6R'HSBEI-),J09F:DIUGI)22<'A);YX,7``$6I_1TO MT*^J8\[6MP8HWX)GJ$-YV/P7A?GZYBP``&*;X)^`D#TTK]2Z+D`#'2*8E^L1 M*J^\?(]%IT:MRZVPP3D*_8GE1)T2P1MZL$1%_89-%$@G0CHK7Q"!3;9."PS#\>5613V<$W&><09$DMY)K))+41< M1J/[BT]:W(3#QI-,=2B462,B(U&1+41:1G@C/[QCU>#ZG%&@HC56JQ9< M&0^_&FLNH)YO9E&MU'S-%2%*/.#28L\2GIB4U,&/(D%A)ELZU[(Z:CUFLS41 MY5DS/66/L&/M.VXEK49-'@2I3L5"EK;^4*2I2#4HU*P9)+_,9GKSOB'2[/;I M2*HF!7*JTJI27)634;JR(E*++?D[Q:BU%@=K6X,4;\$SU"&\['X+POS]=C\%X7Y^N M8L``!C57@[O:T:3:<6GU.XZ=$F,OR2<9>?)*T'\H(O4&$\1>H,)XB]083Q%Z@PGB+U!A/$7J#"> M(O4,-42+;-0M1?X(O4&$\1>H,) MXB]083Q%Z@PGB+U!A/$7J#">(O4/NH;>L;@O"_/US%@```0G:53'G%.NT^*X MXH\J4II)F9_:>!P\34CDN'T*>P/$U(Y+A]"GL#Q-2.2X?0I[`\34CDN'T*>P M/$U(Y+A]"GL#Q-2.2X?0I[`\34CDN'T*>P/$U(Y+A]"GL#Q-2.2X?0I[!4+@ MI=-1X0;0:33XI-K9GZ22:3A6$-XSJ%O\34CDN'T*>P/$U(Y+A]"GL#Q-2.2X M?0I[`\34CDN'T*>P/$U(Y+A]"GL#Q-2.2X?0I[`\34CDN'T*>P/$U(Y+A]"G ML#Q-2.2X?0I[`\34CDN'T*>P/$U(Y+A]"GL#Q-2.2X?0I[!,889CM)98:0TT MG>0A."+^P[``````````4RXOWBV;Z&H=1H7,``````````!C%U^AH6I"ZS3T MJ2>#(Y*",C]8X[8:#RW3O:F^T-L-!Y;IWM3?:&V&@\MT[VIOM#;#0>6Z=[4W MVAMAH/+=.]J;[0VPT'ENG>U-]H;8:#RW3O:F^T-L-!Y;IWM3?:&V&@\MT[VI MOM#;#0>6Z=[4WVBHW!6Z,OP@6@\BK05--LSR6LI"#).4-XR>=6<"W;8:#RW3 MO:F^T-L-!Y;IWM3?:&V&@\MT[VIOM#;#0>6Z=[4WVAMAH/+=.]J;[0VPT'EN MG>U-]H;8:#RW3O:F^T-L-!Y;IWM3?:&V&@\MT[VIOM#;#0>6Z=[4WVAMAH/+ M=.]J;[1DVG&W6T.M+2MM9$I*DGDC(_.1CD``!C6W@TMJW)]G0YB^P-?"&TZTN:]%]@:^$-IUIB^P-?"&TZTN:]%]@:^$-IUIB^P-?"&TZTN:]%]@:^$1JE:%I MII\I2;8HQ*)E9D906LEY)_\`*/O@W/\`]WMK?_:HO^DD68``#%-\$_`2!Z:5 M^I=%R`````````````!%J?T=+]"OJF//EJ2I2;7HJ4R7R24)DB(G%$1>07VC M=]E+6Y;4);BU+4>GDU'DS\LQG@`#%-\$_`2!Z:5^I=&,J%W5.@7E,;JVQN6L MIUF.4LDD2H+RT$I.R8WVU&>-(]X\9WQF::JN5&9.258-J/%J#S2L1T<$A! MH21F6-]1F9^?4,-8-0N6YK3IE<>K*6W'GI")#:8S9%H(6XA)IU:E92D]>2/6 M,IX*JQ4[@L:F5RK2$O2YA+6HD-DA*,+4DB(B_P#3YQQ\)56JE%IU,E4N63"W MJE&B.$II*R4AU9),]>\9>82*Q>]%HS]0C2DU!QRFMMNS%-0G%$TVK.'#/ MY)Y,L[Q\1B7MLI1KJS:?E"ETLVBD)2R9F>R:T:'U\D>K'__G1+/WZL#.6AI*B6A2_V.$IU:))-)&K!JT<\8GQ+QI$NFQY MK!2C-6=9'Q&+#4_HV7Z%?5,>=K6X,4;\$SU"&\['X+POS]< MQ8``#%-\$_`2!Z:5^I=&09HCDB=<"*M%B/TVIZ"=BTS6:DDV2#):321%G&=1 MF.JS[=?M:BRJ"(DYQO$6H0_!_0*S:]F(H< MHH+\IA3RFEMO+)#FFXI>%91E.-+&HC$:SJ#=-LV13[;8*E+DQ4FW\J-]PTD2 MEFHU$C8]9D2M1&>^0R'A`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`\7I=:@S(T]:G([^EDWVGB01N(5I'I),BRI)EK+ M6-FSR4FE2$K7IJ)A1&K&,GHGKP//%K<&*-^"9ZA#>=C\%X7Y^N8L``!BF^"? M@)`]-*_4NBY````AU>6Y`IDJ:VP3RF&U.;&:]#2(BR>O!^8A"M.M*N&WH-;. M(<5N8T3S;:G"69(,LEDR+?\`L'?3J@Z[&=>J++,,TONMH(I*7"4A*CT59+&# M-)9-/FWA):GP75,H:F1UJ?0:VB2XDS<3]9.O67VD,4JXF832G*T3$`G*A\BB MD4A+FSY41(5JQ@SSDT_Y2+6,PMHVD,H=/ M8FW";6HR-23QJ4H]'RM:2+[;'2)KLF35(CQ$:X4K8M,O\R30AQ)_?A>/[#)@ M`#K?89?1L;[2'$9SHK22B]1CL(B(B(BP1>81:G]'2_0KZICSM:W!BC?@F>H0 MWG8_!>%^?KF+```8IO@GX"0/32OU+HN0```,7< M5B-1ME306Y%!DJ;8NN<^I*X"\-QEF^:5&1IU(,UM_9O<6KY3Z&<2/1WF*!(9 MDQKM?=TT05)6W$4M[!D9)R3>BM&]J]0Y.TR0W1G5*HLPVX]Y?+3:3"6:CC&] MG32C1RI.#SJ(38T5]5QU*!6Z-7)$A=71/I[["3*.ILM'8S4Z6I!MD1I-)GK+ M>(]+`C5&'-=H52I,FB37ZXW<+]G1(SQYRR.V#":A)>V,U*6\ZIUU:CUK4 M>-9_V(B+["(2@```1:G]'2_0KZICSM:W!BC?@F>H0WG8_!>%^?KF+```8IO@ MGX"0/32OU+HN0```````&"`````!%J?T=+]"OJF/.UK<&*-^"9ZA#>=C\%X7 MY^N8L``!BF^"?58D#TTK]2Z+ED,AD,AD,AD,AD,AD,AD,AD,AD,AD,AD1:G] M'2_0KZICSM:W!BC?@F>H0WG8_!>%^?KF+```*>[X-K(<<<=7;T4UK4:U&2EE MDS/)G\[C,:LN*U+>C5R='8I;:&FW<)23CF"+!?\`,,;M;H?)R.E<^(-K=#Y. M1TKGQ!M;H?)R.E<^(-K=#Y.1TKGQ!M;H?)R.E<^(-K=#Y.1TKGQ!M;H?)R.E M<^(-K=#Y.1TKGQ!M;H?)R.E<^(8J=0Z4W7Z1&1#)++R)!N()U>%&E*33GRO- MDQE=K=#Y.1TKGQ!M;H?)R.E<^(-K=#Y.1TKGQ!M;H?)R.E<^(-K=#Y.1TKGQ M!M;H?)R.E<^(-K=#Y.1TKGQ!M;H?)R.E<^(-K=#Y.1TKGQ!M;H?)R.E<^(#M MNA'J.G(Z1SXAE&&6H[#;#"";:;22$(3O)(M1$-PV/P7A?GZYBP```*].M*CS M9;TM]#QNNJTE:+ID6?N'1M(H7U)'3&&TBA?4D=,8;2*%]21TQAM(H7U)'3&& MTBA?4D=,8;2*%]21TQAM(H7U)'3&&TBA?4D=,8;2*%]21TQBJ5VTZ0S?=J14 M(>V-YF<:\NGG4AO'_<6O:10OJ2.F,-I%"^I(Z8PVD4+ZDCIC#:10OJ2.F,-I M%"^I(Z8PVD4+ZDCIC#:10OJ2.F,-I%"^I(Z8PVD4+ZDCIC#:10OJ2.F,-I%" M^I(Z8PVD4+ZDCIC&>IL%BFPFX<8E$RWG1TE9/6>=_P#N)0`````````*9<7[ MQ;-]#4.HT+F```````````9+C#)<9!DN,@R7&09+C(,EQD&2XR#)<9!DN,@R M7&09+C(4RXC+=%LWT-0ZC0N>2XR#)<9!DN,@R7&09+C(,EQD&2XR#)<9!DN, M@R7&09+C(````QK"S:'4+CM]FL3+QN1I]]Y_20Q*0E"22\M)$1&@\%A)><9W M:0_SVNOVUONPVD/\]KK]M;[L-I#_`#VNOVUONPVD/\]KK]M;[L-I#_/:Z_;6 M^[#:0_SVNOVUONPVD/\`/:Z_;6^[#:0_SVNOVUONPVD/\]KK]M;[L-I#_/:Z M_;6^[$9[P=M/3(TUZ[KH7*C$LF73F-Z39+(B5C]GYR(O4).TA_GM=?MK?=AM M(?Y[77[:WW8;2'^>UU^VM]V&TA_GM=?MK?=AM(?Y[77[:WW8;2'^>UU^VM]V M&TA_GM=?MK?=AM(?Y[77[:WW8;2'^>UU^VM]V&TA_GM=?MK?=CHFV;)8AOO( MO:Z])#:E%F:WC)$9_P`,9NQ)"01%YQMRV)LBHT.-,E&DWG-+2-*<%J49;W]AE@`#%-\$_`2!Z:5^ MI=%R`````````````!%J?T=+]"OJF/.UK<&*-^"9ZA#>=C\%X7Y^N8L``!BF M^"?@)`]-*_4NBY"'5Y[=*IDJI/M.N,QFE.N):3I*T4EDS(LEG4,6U==(DVTS M#+?(1ZA>4&GN1D2:?4DE*G^+XZMA3AU_ M66"\K>\E7E'JU;XX/WK!CU")3GZ;4VY4J4J(TA3"?*<2@EF6=+&-$R/.]@6L M84[ABN5233($>3/DQ,?*?DZ4Z#!F622I:E)3I8UZ)&9D6,D61(HE7C5B,Z_& M;?;V%Y;#C;[9H6A:3P9&1_\`?>/?&2R`#JDNFQ'<>)IQTT)SH-D6DK["R9$, M7:MPPKGHS-9IK0I@C MD().RX(CTT8,\H/.H]6\8F9&-:JS)G,.5'D0VXTE,CC;5H5Q3CB4)^0OD1J/<&1%]YF*!4LNFXC$ILB\QXPLBW]2O,8R7A:DQF9=CI=?;0:+CCO+)2L:+9)<(UGQ)(S+ M)[VL+_F0V[TL!2Y+*21.>=69K(B2@V%$2C/S$9ZLB[0*U3JA-?A0)*)*XZ$K M=4RHE(1I9T2-1:LG@SQQ?>0IEC.M6_(N.B5Q]$*:[59,YIUY1(*4RZ9*2XA1 MZC,OFF6LR-.OS"LN3JK(MAZ=5ZO.))78TQ$?TRC;)#*0A.GELDDM)HTLJ/): MLZL"RJBTN'7JA0JPXY'HR*5ZA)A+I]0JENQ[AJ;_P`AD6FA MYY#TYQI"W4K;(U'Y1>463U[_`)_,+Q8S\R/8%.D5V2X3J(ZE+>EJPLV\GH*6 M9Z]+0T$)S2=>4HF&3..2CR9^2 MC)N?86O>$VI5&._=%7IE6K,NFRD/QG:,EADU./,$A!EL!GG2,UZ:5IP>H]>K M>@7I)CS:%?,6K.*\?,2_]E84HR7\ETF]B-M);Z#+.E@M9Z6=X;450:<_&J42 M0RE^%4'#=<95O941$K!EYCP1_>9B5!IZ(LN=,-6F_+<)2U8P1)26BE)?81?] M3,3A%J?T=+]"OJF/.UK<&*-^"9ZA#>=C\%X7Y^N8L``!BF^"?@)`]-*_4NBY M````XK0A986DE%OX,LCE@?%)2K&DDCP>2R6\8&1'@S+>&%>H*'+I9N'Y2LEM MPU0S8T"-"D&LEYSOYTB(9L,!@@P7$/AD1E@RU!@LYP&B6=+!9WLCZ`"+4_HZ M7Z%?5,>=K6X,4;\$SU"&\['X+POS]=C\%X7Y^N8L``!BF^"?@)`]-*_4NB MY``````````````BU/Z.E^A7U3'G:UN#%&_!,]0AO.Q^"\+\_7,6```4:!9- M5ID;Y'2[XJ\2&E:UML)C15$C26:S+*FC,]:CWS%-K,V\8%5E0V[YJ*D,KT2- M4*+D]1?_`"Q!\<7ISWG^Q1>[#QQ>G/>?[%%[L/'%Z<]Y_L47NP\<7ISWG^Q1 M>[#QQ>G/>?[%%[L/'%Z<]Y_L47NP\<7ISWG^Q1>[#QQ>G/>?[%%[L/'%Z<]Y M_L47NQ`E7+>[-6IT%-YS31*2\I2CA1LIT$I,L?L_M$_QQ>G/>?[%%[L/'%Z< M]Y_L47NP\<7ISWG^Q1>[#QQ>G/>?[%%[L/'%Z<]Y_L47NP\<7ISWG^Q1>[#Q MQ>G/>?[%%[L/'%Z<]Y_L47NP\<7ISWG^Q1>[#QQ>G/>?[%%[L<7*K>3K:VUW MK/-"TFE1?(HNLC+!_P##$2GQ$0($6"TI2FX[26DFK?,DE@LC48_1J#<_F\HQ^C4&Y_-Y1C]&H-S^;RC'Z-0 MK=8LR4S>=LQ%3F34^U-,E$@\%HH1VBR;G\WE&/T:@W/YO*,?HU!N?S>48_1J M#<_F\HQ^C4&Y_-Y1C]&H-S^;RC'Z-0;G\WE&/T:@W/YO*,?HU!N?S>48_1J# M<_F\HQ^C4&Y_-Y1C]&H-S^;RC'Z-0NUOT]=+I$>"XXEQ;6EE22P1Y49_^1D@ M`````````4RXOWBV;Z&H=1H7,``````````````````4RXOWBV;Z&H=1H7,` M`````````#&N;:?OJXZ.W6&;CI$1IYUY*6%4A3AH)#JT%Y6S%G4G.\6^,MXJ MO_G=1OY%=^'BJ_\`G=1O MY%=^'BJ_P#G=1O*K_Y MW4;W(KOP\57_`,[J-[D5WX>*K_YW4;W(KOP\57_SNHWN17?AXJO_`)W4;W(K MOP\57_SNHWN17?AXJO\`YW4;W(KOP\57_P`[J-[D5WX>*K_YW4;W(KOP\57_ M`,[J-[D5WXZI,"_V(SSYW;1U;&A2\>)%:\%G^.,Y9]1D5BU*)5I1(*1-@LR' M"06$DI:"4>"XLF,R``!BF^"?@)`]-*_4NBY``````````````BU3Z-E^A7U3 M&J+'OEZ'9=OQ2IS:R9IT=O2-TRSALBSO#:%!J"JK2F)ZFB:-W2\@E9QA1EO_ M`-AD0`#%-\$_`2!Z:5^I=%R`````````````!%J?T=+]"OJF/.UK<&*-^"9Z MA#>=C\%X7Y^N8L``!BF^"?@)`]-*_4NBY```!F1%DSP1#%0:_1Y\AJ-$J#3K MKJ%.-)+/[5"<94@SU*262UEDM9#(R'VHS#LA]9(::2:UJ/>2DBR9CK@3(U0A M1YT-U+T:0VEUIQ.\M"BR1E]Y&.NJ5*%2HORNH2$L,;(AK341F6DM1)26KC49 M%_<:2CPDM7&9D0^QJE!E3IL"/(2N5"-!2&R(\ MMFI.DG/WEKU"8(9U*$55*D?*$_+U,'))G!Y-LE$DU<6^9$)@````BU/Z.E^A M7U3'G:UN#%&_!,]0AO.Q^"\+\_7,6```Q3?!/P$@>FE?J71<@``$2K'%*ES# MG*T8A,KV8\XPC1/2/U9&L8!UFV)])M>;(8JM,?BR$T2K-D29,78V3425E@TJ M+0P1++?U9+6)-,N"J3F[0V>HFZ55MI^5,;T4$2WDH9,EZBR1Y<7J+5]FH8VW M7ZY2;?L=R%7E*CU&B*2ZQ+;0;,70B::'B-*2424J)*59,\DHO.)*KBKL>AS4 M2'ZC!K4.9342&))-/(-#KZ6U+:<).%-K+2XC298U;PZKOG2:U9]RSGJ@ZV<* MM)A%$1HDVA#&3<="W/ MVJ$J4TC>+*C,R)2LZ.<^80'*]O5RU)DYA%2?J3<.W7II');;R;J7TI)Q6@DLX2K61:L)WA-DR M;B;I\]=.KM/E+E1X[L%DY)&M1FX1*-+F@1))PCT4Y(R)1ZM6HK!9%3.J4EYQ M9STOLR7&7F)Z$D['61D>QF:=2B(C+"BSDC(Q8P``$6I_1TOT*^J8\[6MP8HW MX)GJ$-YV/P7A?GZYBP``&*;X)^`D#TTK]2Z+D```X/--O-+9=0E;:TFE25%D ME$98,C&/I]!HU-=2]`ID:.XAO8D&VV1:"/JI^JG>U%@AU4ZV+=ICR7Z?1($9 MU)K-*VHZ4J3I_.P>-6?..R-0*+%9>8CTN*VR\VII;:6R))H/?1C>))Y/46H< M#MN@JBJB+I$-<=2DK-I;1*29I^:>#^KYN+S8"1;=`DS'ILFC07I#R4I=<<82 MHW"3\W2R6O&"P9[P2K4FH_.98U'YO,.*K8M MU33S*J)`-MYY+[B#83A;B2P2S+&M1$6H]\2UTFF.32GN0(ZY9-&SLRFR->QG MOHS]7[-X0HEJ6U"A/P8E!I[$1]Q+CK+<=*4K4D\I,R(M9D>LN+S#)PH<:"P3 M$1A#3>35HI+?,]9F?&9\8D```(M3^CI?H5]4QYVM;@Q1OP3/4(;SL?@O"_/U MS%@``,4WP3\!('II7ZET7(`````````````$6I_1TOT*^J8\[6MP8HWX)GJ$ M-YV/P7A?GZYBP``&*;X)^`D#TTK]2Z+D`````````````"+4_HZ7Z%?5,>=K M6X,4;\$SU"&\['X+POS]%$6?*&%J5X7_`GOPEHME:V5Z)J)J01'_P#T(VWN_?X5M='(^(-O=^_PK:Z. M1\0;>[]_A6UT%^?KF+```![PTQ=7".I>F/_L0Q```````````````V]8_!>%^?KF+``__9 ` end
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----